WO2014126356A1 - Method for activating or deactivating small cell and apparatus therefor - Google Patents

Method for activating or deactivating small cell and apparatus therefor Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2014126356A1
WO2014126356A1 PCT/KR2014/000996 KR2014000996W WO2014126356A1 WO 2014126356 A1 WO2014126356 A1 WO 2014126356A1 KR 2014000996 W KR2014000996 W KR 2014000996W WO 2014126356 A1 WO2014126356 A1 WO 2014126356A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
base station
cell
information
terminal
cell associated
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/KR2014/000996
Other languages
French (fr)
Korean (ko)
Inventor
홍성표
Original Assignee
주식회사 케이티
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from KR1020130129872A external-priority patent/KR20140102112A/en
Application filed by 주식회사 케이티 filed Critical 주식회사 케이티
Priority to US14/765,904 priority Critical patent/US10278126B2/en
Priority to CN201480008810.XA priority patent/CN105075314B/en
Publication of WO2014126356A1 publication Critical patent/WO2014126356A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00Power management, e.g. TPC [Transmission Power Control], power saving or power classes
    • H04W52/02Power saving arrangements
    • H04W52/0203Power saving arrangements in the radio access network or backbone network of wireless communication networks
    • H04W52/0206Power saving arrangements in the radio access network or backbone network of wireless communication networks in access points, e.g. base stations
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W16/00Network planning, e.g. coverage or traffic planning tools; Network deployment, e.g. resource partitioning or cells structures
    • H04W16/24Cell structures
    • H04W16/32Hierarchical cell structures
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02DCLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES [ICT], I.E. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES AIMING AT THE REDUCTION OF THEIR OWN ENERGY USE
    • Y02D30/00Reducing energy consumption in communication networks
    • Y02D30/70Reducing energy consumption in communication networks in wireless communication networks

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a method of activating or deactivating a small cell associated with a second base station added as a secondary cell to a terminal.
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • LTE-Advanced of the 3GPP series require high-speed large-capacity communication systems capable of transmitting and receiving various data such as video and wireless data, beyond voice-oriented services.
  • a method for controlling the terminal to activate or deactivate the added small cell is required according to data traffic and power conditions.
  • the present invention proposes a method and apparatus for adding a small cell associated with a base station distinguished from a macro cell base station as a secondary cell and activating or deactivating the added small cell.
  • the present invention is to propose a method and apparatus for controlling the activation or deactivation of a small cell added to the terminal by the master base station providing a macro cell or a secondary base station providing a small cell according to data traffic and power conditions of the terminal. do.
  • a method for activating or deactivating a cell associated with a second base station wherein the terminal receives higher layer signaling received through the first base station after signaling between the first base station and the second base station. And configuring the specific cell associated with the second base station to an activated state and configuring a radio bearer via the second base station.
  • the present invention also provides a method for activating or deactivating a cell associated with a second base station by a first base station, wherein after the signaling between the first base station and the second base station, the additional cell configuration information related to the second base station and the second base station radio bearer It provides a method comprising the step of transmitting a higher layer signaling including the additional configuration information to the terminal and receiving the activation or deactivation status information of the cell associated with the second base station.
  • the present invention provides a method for activating or deactivating a cell associated with a second base station by the second base station, the higher layer signaling to be transmitted to the terminal through the first base station in the signaling process between the first base station and the second base station; And transmitting activation related indication information to the terminal through the cell associated with the second base station, the activation related indication information including information for activating or deactivating a cell distinguished from a specific cell configured in an activated state among cells associated with the second base station; And transmitting the activation or deactivation status information of the cell associated with the second base station to the first base station.
  • the present invention relates to a terminal for activating or deactivating a cell associated with a second base station, comprising: a receiver for receiving higher layer signaling received through the first base station after signaling between the first base station and the second base station;
  • a terminal apparatus including a controller configured to configure a specific cell in an activated state and a controller configured to configure a radio bearer through a second base station.
  • the present invention provides a first base station for activating or deactivating a cell associated with a second base station, after the signaling between the first base station and the second base station, the additional cell configuration information associated with the second base station and the second base station radio bearer modification
  • a base station apparatus including a control unit for generating higher layer signaling including configuration information, a transmitting unit for transmitting higher layer signaling to a terminal, and a receiving unit for receiving activation or deactivation state information of a cell associated with a second base station.
  • the present invention provides a second base station for activating or deactivating a cell associated with a second base station, the control unit for generating a higher layer signaling to be transmitted to the terminal through the first base station in the signaling process between the first base station and the second base station;
  • a transmitter and a second base station for transmitting activation related indication information including information indicating to activate or deactivate a cell distinguished from a specific cell configured in an activated state among cells associated with a second base station through a cell associated with a second base station.
  • It provides a base station apparatus including a transmitter for transmitting the activation or deactivation state information of the cell associated with the first base station.
  • the present invention there is an effect of providing a method and apparatus for a terminal to add a small cell associated with a base station distinguished from a macro cell base station as a secondary cell, and to activate or deactivate the added small cell.
  • the present invention also provides a method and apparatus for controlling activation or deactivation of a small cell added to a terminal by a first base station providing a macro cell or a second base station providing a small cell, thereby reducing power consumption of the terminal. And it is effective to provide a small cell activation or deactivation method and apparatus for data traffic.
  • FIG. 1 is a diagram illustrating an example of a network configuration scenario to which the present invention can be applied.
  • FIG. 2 is a diagram illustrating an example of user data transmission through an interface between a first base station and a second base station to which the present invention can be applied.
  • FIG 3 is a diagram illustrating another example of user data transmission through an interface between a first base station and a second base station to which the present invention can be applied.
  • FIG. 4 is a diagram illustrating a cell addition / modification procedure associated with a second base station to which the present invention can be applied.
  • FIG. 5 is a diagram illustrating a procedure of activating / deactivating a cell associated with a second base station by a terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 6 is a diagram illustrating a procedure of activating / deactivating a cell associated with a second base station by a terminal according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 7 is a diagram illustrating a procedure of activating / deactivating a cell associated with a second base station by a terminal according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 8 is a diagram illustrating a procedure of activating a cell associated with a second base station by a terminal according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 9 is a diagram illustrating a procedure for deactivating a small cell by a terminal according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 10 is a diagram illustrating an operation when a terminal receives uplink grant or downlink allocation information in a cell activation state associated with a second base station according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 11 is a diagram illustrating an example MAC control element that may include activation-related indication information according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 12 is a diagram illustrating a procedure for controlling activation / deactivation of a cell associated with a second base station by a first base station according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 13 illustrates a procedure of activating a cell associated with a second base station by a first base station according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 14 is a diagram illustrating a cell activation procedure associated with a second base station, including the step of transmitting, by a first base station, an activation related preparation message according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • 15 is a diagram illustrating a cell activation procedure associated with a second base station including the step of transmitting activation state information by the first base station according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 16 is a diagram illustrating a procedure of controlling activation / deactivation of a cell associated with a second base station by a second base station according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • 17 is a diagram illustrating a procedure of activating a cell associated with a second base station by a second base station according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 18 is a block diagram showing the configuration of a terminal according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • 19 is a block diagram showing the configuration of a base station according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • the wireless communication system in the present invention is widely deployed to provide various communication services such as voice, packet data, and the like.
  • the wireless communication system includes a user equipment (user equipment) and a base station (base station, BS, or base station).
  • a user terminal is a generic concept meaning a terminal in wireless communication.
  • WCDMA Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • HSPA High Speed Packet Access
  • MS Mobile Station
  • UT User Terminal
  • SS Global System for Mobile communications
  • GSM Global System for Mobile communications
  • a base station or cell generally refers to a station that communicates with a user terminal, and includes a Node-B, an evolved Node-B, a sector, a site, and a BTS. It may be called other terms such as a base transceiver system, an access point, a relay node, a remote radio head (RRH), a radio unit (RU), and the like.
  • a base transceiver system an access point, a relay node, a remote radio head (RRH), a radio unit (RU), and the like.
  • a base station or a cell is a generic meaning representing a partial area or function covered by a base station controller (BSC) in CDMA, a Node-B in WCDMA, a base station or sector (site) in LTE, and the like. It should be interpreted as, and it is meant to cover all the various coverage areas such as megacell, macrocell, microcell, picocell, femtocell and relay node, RRH, RU communication range.
  • BSC base station controller
  • the user terminal and the base station are two transmitting and receiving entities used to implement the technology or technical idea described in this specification in a comprehensive sense and are not limited by the terms or words specifically referred to.
  • the user terminal and the base station are two types of uplink or downlink transmitting / receiving subjects used to implement the technology or the technical idea described in the present invention, and are used in a generic sense and are not limited by the terms or words specifically referred to.
  • the uplink (Uplink, UL, or uplink) refers to a method for transmitting and receiving data to the base station by the user terminal
  • the downlink (Downlink, DL, or downlink) means to transmit and receive data to the user terminal by the base station It means the way.
  • CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
  • TDMA Time Division Multiple Access
  • FDMA Frequency Division Multiple Access
  • OFDMA Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access
  • OFDM-FDMA OFDM-TDMA
  • OFDM-CDMA OFDM-CDMA
  • One embodiment of the present invention can be applied to resource allocation in the fields of asynchronous wireless communication evolving to LTE and LTE-Advanced through GSM, WCDMA, HSPA, and synchronous wireless communication evolving to CDMA, CDMA-2000 and UMB.
  • the present invention should not be construed as being limited or limited to a specific wireless communication field, but should be construed as including all technical fields to which the spirit of the present invention can be applied.
  • the uplink transmission and the downlink transmission may use a time division duplex (TDD) scheme that is transmitted using different times, or may use a frequency division duplex (FDD) scheme that is transmitted using different frequencies.
  • TDD time division duplex
  • FDD frequency division duplex
  • Uplink and downlink transmit control information through control channels such as Physical Downlink Control CHannel (PDCCH), Physical Control Format Indicator CHannel (PCFICH), Physical Hybrid ARQ Indicator CHannel (PHICH), and Physical Uplink Control CHannel (PUCCH).
  • a data channel is configured such as PDSCH (Physical Downlink Shared CHannel), PUSCH (Physical Uplink Shared CHannel) and the like to transmit data.
  • a cell means a component carrier having a coverage of a signal transmitted from a transmission / reception point or a signal transmitted from a transmission point or a transmission / reception point, and the transmission / reception point itself. Can be.
  • a wireless communication system to which embodiments are applied may be a coordinated multi-point transmission / reception system (CoMP system) or a coordinated multi-antenna transmission scheme in which two or more transmission / reception points cooperate to transmit a signal.
  • antenna transmission system a cooperative multi-cell communication system.
  • the CoMP system may include at least two multiple transmission / reception points and terminals.
  • the multiple transmit / receive point is at least one having a base station or a macro cell (hereinafter referred to as a “base station”) and a high transmission power or a low transmission power in the macro cell region, which is wired controlled by an optical cable or an optical fiber to the base station. May be RRH.
  • downlink refers to a communication or communication path from a multiple transmission / reception point to a terminal
  • uplink refers to a communication or communication path from a terminal to multiple transmission / reception points.
  • a transmitter may be part of multiple transmission / reception points, and a receiver may be part of a terminal.
  • a transmitter may be part of a terminal, and a receiver may be part of multiple transmission / reception points.
  • a situation in which a signal is transmitted and received through a channel such as a PUCCH, a PUSCH, a PDCCH, and a PDSCH may be described in the form of 'sending and receiving a PUCCH, a PUSCH, a PDCCH, and a PDSCH.
  • the base station performs downlink transmission to the terminals.
  • the base station includes downlink control information such as a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH), which is a main physical channel for unicast transmission, and scheduling required for reception of the PDSCH and an uplink data channel (eg, For example, a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) for transmitting scheduling grant information for transmission on a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) may be transmitted.
  • PDSCH physical downlink shared channel
  • PUSCH physical uplink shared channel
  • the low power node represents a node that uses a lower transmission power than a general macro node.
  • CA Carrier Aggregation
  • the macro cell and the RRH cell are constructed to be scheduled under the control of one base station.
  • an ideal backhaul was required between the macro cell base station and the RRH node.
  • An ideal backhaul means a backhaul that exhibits very high throughput and very low latency, such as a dedicated point-to-point connection using optical fiber, line of sight (LOS) microwaves.
  • LOS line of sight
  • backhaul that exhibits relatively low throughput and large delay, such as digital subscriber line (xDSL) and non-LOS microwave is called non-ideal backhaul.
  • a plurality of serving cells may be combined and operated to service a user equipment. That is, a plurality of serving cells may be configured for a terminal in an RRC connected (Radio Resource Control Connected) state, and when an ideal backhaul is established between the macro cell node and the RRH, the macro cell and the RRH cell are configured together with the serving cells.
  • RRC connected Radio Resource Control Connected
  • the terminal may have only one RRC connection with the network.
  • one serving cell provides NAS mobility information (eg, Tracking Area Identity, TAI).
  • NAS mobility information eg, Tracking Area Identity, TAI
  • one serving cell provides a security input in RRC connection reset / handover.
  • Such a cell is called a primary cell (hereinafter, referred to as 'PCell').
  • the PCell can only change with the handover procedure.
  • SCells Secondary cells
  • Addition and removal of SCells may be performed by RRC.
  • dedicated higher layer signaling eg, RRC signaling
  • RRC signaling may be used for all required system information transmission of the SCell. That is, in the connected mode, the terminal does not need to acquire system information broadcast directly from the SCells.
  • DL / UL PCC Downlink / Uplink Primary Component Carrier
  • DL / UL SCC Downlink / Uplink Secondary Component Carrier
  • MAC medium access control
  • HARQ hybrid automatic repeat request
  • Radio Link Control hereinafter referred to as 'RLC' / Packet Data Convergence Protocol (hereinafter referred to as 'PDCP')
  • 'PDCP' Packet Data Convergence Protocol
  • the added SCells must be activated. That is, for efficient battery consumption of the terminal, an activation step separate from the SCell addition step for configuring SCells is required.
  • Activation and deactivation of the SCells may be performed through medium access control (MAC) signaling.
  • MAC medium access control
  • the SCells When the SCells are deactivated, the UE does not need to receive the PDCCH or PDSCH, cannot transmit on the corresponding uplink, and does not need to measure channel quality indication (CQI). On the contrary, when SCells are activated, it is expected to receive PDCCH or PDSCH and perform channel quality indication (CQI) measurement.
  • CQI channel quality indication
  • the macro cell and the small cell had to be scheduled under the control of one base station.
  • an ideal backhaul has to be established between the macro cell node and the small cell node.
  • the present invention activates a small cell in transmitting user data by adding a small cell under the control of the macro cell in an environment in which a non-ideal backhaul is established between the macro cell base station and the small cell base station in a mobile communication network. Or to provide a method of deactivation.
  • the terminal when the terminal configures dual connectivity, forms an RRC connection with the terminal, terminates the base station or S1-MME providing a PCell that is the basis of handover, and serves as a mobility anchor for the core network.
  • a base station to be described as a master base station or a first base station.
  • the master base station or the first base station may be a base station providing a macro cell, and may be a base station providing any one small cell in a dual connectivity situation between the small cells.
  • a base station that is distinguished from a master base station in a dual connectivity environment and provides additional radio resources to a terminal is described as a secondary base station or a second base station.
  • the first base station (master base station) and the second base station (secondary base station) may provide at least one cell to the terminal, respectively, and the first base station and the second base station may be connected through an interface between the first base station and the second base station. have.
  • a cell associated with the first base station may be referred to as a macro cell, and a cell associated with the second base station may be referred to as a small cell for clarity.
  • a cell associated with the first base station may also be described as a small cell.
  • the macro cell may mean each of at least one or more cells, and may be described as representing a whole cell associated with the first base station.
  • the small cell may also mean each of at least one or more cells, and may also be described as representing a whole cell associated with the second base station.
  • the cell may be a cell associated with the first base station.
  • the cell of the second base station may be described as another small cell or another small cell.
  • FIG. 1 is a diagram illustrating an example of a network configuration scenario to which the present invention can be applied.
  • the terminal 102 is in macro cell and small cell coverage. That is, the terminal 102 may be simultaneously included in the small cell coverage overlapped in the macro cell coverage.
  • the macro cell and the small cell have different carrier frequencies, and a non-ideal backhaul may be established between the first base station 110 and the second base station 120.
  • a macro cell and a small cell are constructed through different base stations and have an interface (eg, an Xn interface) between the first base station and the second base station.
  • an interface eg, an Xn interface
  • the terminal 102 may transmit and receive data through the first base station 110 and / or the second base station 120.
  • the terminal 102 may transmit data only through the second base station 120. That is, the second base station 120 may operate as a stand-alone base station and establish one RRC connection with the terminal 102.
  • the terminal 102 may transmit control plane data through the RRC connection.
  • at least one signaling radio bearers (SRBs) may be set.
  • the terminal 102 may have a second base station 120 and one or more data radio bearers (DRBs).
  • DRBs data radio bearers
  • the terminal 102 is user plane via the second base station 120 (or through cooperation between the first base station and the second base station) under the control of the first base station 110. You can also send data.
  • the terminal 102 may establish one RRC connection with the first base station 110 in order to transmit control plane data.
  • the terminal 102 may establish one or more Signaling Radio Bearers (SRBs) with the first base station 110.
  • SRBs Signaling Radio Bearers
  • the terminal 102 may have a second base station 120 and one or more DRBs (Data Radio Bearers) for user plane data transmission.
  • DRBs Data Radio Bearers
  • the terminal 102 when the terminal 102 transmits user plane data to the second base station 120 under the control of the first base station 110, the terminal 102 may transmit the data through various paths. Hereinafter, a detailed path will be described with reference to FIGS. 2 and 3.
  • FIG. 2 (a) is a diagram illustrating an example of user data transmission through an interface between a first base station and a second base station to which the present invention can be applied.
  • S-GW serving gateway
  • EPC Evolved Packet Core
  • FIG. 2 (b) is a diagram illustrating another example of user data transmission through an interface between a first base station and a second base station to which the present invention can be applied.
  • the UE transmits user plane data through both the first base station and the second base station or through only the first base station under the control of the first base station (or through cooperation with the second base station). It may be. That is, the terminal establishes one RRC connection with the first base station and transmits one or more Signaling Radio Bearers (SRBs) for control plane data transmission. In addition, the UE may configure one or more Data Radio Bearers (DRBs) in the first base station and the second base station for user plane data transmission. Alternatively, the UE may configure one or more DRBs (Data Radio Bearers) through only the first base station for user plane data transmission.
  • DRBs Data Radio Bearers
  • FIG 3 is a diagram illustrating another example of user data transmission through an interface between a first base station and a second base station to which the present invention can be applied.
  • user data may be delivered to a terminal through a second base station directly from a serving gateway (S-GW), which is a core network entity.
  • S-GW serving gateway
  • the solid line indicates the control plane data transmission path and the dotted line indicates the user plane data transmission path.
  • the terminal may transmit all data only through the first base station when it is only under the first base station coverage (eg, macro cell). That is, the terminal may establish one RRC connection with the first base station and control one or more Signaling Radio Bearers (SRBs) for control plane data transmission. In addition, the terminal may configure one or more DRBs (Data Radio Bearers) with the first base station for user plane data transmission.
  • SRBs Signaling Radio Bearers
  • DRBs Data Radio Bearers
  • the terminal may transmit all data only through the second base station when it is only under the second base station coverage (eg, a small cell). That is, the terminal may establish one RRC connection with the second base station for control plane data transmission, and may configure one or more signaling radio bearers (SRBs). In addition, the terminal may configure one or more DRBs (Data Radio Bearers) with the second base station for user plane data transmission.
  • SRBs signaling radio bearers
  • DRBs Data Radio Bearers
  • the second base station transmits user plane data under the control of the first base station or through cooperation with the first base station.
  • the terminal may establish the RRC connection only through the first base station. That is, even when the terminal is close to the second base station, when the terminal overlaps under the coverage of the macro cell, a signal of a predetermined level or more may be received from the first base station. In this situation, the UE may establish one RRC connection only through the first base station.
  • the macro serving cell may provide NAS mobility information (eg, Tracking Area Identity, TAI) and security input at RRC connection establishment / re-establishment / handover. . That is, the first base station can process signaling required between the terminal and the first base station and the terminal and the second base station.
  • NAS mobility information eg, Tracking Area Identity, TAI
  • a cell associated with a second base station provides a service to a terminal together with a cell associated with a first base station.
  • a cell associated with a second base station is associated with a cell associated with a first base station. It may be configured as a serving cell.
  • the cell associated with the second base station may be configured with SCell (Secondary cells) under control of the cell associated with the first base station according to terminal capabilities.
  • the cell associated with the second base station according to terminal capabilities may be configured with SCells (Secondary cells) that transmit user plane data under control of a cell associated with the first base station.
  • the cell associated with the first base station may be configured as a serving cell for transmitting control plane data and the cell associated with the second base station according to terminal capabilities.
  • the terminal communicates with the network through a cell associated with the first base station and / or a cell associated with the second base station.
  • the scenario to perform was described in detail.
  • the terminal may add or remove a cell associated with the second base station to a serving cell or SCell for user plane data transmission.
  • one or more DRBs may be added or released through the second base station. This procedure may be performed by RRC signaling through the first base station.
  • the first base station decides to add a cell associated with the second base station as a serving cell or SCell for user plane data transmission through the second base station
  • the first base station is connected to the second base station through RRC signaling. All required system information of the associated cell can be transmitted.
  • the first base station may transmit all required system information of the cell associated with the second base station via RRC signaling. That is, in the connected mode, the terminal may not need to acquire system information broadcasted directly from the cell associated with the second base station.
  • FIG. 4 looks at in detail the procedure for the terminal to add / modify the cell associated with the second base station.
  • FIG. 4 is a diagram illustrating a small cell addition / modification procedure to which the present invention can be applied.
  • the terminal 403 may add a cell associated with the second base station.
  • the first base station 401 may determine the addition / modification of a cell associated with the second base station (S410).
  • the first base station 401 determines the cell addition / modification associated with the second base station
  • the first base station 401 requests a second base station 402 to request a cell addition / modification associated with the second base station (eg For example, the second base station cell addition / modification request message or the second base station addition / modification request message) is transmitted (S420).
  • the message for requesting the addition / modification of a cell associated with the aforementioned second base station may include at least one or more of the following information.
  • the second base station secondary cell described below refers to a cell associated with the second base station and may be configured as a SCell in the terminal.
  • Message Type Information Contains information to identify the procedure type of the message.
  • the above-described message may be a message for requesting the addition / modification of a cell associated with the second base station, or the cell addition / modification associated with the second base station may be added to the same message as the request for requesting the radio bearer addition / modification for the second base station. It may be a message for including.
  • First base station terminal X2AP ID Contains identifier information allocated by the first base station.
  • Second base station secondary cell (small cell) add / modify request list: the list of the second base station secondary cell that the first base station wants to request the addition / modification, the number of SCells available in CA based on a single base station before Release 11 (You can request up to 4 as in maxSCell-r10). If the first base station makes a request for adding / modifying a second base station secondary cell, or before the first base station adds / modifies radio resources of the second base station for a specific bearer, or a secondary cell associated with the second base station to the terminal.
  • the second base station secondary cell (small cell) add / modify request list includes a SCell that is possible in a CA based on a single base station before Release 11
  • the number maxSCell-r10 may be requested to subtract the number of SCells associated with the first base station configured in the current terminal. For example, if two SCells associated with the first base station are added to the current terminal, up to two second base station secondary cell addition / modification request lists included in the second base station secondary cell addition / modification request may be requested up to two. .
  • ⁇ Cell (Small Cell) ID Contains information about the E-UTRAN Cell Global Identifier (ECGI) of the cell associated with the second base station or the cell physical cell ID (PCI) associated with the second base station.
  • ECGI E-UTRAN Cell Global Identifier
  • PCI cell physical cell ID
  • ⁇ Secondary cell (small cell) index within the SCells configured in the terminal or in the second base station secondary cells (small cells) configured in the terminal or in the second base station secondary cells (small cells) configured with the SCell in the terminal or
  • the terminal includes index information for identifying each second base station secondary cell (small cell) or SCell in the SCells configured of the second base station secondary cell.
  • the second base station 402 receives a message from the first base station 401 to request cell addition / modification associated with the second base station, the second base station 402 sends a message for responding to a cell add / modification request associated with the second base station. It transmits to 401 (S425).
  • the message for responding to the cell addition / modification request associated with the above-described second base station may include at least one or more of the following information.
  • Message Type Contains information to identify the procedure type of the message.
  • the aforementioned message may be a message for responding to a request for adding / modifying a cell associated with a second base station, or a cell associated with a second base station for the same message as for responding to a request for adding / modifying a radio bearer to the second base station. It may also be a message to reply including addition / modification.
  • First base station terminal X2AP ID Contains identifier information allocated by the first base station.
  • Second base station terminal X2AP ID Contains identifier information allocated by the second base station.
  • Second base station secondary cell (small cell) addition / modification request list includes list information for the second base station secondary cell including the cell addition / modification information.
  • Cell (Small Cell) Identifier Includes PCI and Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number (ARFCN) information of the cell associated with the second base station.
  • PCI PCI
  • ARFCN Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number
  • ⁇ Secondary cell (small cell) index within the SCells configured in the terminal or in the second base station secondary cells (small cells) configured in the terminal or in the second base station secondary cell (small cell) configured with the SCell in the terminal or the terminal.
  • the aforementioned index may be determined or assigned by the second base station. And it may not be included in the message for requesting the addition / modification of the cell associated with the second base station of the first base station.
  • the aforementioned index may be determined or assigned by the first base station to be included in a message for requesting the addition / modification of a cell associated with the second base station, and transmitted, and the response of the cell addition / modification request associated with the second base station is transmitted. May not be included in the message.
  • the aforementioned index may be transmitted by being included in a message for requesting the addition / modification of a cell associated with the aforementioned second base station by the first base station.
  • the second base station may check and determine this and include the message in a message for responding to a cell add / modify request associated with the second base station.
  • the above-described index may use a value (for example, 0 or 8) rather than a value (for example, 1 to 7) used as an existing SCell index. In this case, it may or may not be included in both the message for requesting the addition / modification of a cell associated with the second base station and the message for responding to the cell addition / modification request associated with the second base station.
  • the SCell index that can currently have an integer value from 1 to 7 can be an integer value from 1 to 14, and an integer from 1 to 7
  • the value may be used as an index for SCells of the first base station and 8 to 14 as an index for the second base station.
  • the SCell index and the indication information may be sent together to distinguish the SCell index of the first base station and the SCell index of the second base station.
  • a value (1 to 7) that can be used as an SCell index can be distinguished from the SCell index of the first base station and the SCell index of the second base station, and assigned to the first base station SCell index and the second base station index value.
  • the first base station SCell index may be assigned only 1 to 4 values
  • the second base station SCell index may be allocated only 5 to 7 values
  • the first base station SCell index may be assigned only 1 to 3 values.
  • the second base station SCell index may be assigned, and a method such as assigning only 4 to 7 values may be used.
  • ⁇ cell common radio resource configuration information (radioresourceconfigcommon) associated with the second base station includes essential information for the terminal to operate in the cell associated with the second base station. For example, it may include a physical layer configuration parameter or a physical layer configuration parameter and a MAC layer configuration parameter corresponding to the system configuration information.
  • the terminal specific dedicated configuration information (eg, physical channel configuration, mac-MainConfig) for the cell associated with the second base station may be included.
  • the cell-specific radio resource configuration information associated with the second base station may include PDCP layer configuration information (including only when using a user plane structure as shown in FIG. 3) for a radio bearer transmitted through the second base station, and through the second base station.
  • RLC layer configuration information for transmitting radio bearer logical channel identifier (logicalChannelIdentity) for radio bearer transmitting through second base station, logical channel configuration information (logicalChannelConfig), MAC layer for radio bearer transmitting through second base station
  • logicalChannelIdentity logical channel identifier
  • logicalChannelConfig logical channel configuration information
  • the first base station 401 receiving a message for responding to a request for adding / modifying a cell associated with a second base station which may include at least one or more of the above information transmits higher layer signaling to the terminal 403 ( S430).
  • the first base station 401 is a cell information associated with the second base station to be added / modified received through the second base station in a higher layer signaling (eg, an RRC connection reconfiguration message) or a second to be added / modified.
  • Base station SCell information (for example, SCellToAddMod or SeNBSCellToAddMod) may be included and transmitted (S430).
  • the cell information associated with the above-described second base station to be added / modified may use the information included in the message for responding to the cell add / modify request associated with the second base station described above.
  • the cell information associated with the above-described second base station to be added / modified may include at least one or more of the following information.
  • Second base station secondary cell (small cell) addition / modification request list includes list information for the second base station secondary cell including the cell addition / modification information.
  • Secondary Cell (Small Cell) Identifier Contains the PCI and the Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number (ARFCN) of the cell associated with the second base station.
  • ⁇ Secondary cell (small cell) index within the SCells configured in the terminal or in the second base station secondary cells (small cells) configured in the terminal or in the second base station secondary cells (small cells) configured with the SCell in the terminal or
  • the terminal includes index information used to identify each second base station secondary cell (small cell) or SCell in the SCells constituted by the second base station secondary cell (small cell).
  • the above-described index may be determined or assigned by the second base station. And it may not be included in the message for requesting the addition / modification of the cell associated with the second base station of the first base station.
  • the aforementioned index may be included in a message for requesting the addition / modification of the cell associated with the second base station by the first base station, determined or assigned, and transmitted in response to the cell addition / modification request associated with the second base station. It may not be included in the message.
  • the aforementioned index is included in a message for requesting the addition / modification of a cell associated with the second base station by the first base station determined or assigned, and the second base station confirms and determines the cell associated with the second base station. It may also be included in a message to respond to an add / modify request.
  • the small cell index or the SCell index may use a value (for example, 0 or 8) that is not a value (for example, 1 to 7) used as an existing SCell index.
  • the cell addition / modification request message associated with the second base station and the cell addition / modification response message associated with the second base station may or may not be included in both.
  • the SCell index that can currently have an integer value from 1 to 7 can be an integer value from 1 to 14, and an integer from 1 to 7
  • the value may be used as an index for SCells of the first base station and 8 to 14 as an index for the second base station.
  • the SCell index and the indication information may be sent together to distinguish the SCell index of the first base station and the SCell index of the second base station.
  • a value (1 to 7) that can be used as an SCell index can be distinguished from the SCell index of the first base station and the SCell index of the second base station, and assigned to the first base station SCell index and the second base station index value.
  • the first base station SCell index may be assigned only 1 to 4 values
  • the second base station SCell index may be allocated only 5 to 7 values
  • the first base station SCell index may be assigned only 1 to 3 values.
  • the second base station SCell index may be assigned, and a method such as assigning only 4 to 7 values may be used.
  • Radio resource configuration information associated with the second base station: essential information for the terminal to operate in a cell associated with the second base station (physical layer configuration parameters or physical layer configuration parameters corresponding to the system configuration information; Contains information about the MAC layer configuration parameters.
  • the terminal specific configuration information (eg, physical channel configuration mac-MainConfig) for the cell associated with the second base station may be included.
  • the cell-specific radio resource configuration information associated with the second base station may include PDCP layer configuration information (including only when using a user plane structure as shown in FIG. 3) for a radio bearer transmitted through the second base station, and through the second base station.
  • RLC layer configuration information for transmitting radio bearer logical channel identifier (logicalChannelIdentity) for radio bearer transmitting through second base station, logical channel configuration information (logicalChannelConfig), MAC layer for radio bearer transmitting through second base station
  • logicalChannelIdentity logical channel identifier
  • logicalChannelConfig logical channel configuration information
  • the terminal 403 may perform higher layer signaling (eg, including cell information associated with the second base station to be added / modified from the first base station 401 or second base station SCell information (eg, SCellToAddMod) to be added / modified (eg, RRC Connection Reconfiguration message) can be received (S430), and a cell associated with the second base station can be added or modified based on higher layer signaling (S435).
  • higher layer signaling eg, including cell information associated with the second base station to be added / modified from the first base station 401 or second base station SCell information (eg, SCellToAddMod) to be added / modified (eg, RRC Connection Reconfiguration message) can be received (S430), and a cell associated with the second base station can be added or modified based on higher layer signaling (S435).
  • the terminal 403 is not the current terminal configuration part, but the aforementioned cell information associated with the second base station to be added / modified or the second base station SCell information (eg, SCellToAddMod) to be added / modified (eg, SCellToAddMod).
  • SCellToAddMod SCellToAddMod
  • the second base station is based on the cell common radio resource information associated with the second base station and the cell dedicated radio configuration information associated with the second base station.
  • a cell associated with may be added (S435).
  • the terminal 403 may be configured such that a cell associated with the second base station is deactivated in a lower layer.
  • a cell associated with the second base station is deactivated in a lower layer.
  • a terminal including a radio bearer configuration in which user plane data is transmitted using a first base station and a second base station together for example, a radio bearer configured to additionally use radio resources of a second base station in a terminal.
  • the cell additional information associated with the second base station is configured, or the additional information of the cell associated with the second base station is configured in higher layer signaling for transmitting user plane data using the first base station and the second base station together. If so, the terminal may be configured such that the cell associated with the second base station added to the lower layer is considered in an inactivated state.
  • the terminal when additional information of cells associated with the second base station is configured in upper layer signaling for transmitting user plane data using the first base station and the second base station together, the terminal is connected to the second base station configured in the lower layer. It can be configured to be considered inactive except for one of the associated cells. For example, the terminal may configure one specific cell in an activated state and configure an inactive state for cells associated with the second base station in order to control activation / deactivation of cells associated with the second base station.
  • the terminal 403 may be configured such that a cell associated with the second base station is considered to be activated when a cell associated with the second base station is added as a serving cell or a cell associated with the second base station is added with the SCell. have.
  • the specific cell may be configured to be in an activated state. If all cells associated with the second base station are configured to be in an inactive state, since the second base station cannot activate the cell associated with the second base station through the cell associated with the second base station, the radio bearer configured through the second base station In order to transmit data, a need arises for a second base station to activate a cell associated with the second base station via the first base station.
  • the terminal 403 may be configured such that when a cell associated with the second base station is added for user plane data transmission, a specific cell associated with the second base station is considered to be activated in a lower layer. That is, when a cell associated with the second base station is added to transmit user plane data by using additional radio resources of the second base station that is distinguished from the first base station, for example, a radio bearer transmitted only through the second base station.
  • the terminal may be configured such that a specific cell associated with the second base station is considered to be activated in the lower layer.
  • the terminal may have a specific cell associated with the second base station in the lower layer. It can be configured to be considered active.
  • the terminal when the cell additional information associated with the second base station is newly configured in higher layer signaling including radio bearer configuration information transmitted by using the first base station and the second base station, the terminal newly configures the second base station in the lower layer. It may be configured to be considered active until the cell associated with is released and / or until a handover message is received.
  • the terminal when additional information of cells related to the second base station is configured in upper layer signaling including radio bearer configuration information transmitted by using the first base station and the second base station, the terminal is connected to the second base station configured in the lower layer.
  • One or more of the associated cells may be configured to be considered active until the cell is released and / or until a handover message is received.
  • the terminal may select a specific cell associated with the second base station having a high radio channel quality (or state) among the cells associated with the second base station in consideration of the radio channel quality (or state) and configure the activated cell.
  • the terminal selects a specific cell associated with the second base station having a high radio channel quality (or state) among cells associated with the second base station, and activates the terminal to transmit activation or deactivation indication information of the cell associated with the second base station.
  • the first base station provides the cell information associated with the second base station to be kept active to deliver the activation or deactivation indication information of the cell associated with the second base station to the terminal based on the measurement report received from the terminal. It may be delivered through higher layer signaling (eg, an RRC Connection Reconfiguration message).
  • the terminal uses this information to configure a specific cell associated with a second base station with a high radio channel quality (or state) in an activated state, and to activate or deactivate a cell associated with a second base station through a cell of the configured second base station.
  • Information can be received.
  • the UE selects a cell associated with a second base station having a low load in consideration of the load of the cell associated with the second base station among cells associated with the second base station, and activates or deactivates the indication information of the cell associated with the second base station.
  • the second base station generates specific cell information associated with the second base station to be kept active to deliver the activation or deactivation indication information of the cell associated with the second base station to the terminal so as to be configured in an activated state to transmit the RRC. Send to the first base station through the container.
  • the first base station transmits the above information to the terminal through higher layer signaling (e.g., an RRC reconfiguration message) so that the terminal can activate the active state until the cell is released through the information and / or until a handover message is received.
  • higher layer signaling e.g., an RRC reconfiguration message
  • a specific cell associated with the second base station to be maintained may be configured, and activation or deactivation indication information of a cell associated with the second base station may be received through the specific cell of the second base station configured to be activated.
  • a cell associated with the second base station described above with a procedure for selecting a particular cell to be configured as active until the first base station and the second base station are released and / or until a handover message is received.
  • / Modify and / or can be performed through the radio bearer add / modify procedure to the second base station.
  • the first base station sends candidate cell (s) information of a particular cell to be activated until the cell is released to the second base station and / or until a handover message is received
  • the second base station sends the candidate cell (s).
  • a specific cell to be kept active until a cell is released and / or a handover message is received may be selected and transmitted to the terminal through the first base station.
  • the first base station transmits the measured cell based on the measurement information.
  • the quality of a specific cell is lower than a certain level, a specific cell to be activated until the cell is released and / or until a handover message is received is changed to be viewed as a terminal or a cell addition / modification request associated with a second base station and / Alternatively, the content may be included in the rejection / response message for the radio bearer addition / modification request to the second base station and sent to the second base station.
  • the terminal may configure a specific cell associated with the second base station in an active state in configuring a cell associated with the second base station.
  • the specific cell associated with the second base station configured in the activated state may be at least one cell.
  • a specific cell associated with the second base station may be described as a cell configured in an activated state or a cell associated with a second base station configured in an activated state.
  • the first base station 401 receives the cell information associated with the second base station to be added / modified received through the second base station of the above-described higher layer signaling (eg, an RRC connection reconfiguration message) or received through the second base station.
  • Information for indicating a specific cell associated with a second base station in SCell information to be added / modified for example, SCellToAddMod or SeNBSCellToAddMod
  • It may include radio bearer configuration information (eg, RLC configuration information, logical channel configuration information) through a specific cell associated with a base station or physical channel configuration information for a specific cell associated with a second base station.
  • a value other than a value (for example, 1 to 7) that is used as the existing SCell index in the small cell index or SCell index of the cell information associated with the second base station to be added / modified or the SCell information to be added / modified may be displayed using 0 or 8).
  • the SCell index that can currently have an integer value of 1 to 7 can have an integer value of 1 to 14, and The integer value may be used as an index for SCells of the first base station and 8 to 14 as an index for the second base station.
  • the SCell index and the indication information may be sent together to distinguish the SCell index of the first base station and the SCell index of the second base station.
  • a value that can be used as an SCell index can be divided so as to distinguish between the SCell index of the first base station and the SCell index of the second base station and assigned to the first base station SCell index and the second base station index.
  • the first base station SCell index to use from 1 to 4 values
  • the second base station SCell index to use only from 5 to 7 values
  • the second base station SCell index may be a method such as using only 4 to 7 values.
  • the UE is associated with the received second base station with respect to the aforementioned index included in the cell information associated with the second base station to be added / modified in the current terminal configuration part or SCell information (eg, SCellToAddMod or SeNBSCellToAddMod). Modify the cell associated with the second base station according to the cell dedicated radio configuration information.
  • SCell information eg, SCellToAddMod or SeNBSCellToAddMod.
  • the terminal 403 When the cell or SCell associated with the added or modified second base station is activated, the terminal 403 should receive the downlink PDCCH or PDSCH using the cell or SCell associated with the second base station and transmit on the corresponding uplink. can do.
  • the terminal may configure the radio bearer through the second base station to transmit user plane data (S440).
  • the network may activate or deactivate a cell or SCell associated with the configured second base station.
  • the network may activate or deactivate cells associated with the second base station through the second base station except for a cell associated with the configured second base station or a cell configured to always be activated until the SCell is released.
  • the macro cell operating as the PCell of the first base station is always in an activated state.
  • FIG. 5 is a diagram illustrating a procedure of activating / deactivating a cell associated with a second base station by a terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • a method for activating or deactivating a cell associated with a second base station, by a terminal comprising: receiving higher layer signaling received through the first base station after signaling between the first base station and the second base station; Configuring a specific cell associated with the second base station to an activated state and configuring a radio bearer via the second base station.
  • a signaling procedure between the first base station 501 and the second base station 502 is performed (S510). Signaling performed at this time may be performed through an interface between base stations configured between the first base station 501 and the second base station 502.
  • signaling between the first base station 501 and the second base station 502 distinguishes a cell associated with the first base station 501 and a cell associated with the second base station 502 by a cell index. You can organize the information.
  • the first base station 501 transmits higher layer signaling to the terminal 503 (S520).
  • Higher layer signaling includes cell addition configuration information associated with the second base station 502, and cell addition configuration information associated with the second base station 502 includes a cell to which to transmit activation or deactivation indication information of a cell associated with the second base station. Information or cell information to be kept in an activated state.
  • the terminal 503 may receive higher layer signaling from the first base station 501 and configure a specific cell associated with the second base station 502 in an activated state (S530). If there are a plurality of cells associated with the second base station, as described above, at least one specific cell may be configured to be in an activated state.
  • the terminal 503 configures a radio bearer through the second base station (S540).
  • FIG. 6 is a diagram illustrating a procedure of activating / deactivating a cell associated with a second base station by a terminal according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • the terminal receives activation-related indication information including information for activating or deactivating a cell distinguished from a specific cell configured in an activated state among cells associated with the second base station through the second base station. And controlling to activate or deactivate a cell distinguished from a specific cell configured in an activated state among cells associated with the second base station based on the receiving step and the activation related indication information.
  • a signaling procedure between the first base station 601 and the second base station 602 is performed (S610). Signaling performed at this time may be performed through an interface between base stations configured between the first base station 601 and the second base station 602.
  • the signaling between the first base station 601 and the second base station 602 distinguishes a cell associated with the first base station 601 and a cell associated with the second base station 602 by a cell index. You can organize the information.
  • the first base station 601 transmits higher layer signaling to the terminal 603 (S620).
  • Higher layer signaling includes cell addition configuration information associated with the second base station 602, and cell addition modification configuration information associated with the second base station 602 transmits activation or deactivation indication information of a cell associated with the second base station. Information or cell information to be kept in an activated state.
  • the terminal 603 may receive higher layer signaling from the first base station 601 and configure a specific cell associated with the second base station 602 in an activated state (S630). If there are a plurality of cells associated with the second base station, as described above, at least one specific cell may be configured to be in an activated state.
  • the terminal 603 configures a radio bearer through the second base station (S640).
  • the terminal 603 receives activation related indication information from the second base station 602 (S650).
  • Activation-related indication information may be received as included in the medium access control (MAC) signaling, and MAC control including a field indicating whether to activate a cell distinguished from a specific cell configured in an activated state among cells associated with the second base station. It may include at least one of the element and the MAC header.
  • MAC medium access control
  • FIG. 7 is a diagram illustrating a procedure of activating / deactivating a cell associated with a second base station by a terminal according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • a method for activating or deactivating a cell associated with a second base station by a terminal in which a cell associated with a second base station is added as a serving cell to a first base station and a second base station providing a macro cell
  • the activation-related indication information according to the present invention is received by being included in the media access control (MAC) signaling or higher layer signaling
  • the media access control signaling is a specific configuration configured in the active state of the cell associated with the second base station It may include a MAC control element and / or MAC header including a field indicating whether to activate a cell distinguished from the cell.
  • First embodiment A method using MAC signaling by a first base station (701).
  • the terminal 703 may receive activation related indication information including indication information indicating to activate or deactivate a cell associated with the second base station from the first base station 701 (S730). .
  • the activation related indication information includes an activation / deactivation MAC control element, and the first base station 701 may transmit it through MAC signaling (S730).
  • the terminal 703 may activate or deactivate a cell associated with the second base station based on the received MAC signaling (S740).
  • the first base station 701 determines whether to activate a cell associated with the second base station (S710).
  • the first base station 701 may generate activation related indication information of a cell associated with the second base station that is to be activated or deactivated (S720).
  • the generated activation related indication information is transmitted to the terminal 703 through MAC signaling (S730), and the terminal 703 may activate or deactivate a cell associated with the second base station based on the received activation related indication information (S730). S740).
  • the terminal 703 maintains a cell deactivation timer associated with the second base station for the cell associated with the configured second base station. If the cell deactivation timer associated with the second base station expires, deactivate the cell associated with the second base station associated with the expiry.
  • the cell deactivation timer associated with this second base station may be configured by the RRC. Because the non-ideal backhaul delay between the first base station and the second base station may prevent the first base station from quickly checking information on the activation state of the second base station secondary cell, the deactivation timer may be a secondary cell deactivation timer of the first base station. sCellDeactivationTimer-r10) and other fields may be defined and configured.
  • the activation related indication information may be transmitted through not only MAC signaling but also upper layer signaling, which will be described in the second and third embodiments.
  • FIG. 8 is a diagram illustrating a procedure of activating a cell associated with a second base station by a terminal according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • the terminal 803 controls the activation or deactivation of the cell associated with the second base station based on the activation related indication information received from the first base station 801, the activation related indication information. May further include activating a cell associated with the second base station and starting a deactivation timer.
  • the terminal 803 relates to activation for activating a cell associated with a second base station at this TTI for a cell associated with each transmission time interval (TTI) and each configured second base station.
  • the TTI activates the cell associated with the second base station.
  • the terminal 803 transmits a second base station to this TTI for a cell associated with each transmission time interval (TTI) and each configured second base station.
  • Receiving activation-related indication information for activating a cell associated with the after the non-ideal backhaul delay time between the first base station and the second base station in this TTI (or non-ideal backhaul between the first base station and the second base station in this TTI) Activate the cell associated with the second base station (TTI) after one hour twice the delay.
  • the first base station 801 determines whether to activate the cell associated with the second base station based on the measurement report for the cell associated with the second base station, the first base station load, etc. (S810), and determines the activation to indicate activation indication information. To generate (S820).
  • the first base station 801 determines whether to activate the cell associated with the second base station based on the measurement report, the first base station load, etc. for the cell associated with the second base station, and the second base station 802. Request an activation instruction, and the second base station may generate the activation instruction information and transmit the activation instruction information to the terminal.
  • the activation related indication information may be transmitted through MAC signaling, and the MAC control element includes field information indicating a cell associated with the activation target second base station in the MAC CE; And / or MAC header may be included.
  • the first base station 801 transmits activation indication information to the terminal 803 (S830).
  • the terminal 803 activates the cell associated with the activation target second base station indicated by the aforementioned MAC header based on the received activation indication information (S840). In addition, the cell inactivity timer associated with the second base station may be started (S850).
  • the terminal 803 may perform communication with the second base station 802 through the cell associated with the second base station (S860).
  • a cell operation associated with a normal second base station eg, SRS transmission or CQI / PMI / in a cell associated with the second base station.
  • the cell deactivation timer associated with the second base station associated with the cell associated with the second base station is started (S850).
  • Steps S840 and S850 may be performed sequentially or at the same time or in a reversed order.
  • the cell associated with the second base station may be deactivated.
  • FIG 9 illustrates a procedure of deactivating a cell associated with a second base station by a terminal according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • the terminal 903 controls the activation or deactivation of the cell associated with the second base station based on the activation related indication information received from the first base station 901, the handover command
  • the handover command When receiving upper layer signaling (RRC reconfiguration message) including information (mobilityControlInfo), the cell associated with the second base station or all cells associated with the second base station are deactivated, the deactivation timer is stopped, and a HARQ (Hybrid Automatic Repeat request) is performed. It may further comprise the step of deleting.
  • the first base station 901 may determine whether to activate a cell associated with the second base station or determine whether to handover a macro cell (S910).
  • the first base station 901 determines to deactivate the cell associated with the second base station or handover the macro cell according to the determination result, the first base station 901 generates corresponding information (S920).
  • the terminal 903 receives the deactivation indication information or the handover command information generated from the first base station 901 (S930).
  • the terminal 903 may select a cell associated with the second base station or all cells associated with the second base station when the above-described activation related indication information includes the deactivation indication information or is received through higher layer signaling including handover command information. Deactivate (S940).
  • the terminal 903 may stop the cell deactivation timer associated with the second base station (S950) and flush the HARQ (S960). Steps S940 to S960 described above may be performed sequentially, simultaneously, or may be reversed.
  • the UE when the UE receives a handover command, the UE performs a handover to the target PCell, so there is no need to deactivate the source PCell that is always activated in a single base station. . That is, the PCell can be configured as the target PCell without having to deactivate the source PCell.
  • the PCell can be configured as the target PCell without having to deactivate the source PCell.
  • the handover command information may be changed when the handover command is received. It is necessary to receive higher layer signaling that includes and perform deactivation for all cells associated with the second base station.
  • the terminal 903 Upon receiving the MAC CE including the deactivation indication information, the terminal 903 deactivates the cell associated with the second base station in the TTI, stops the cell deactivation timer associated with the second base station, and HARQ associated with the cell associated with the second base station. Flush the buffer.
  • the terminal 903 deactivates the cell associated with the second base station in the TTI, stops the cell deactivation timer associated with the second base station, and the cell associated with the second base station. Flush the HARQ buffer associated with.
  • the terminal 903 configures the cell associated with the second base station configured in the lower layer to be considered to be in an inactive state.
  • the terminal 903 when the terminal 903 receives an RRC connection reconfiguration message including mobility control information from the first base station 901, the terminal 903 transmits a cell associated with the second base station to a lower layer. Or configure the cell associated with the second base station configured with the SCell to be considered in an inactive state. The terminal 903 may keep the cell associated with the second base station in an inactive state until receiving the cell activation indication information associated with the second base station.
  • FIG. 10 is a diagram illustrating an operation when a terminal receives uplink grant or downlink allocation information in a cell activation state associated with a second base station according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • the terminal 1003 may deactivate the deactivation timer for the cell associated with the second base station. You can control it to restart.
  • a PDCCH for a cell associated with an activated second base station indicates an uplink grant or a DL assignment
  • the terminal 1003 transmits to the second base station.
  • the inactivity timer for the associated cell may be restarted (S1080).
  • the first base station 1001 may determine whether to activate a cell associated with the second base station (S1010), and generate activation indication information (S1020).
  • the first base station 1001 transmits activation indication information (S1030).
  • the terminal 1003 activates a cell associated with the second base station based on the received activation indication information, and starts a cell deactivation timer associated with the second base station (S1050).
  • Processes of S1010 to S1060 may be the same as the process described with reference to FIGS. 5 and 6.
  • the terminal 1003 restarts the cell deactivation timer associated with the ongoing second base station (S1080).
  • the terminal 1003 may control the cell deactivation timer associated with the second base station to restart from the beginning after the cell associated with the second base station is activated.
  • the cell deactivation timer associated with the second base station expires, the cell associated with the second base station may be deactivated. Therefore, the activation time of the cell associated with the second base station configured in the terminal 1003 may be increased by restarting the cell deactivation timer associated with the second base station.
  • the first base station may control cell activation associated with the second base station of the terminal by transmitting MAC signaling including information indicating to activate or deactivate a cell associated with the second base station configured in the terminal.
  • FIG. 11 is a diagram illustrating an example MAC control element that may include activation-related indication information according to the present invention.
  • an activation / deactivation MAC control element 1100 may be identified by a MAC PDU subheader having a logical channel ID (LCID).
  • LCID logical channel ID
  • MAC control element 1100 has a fixed size and consists of a single octet comprising seven C-fields 1101 to 1107 and one R-field 1108.
  • this field 1101-1108 indicates the SCell with the SCeill index i or the cell index i associated with the second base station; Indicate an activation state of a cell associated with the second base station.
  • this field 1101-1108 indicates the activation state of the cell associated with the second base station with SCeill index i or cell index i associated with the second base station; Display.
  • Ci fields 1101 to 1108 when the Ci fields 1101 to 1108 are set to "1", it indicates that the cell associated with the corresponding SCell or the second base station should be activated. If set to "0", the corresponding SCell or the second base station is set. Indicates that the cell associated with must be deactivated.
  • the R field may be used to indicate activation / deactivation of the cell associated with the second base station.
  • the R field 1108 indicates that the cell associated with the second base station should be activated, and if set to "0", the cell associated with the second base station should be deactivated. Can also be displayed.
  • the cell index or SCell index associated with the second base station is not used, or the first It may be used by adding a value (for example, C8) that is not a value (for example, C1 to C7) used as the SCell index of the base station.
  • one of the Ci fields may be designated to identify the secondary cells of the first base station and the secondary cells of the second base station so as to identify the specific Ci field (for example, C6 or C7). If C7) is set to "1", another Ci field (e.g., C1, C2, C3, C4, C5) is activated for the secondary cell (small cell) of the second base station with secondary cell index i ("1"). ) / Disabled ("0"), and if the particular Ci field (e.g. C6 or C7) is set to "0", other Ci fields (e.g. C1, C2, C3, C4, C5) may indicate that the secondary cell of the master base station having the secondary cell index i should be activated / deactivated.
  • C7 is set to "1”
  • another Ci field e.g., C1, C2, C3, C4, C5
  • the particular Ci field e.g. C6 or C7
  • other Ci fields e.g. C1, C2, C3, C4, C5 may indicate that the secondary cell of the
  • a cell associated with the second base station when a cell associated with the second base station is configured as described above, activation / deactivation of secondary cells of the second base station is performed so that the terminal can distinguish and identify the secondary cells of the first base station and the secondary cells of the second base station.
  • LCID logical channel ID
  • each of the secondary cell of the first base station and the secondary cell of the second base station may be understood as the same meaning as the cell associated with the first base station and the cell associated with the second base station.
  • Second Embodiment A method using RRC signaling by a first base station.
  • the first base station may transmit the above-described activation related indication information to the terminal through higher layer signaling.
  • the first base station transmits activation related indication information to the terminal, and the terminal may activate or deactivate a cell associated with the second base station based on the received activation related indication information.
  • the present invention according to the second embodiment may transmit activation related indication information in higher layer signaling (eg, RRC signaling).
  • higher layer signaling eg, RRC signaling
  • the operation of the terminal receiving the activation related indication information may operate in the same manner as described with reference to FIGS. 7 to 10.
  • the first base station activates or deactivates the cell associated with the second base station by transmitting information for cell activation / deactivation associated with the second base station to the terminal by including the information in an RRC connection reconfiguration message.
  • an RRC connection reconfiguration message including an additional radio resource configuration of a second base station that is distinguished from the first base station is received through a cell addition / modification associated with the second base station and / or a radio bearer addition / modification procedure to the second base station.
  • the terminal may be configured by activating or deactivating a cell associated with the second base station.
  • the terminal may maintain a cell deactivation timer associated with the second base station for the cell associated with the configured second base station, and deactivate the cell associated with the second base station associated with its expiry.
  • the cell deactivation timer associated with the second base station may also be configured by RRC signaling.
  • the terminal when the terminal receives the indication information for activating the cell associated with the second base station through higher layer signaling, the terminal activates the cell associated with the second base station.
  • a cell operation associated with a normal second base station eg, SRS transmission or CQI / PMI / RI / PTI measurement report in a cell associated with that second base station or PDCCH monitoring of a cell associated with that second base station.
  • PDCCH monitoring for a cell associated with the second base station e.g., SRS transmission or CQI / PMI / RI / PTI measurement report in a cell associated with that second base station or PDCCH monitoring of a cell associated with that second base station.
  • PDCCH monitoring for a cell associated with the second base station e.g, start the cell deactivation timer associated with the second base station for the cell associated with the second base station.
  • the terminal when the terminal receives indication information for deactivating a cell associated with a second base station through higher layer signaling, the terminal deactivates a cell associated with the second base station, stops a cell deactivation timer associated with the second base station, and then performs a second base station. Flush the HARQ buffer associated with the cell associated with the.
  • the terminal deactivates the cell associated with the second base station, stops the cell deactivation timer associated with the second base station, 2 Flush the HARQ buffer associated with the cell associated with the base station.
  • a PDCCH for a cell associated with a second base station indicates an uplink grant or a DL assignment or is assigned to a second base station. If the PDCCH for the serving cell scheduling the associated cell indicates an uplink grant or a DL assignment, the cell deactivation timer associated with the second base station associated with the cell associated with the second base station may be restarted. have.
  • FIG. 12 is a diagram illustrating a procedure for controlling activation / deactivation of a cell associated with a second base station by a first base station according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • a method of activating or deactivating a cell associated with a second base station by a first base station after the signaling between the first base station and the second base station, additional cell configuration information related to the second base station and the second And transmitting higher layer signaling including base station radio bearer additional modification configuration information to the terminal and receiving activation or deactivation status information of a cell associated with the second base station.
  • the first base station 1201 performs a signaling procedure with the second base station 1202 (S1210).
  • the above-described signaling between the first base station 1201 and the second base station 1202 may configure cell index information by distinguishing a cell associated with the first base station 1201 and a cell associated with the second base station 1202.
  • the first base station 1201 transmits higher layer signaling to the terminal 1203 (S1220).
  • the higher layer signaling may include cell addition configuration information associated with the second base station 1202 and radio bearer addition modification configuration information associated with the second base station 1202 as described with reference to FIGS. 5 and 6.
  • the terminal 1203 may add / modify a cell associated with the second base station based on higher layer signaling, and configure at least one or more specific cells of cells associated with the second base station in an activated state. In addition, it is possible to configure a radio bearer through the second base station 1202 (S1230).
  • the terminal 1203 transmits information on an activated or deactivated state of a cell associated with the second base station 1202 added / modified to the first base station 1201 (S1240).
  • FIG. 13 illustrates a procedure of activating a cell associated with a second base station by a first base station according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • a method for controlling activation or deactivation of a cell associated with a second base station added by a first base station 1301 as a serving cell to a terminal 1303 the activation related request information, terminal measurement report, and data state information Determining an activation or deactivation of a cell associated with a second base station added to the terminal 1303 based on at least one or more of the information, and an activation related instruction including information indicating to activate or deactivate a cell associated with the second base station And transmitting the information to the terminal 1303.
  • the activation related indication information according to the present invention is transmitted by being included in media access control (MAC) signaling or higher layer signaling, and the media access control signaling indicates whether the cell associated with the second base station is activated. It may include a MAC control element and / or MAC header including an indicating field (in case of the first embodiment).
  • MAC media access control
  • the first base station 1301 activates or deactivates a cell associated with a second base station added to the terminal 1303 based on at least one or more information of activation related request information, terminal measurement report, and data state information. It may be determined (S1330).
  • the first base station 1301 may receive activation related request information for requesting activation or deactivation of a cell associated with the second base station from the second base station 1302 (S1310).
  • a terminal measurement report including information such as a signal state measured by the terminal may be received from the terminal 1303 (S1320).
  • the first base station may determine data state information of the terminal 1303 to determine whether to activate a cell associated with the second base station.
  • the first base station 1301 may receive an activation related request message for activating a cell associated with the second base station according to the data state of the second base station 1302 from the second base station 1302. Can be.
  • the first base station 1301 may determine whether to activate a cell associated with the second base station according to the data state information forwarded from the first base station 1301 to the second base station 1302.
  • the first base station 1301 may determine whether to activate a cell associated with the second base station according to the measurement report of the terminal 1303.
  • steps S1310 and S1320 may or may not be executed in any order.
  • the first base station 1301 generates activation related indication information to be transmitted to the terminal 1303 according to the activation result determination result (S1340).
  • the terminal 1303 may receive activation related indication information from the first base station 1301 (S1350), and may activate or deactivate a cell associated with the second base station based on the indication information included in the activation related indication information. (S1360).
  • the first base station 1301 may transmit using MAC signaling or higher layer signaling.
  • FIG. 14 is a diagram illustrating a cell activation procedure associated with a second base station, including the step of transmitting, by a first base station, an activation related preparation message according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • the second base station 1402 before the first base station 1401 transmits the activation related indication information, the second base station 1402 is configured to the second base station 1402 providing a cell associated with the second base station.
  • the method may further include transmitting an activation related preparation message for preparing to activate or deactivate a cell associated with the base station (S1445).
  • the first base station 1401 may determine whether to activate a cell associated with a second base station based on at least one or more of information related to activation request information, terminal measurement report, and data state information. It may be determined (S1430).
  • the first base station 1401 may generate activation related indication information (S1440), and transmit an activation related preparation message to the second base station 1402 providing a cell associated with the second base station according to the determination result (S1445).
  • the first base station 1401 may transmit an activation related preparation message for the second base station 1402 to prepare for cell activation associated with the second base station (S1445).
  • the second base station 1402 may perform an activation or deactivation preparation process for a cell associated with the second base station provided by the second base station 1402 based on the received activation related preparation message.
  • 15 is a diagram illustrating a cell activation procedure associated with a second base station including the step of transmitting activation state information by the first base station according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • the second base station After the first base station 1501 according to another embodiment of the present invention transmits the activation related indication information, the second base station providing a cell associated with the second base station with a message including the activation state information of the terminal 1503.
  • the method may further include transmitting to the base station 1502.
  • the first base station 1501 may transmit an activation status information message to the second base station 1502 indicating that the cell associated with the second base station has been activated or deactivated.
  • the first base station 1501 determines whether to activate a cell associated with a second base station based on at least one or more of the above-described activation related request information, terminal measurement report, and data state information (S1530).
  • the first base station 1501 generates activation related indication information (S1540) and transmits the activation related indication information generated to the terminal 1503 (S1550).
  • the terminal 1503 activates or deactivates a cell associated with the second base station based on the above-described activation related indication information (S1560).
  • the first base station 1501 is a second base station 1502 that provides a cell associated with the second base station, and is associated with a second base station provided by the second base station 1502 among the cells associated with the second base station configured in the terminal 1503.
  • An activation state information message including information about an activation state of a cell may be transmitted (S1565).
  • Step S1565 may be performed before step S1560, may be performed at the same time, or may be performed after step S1560 as shown in FIG.
  • Third embodiment A method using MAC signaling by a second base station.
  • FIG. 16 is a diagram illustrating a procedure of controlling activation / deactivation of a cell associated with a second base station by a second base station according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • the second base station in a signaling process between the first base station and the second base station, is transmitted to the terminal through the first base station.
  • the second base station 1602 transmits and receives signaling with the first base station 1601.
  • the first base station 1601 may transmit a signaling request to the second base station 1602 (S1610).
  • the second base station 1602 may generate higher layer signaling (S1620) and transmit a signaling response to the first base station (S1625).
  • the signaling between the second base station 1602 and the first base station 1601 may configure cell index information by dividing a cell associated with the first base station 1601 and a cell associated with the second base station 1602.
  • the second base station 1602 may generate higher layer signaling to be transmitted to the terminal 1603 through the first base station 1601 (S1620).
  • the generated higher layer signaling may be transmitted to the terminal 1603 through the first base station 1601 as described with reference to FIGS. 5 and 6 (S1630).
  • the terminal 1603 may configure a specific cell associated with the second base station in an activated state based on higher layer signaling (S1640). As described with reference to FIGS. 5 and 6, the specific cell configured in the activated state may be at least one cell when there are a plurality of cells associated with the second base station.
  • the second base station 1602 transmits activation related indication information to the terminal 1603 (S1650).
  • the activation related indication information may include information indicating to activate or deactivate a cell distinguished from a specific cell configured in an activated state among cells associated with the second base station.
  • the activation related indication information may be transmitted in a medium access control (MAC) signaling, and at least any one of a MAC control element and a MAC header including a field indicating whether the cell associated with the second base station is activated. It may include one.
  • MAC medium access control
  • the second base station 1602 may transmit the activation or deactivation state information of the cell associated with the second base station to the first base station 1601 (S1670).
  • Some of the methods described with reference to FIG. 17 may include operations similar to, or more specific to, the methods described with reference to FIG. 16.
  • 17 is a diagram illustrating a procedure of activating a cell associated with a second base station by a second base station according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • a first cell for providing a macro cell Receiving activation related indication information from the base station 1701 and receiving the activation related indication information including information indicating to activate or deactivate a cell associated with the second base station based on the activation related indication information transmission request message. And sending to 1703.
  • the activation related indication information is included in media access control (MAC) signaling and transmitted, and the medium access control signaling indicates whether to activate by identifying a cell associated with the second base station. It may include a MAC control element and / or MAC (sub) header including a field to.
  • MAC media access control
  • the second base station 1702 after transmitting the activation related indication information, transmits a message including the activation state information of the terminal 1703 to the first base station 1701. It may further comprise a step.
  • the first base station 1701 may determine whether to activate a cell associated with the second base station (S1730).
  • activation related request information may be received from the second base station 1701 (S1710), or a terminal measurement report may be received from the terminal 1703 (S1720).
  • it may be determined using only data state information. For example, when a radio bearer using both the first base station and the second base station is configured, frequent retransmission is caused in the RLC entity configured in the second base station due to the second base station load or radio quality deterioration, or a continuous problem in the physical layer.
  • the second base station may request deactivation from the first base station or directly transmit deactivation indication information to the terminal according to the determination of the second base station.
  • the second base station 1702 may receive a transmission request message requesting transmission of activation related indication information from the first base station 1701. There is (S1740).
  • the first base station 1701 may generate a second request message for activating or deactivating a cell associated with the second base station according to a data state transmitted from the first base station 1701 to the second base station 1702. May transmit to the base station 1702.
  • the first base station 1701 may transmit a request message for activating or deactivating a cell associated with the second base station based on the measurement report of the terminal 1703 to the second base station 1702.
  • the second base station 1702 receives the above-described activation related indication information transmission request message and generates activation related indication information based on this message (S1750).
  • the second base station 1702 may transmit activation related indication information to the terminal 1703 (S1760).
  • the second base station 1702 may include activation related indication information in Media Access Control (MAC) signaling through a specific cell associated with the activated second base station in the second base station.
  • the second base station 1702 may transmit the activation related indication information through a specific cell associated with the activated second base station in the second base station to transmit the activation or deactivation indication information of the cell associated with the above-described second base station (Media Access Control).
  • Control, MAC can be included in the signaling
  • the medium access control signaling may include a MAC control element and / or MAC (sub) header including a field indicating whether the cell associated with the second base station is activated.
  • the MAC control element including the activation related indication information transmitted by the second base station 1702 is a logical channel ID (LCID). It can be identified by a MAC Protocol Data Unit (PDU) subheader with
  • the MAC control element has a fixed size and consists of a single octet including seven C-fields and one R-field.
  • this field is associated with the SCell or second base station with the cell index i associated with the SCell index i or the second base station. Displays the active state of the cell.
  • this field indicates the activation state of the cell associated with the second base station with SCeill index i or cell index i associated with the second base station.
  • the Ci field when the Ci field is set to "1", it indicates that the cell associated with the corresponding SCell or the second base station should be activated. If set to "0", the cell associated with the corresponding SCell or the second base station is deactivated. Indicate that it should be.
  • the R field may be used to indicate activation / deactivation of the cell associated with the second base station.
  • the R field when the R field is set to "1", it may indicate that the cell associated with the second base station is activated, and if it is set to "0", it may indicate that the cell associated with the second base station is deactivated.
  • the cell index or SCell index associated with the second base station is not used, or the first It may be used by adding a value (for example, C8) that is not a value (for example, C1 to C7) used as the base station SCell index.
  • the secondary cell of the second base station having the secondary cell index i having the Ci field (i) Secondary cell of the first base station with the Ci field having the secondary cell index i when the R field 908 is set to "0", indicating that it should be activated ("1) / deactivated (" 0 ") for the small cell)
  • one of the Ci fields may be distinguished from secondary cells of the first base station and secondary cells of the second base station.
  • the second base station with another Ci field e.g., C1, C2, C3, C4, C5 having a secondary cell index i. It should be enabled ("1) / deactivated (" 0 ") for the secondary cell (small cell) of If the specific Ci field (e.g., C6 or C7) is set to "0", the master base station with another Ci field (e.g., C1, C2, C3, C4, C5) has a secondary cell index i. It may indicate that it should be activated / deactivated for the secondary cell of.
  • a cell associated with the second base station when a cell associated with the second base station is configured as described above, activation / deactivation of secondary cells of the second base station is performed so that the terminal can distinguish and identify the secondary cells of the first base station and the secondary cells of the second base station.
  • LCID logical channel ID
  • the terminal 1703 may activate or deactivate a cell associated with the corresponding second base station based on the activation related indication information. (S1770).
  • the second base station 1702 after the second base station 1702 according to another embodiment of the present invention transmits the activation related indication information, the second base station 1702 further transmits a message including the activation state information of the terminal to the first base station 1701. It may also include (S1775).
  • the second base station 1702 transmits activation related indication information to the terminal 1703 and provides activation state information about a cell associated with the second base station provided by the second base station 1702 to the terminal 1703. And transmit to 1701.
  • the first base station 1701 may receive the corresponding information from the second base station 1702 to obtain information on the activated or deactivated state of the cell associated with the second base station.
  • the terminal 1703 may transmit information about the activated or deactivated state of the cell associated with the second base station to the first base station 1701.
  • the terminal that receives the cell activation or deactivation indication information associated with the second base station according to the third embodiment of the present invention is the second base station as described with reference to FIGS. 5 to 10.
  • a cell associated with may be activated or deactivated.
  • the terminal maintains a cell deactivation timer associated with the second base station for the cell associated with the configured second base station. And deactivates the cell associated with the second base station associated with its expiry.
  • the cell deactivation timer associated with the second base station may be configured by RRC signaling. Because the non-ideal backhaul delay between the master base station and the second base station may prevent the first base station from quickly checking the information on the activation state of the second base station secondary cell, the above deactivation timer is the second cell deactivation timer (sCellDeactivationTimer). Fields other than -r10) can be defined and configured.
  • the terminal When the terminal receives the MAC CE including activation related indication information for activating a cell associated with the second base station in this TTI for each transmission time interval (TTI) and a cell associated with each configured second base station, 2 Activates the cell associated with the base station.
  • the terminal may transmit a cell associated with the second base station to this TTI for a cell associated with each transmission time interval (TTI) and each configured second base station.
  • Receiving activation related indication information for activating the TTI after the non-ideal backhaul delay time between the first base station and the second base station in the TTI (or the non-ideal backhaul delay time between the first base station and the second base station in this TTI) After twice the time, activate the cell associated with the second base station (TTI).
  • the backhaul delay time may be configured by higher layer signaling by the first base station.
  • Cell operations associated with a normal second base station e.g., an SRS transmission or CQI / PMI / RI / PTI measurement report or a cell associated with that second base station in a cell associated with that second base station
  • PDCCH monitoring etc. for the cell associated with the.
  • the cell deactivation timer associated with the second base station may be deactivated.
  • the terminal If the terminal receives the MAC CE including deactivation indication information, the terminal deactivates the cell associated with the second base station in the TTI, stops the cell deactivation timer associated with the second base station and is associated with the cell associated with the second base station. Flush the HARQ buffer.
  • the terminal deactivates the cell associated with the second base station in the TTI, stops the cell deactivation timer associated with the second base station, and the HARQ associated with the cell associated with the second base station. Flush the buffer.
  • the terminal when the terminal receives the higher layer signaling including the handover command information, the terminal is configured to consider the cell associated with the second base station configured in the lower layer as an inactive state.
  • the terminal when the terminal receives an RRC connection reconfiguration message including mobility control information from the first base station, the terminal is associated with a second base station configured with a cell or SCell associated with the second base station in a lower layer. Configure the cell to be considered inactive. The terminal may keep the cell associated with the second base station in an inactive state until receiving the cell activation indication information associated with the second base station.
  • the PDCCH for the small cell indicates an uplink grant or downlink assignment, or the PDCCH for the serving cell for scheduling the small cell is an uplink grant.
  • the cell deactivation timer associated with the second base station associated with the small cell may be restarted.
  • the present invention is not only a case where a cell associated with a second base station is added / modified as described above, but also a data radio bearer for user plane data transmission through a second base station to a terminal together with cell addition / modification associated with a second base station. This may also apply to cases where DRB) is added / modified.
  • the above-described cell addition / modification associated with the second base station associated with the second base station and radio bearer addition / modification through the second base station may be provided through one procedure. That is, when the first base station determines user data transmission through the second base station, through the signaling between the first base station and the second base station, the cell addition / modification associated with the second base station associated with the second base station and / or the second base station radio Bearers can be configured.
  • a procedure of adding / modifying a data radio bearer by determining a user plane data transmission through a second base station by a first base station according to the present invention will be described.
  • the first base station determines user plane data transmission through the second base station or through the first base station and the second base station (e.g., decides to add / modify DRBs to the second base station), then the first base station A message is sent to the base station to request bearer setup for user plane data transmission. Or, it sends a message for requesting bearer setup for DRBs setup.
  • a message eg, a second base station bearer add / modify request message or a second base station add / modify request message
  • requesting bearer setup for user plane data transmission through a second base station includes at least one of the following information: can do.
  • Message Type Contains information to identify the procedure type of the message.
  • the above-described message may be a message for requesting addition / modification of a second base station radio bearer to the same message for requesting cell addition / modification associated with the second base station.
  • First base station terminal X2AP ID Contains identifier information allocated by the first base station.
  • ⁇ Cell ID associated with the second base station Contains E-UTRAN Cell Global Identifier (ECGI) of the cell associated with the second base station or cell PCI (Physical Cell ID) information associated with the second base station.
  • ECGI E-UTRAN Cell Global Identifier
  • PCI Physical Cell ID
  • Terminal Security capabilities Contains information about the algorithms supported for encryption and integrity protection in the terminal, the algorithms supported for encryption in the terminal, or the algorithms supported for encryption of user plane data in the terminal.
  • the terminal security capabilities information may be managed only at the first base station without being included in the bearer establishment request message.
  • AS Security Information or AS Security Key A base station key (K UPenc ) for deriving encryption key (K UPenc ) information for user plane data at a second base station or a user plane data at a second base station (K UPenc ).
  • Base station information.
  • the above-described value may use the same value as K UPenc or the base station key (K base station) of the first base station.
  • the AS base station may not include the AS security information or the AS security key information. .
  • ⁇ UE Aggregate Maximum Bit Rate A maximum bit rate set to be applied to all Non-GBR bearers per UE, defined in the up or down direction, and provided to the first base station by the MME.
  • the UE-AMBR information may be managed only by the first base station without being included in the bearer establishment request message. (For example, it may be applied when the user base station forwards user plane data through the second base station.)
  • Terminal Capability Information Terminal capability information necessary for configuring radio resources for user data transmission through a second base station among terminal capability information included in the terminal context information received through the MME. , Single transmission / reception (single Tx / Rx) or multiple transmission / reception (multi Tx / Rx).
  • E-RABs E-RARAN Radio Access Bearers
  • ⁇ E-RAB ID Contains information for identifying a radio access bearer for the terminal.
  • QoS Quality of Service
  • GTP Tunnel Endpoint When transmitting user plane data through an interface between a first base station and a second base station, the IP of the first base station as an endpoint of a bearer for transmitting user plane data between the first base station and the second base station. Includes transport layer address and GTP TEID (Tunnel Endpoint ID) information.
  • the transport layer address and the GTP TEID which are IP addresses of the S-GWB, as endpoints between the S-GW and the second base station. It includes.
  • the second base station Upon receiving the bearer establishment request message for user plane data transmission or DRBs establishment from the first base station, the second base station sends a message to the first base station in response to the bearer establishment request.
  • the message for responding to the bearer establishment request may include at least one of the following information.
  • Message Type Contains information to identify the procedure type of the message.
  • the above-described message may be a message for requesting the addition / modification of a second base station radio bearer to the same message as the message for responding to the request for cell addition / modification associated with the second base station.
  • First base station terminal X2AP ID Contains identifier information allocated by the first base station.
  • Second base station terminal X2AP ID Contains identifier information allocated by the second base station.
  • E-RABs E-RARAN radio access bearers (E-RABs) accepted list (E-RABs Admitted List) through the second base station
  • E-RAB ID includes information for identifying a radio access bearer for the terminal.
  • the GTP tunnel tunnel endpoint When user plane data is transmitted through an interface between a first base station and a second base station, the GTP tunnel tunnel endpoint includes information about an endpoint of a bearer for transmitting user plane data between the first base station and the second base station.
  • the transport layer address and the GTP TEID which are IP addresses of the second base station, as endpoints between the S-GW and the second base station. It includes.
  • DRB ID Contains information about the DRB identifier.
  • ⁇ PDCP-Config Contains PDCP configuration information.
  • user data is transmitted from a first base station to a second base station through a radio bearer that simultaneously uses radio resources of the first base station and the second base station, and only the RLC / MAC / PHY functions except the PDCP are transmitted from the second base station.
  • PDCP-CONFIG information is not included.
  • RLC-Config Contains RLC configuration information.
  • ⁇ logicalChannelIdentity Contains information about logical channel identifier.
  • ⁇ logicalChannelConfig Contains information about logical channel configuration information.
  • the RRC connection reconfiguration message may be transmitted to the UE by including DRBs information to be added / modified from the second base station.
  • the terminal adds / modifies the second base station and the DRBs for user plane data transmission, modifies the DRBs of the first base station to the DRBs of the second base station, or adds the DRBs that simultaneously use radio resources of the first base station and the second base station. Or modify or add / modify DRBs of the first base station to DRBs that simultaneously use radio resources of the first base station and the second base station.
  • the aforementioned DRBs information to be added / modified may include at least one or more of the following information.
  • EPS-Beareridentity An EPS bearer identifier that contains information about the E-RAB ID.
  • ⁇ Cell Identifier Contains information about a Physical Cell ID (PCI) and an Absolute Radio Frequency Channel (ARFCN) of a cell associated with a second base station.
  • PCI Physical Cell ID
  • ARFCN Absolute Radio Frequency Channel
  • the index / classification information for indicating that the DRB configured in the terminal is a radio bearer through the second base station or the DRB configured in the terminal is the first Index / classification information for indicating that the radio bearer using the radio resources of the base station and the second base station at the same time.
  • DRB-ID Contains information on the DRB-ID received from the second base station.
  • PDCP-Config Contains information on PDCP-Config received from the second base station.
  • RLC-Config Contains information about the RLC-Config received from the second base station.
  • ⁇ logicalChannelIdentity Contains information about logical channel identifier.
  • ⁇ logicalChannelConfig Contains information about logical channel configuration information.
  • the first base station initiates a bearer setup signaling procedure for transmitting user plane data or establishing DRBs with the second base station (e.g., after transmitting the aforementioned bearer setup request message to the second base station). ), And may include the DRBs information to be added / modified in the RRC Connection Reconfiguration message to the terminal.
  • the terminal may add / modify the second base station and the DRBs for user plane data transmission, or may modify the DRBs of the first base station to the DRBs of the second base station.
  • the DRBs information to be added / modified may include at least one of the following information.
  • EPS-Beareridentity Contains information about the use of E-RAB ID as EPS bearer identifier.
  • ⁇ Cell Identifier Contains information about a Physical Cell ID (PCI) and an Absolute Radio Frequency Channel (ARFCN) of a cell associated with a second base station.
  • PCI Physical Cell ID
  • ARFCN Absolute Radio Frequency Channel
  • Second base station index cell index or SCell index or second base station index / classification information associated with the second base station: index / classification information for indicating that the DRB configured in the terminal is a radio bearer through the second base station or configured in the terminal It indicates the index / classification information for indicating that the DRB is a radio bearer using the radio resources of the first base station and the second base station at the same time.
  • DRB-ID Contains information on the DRB-ID determined by the first base station and delivered to the second base station.
  • PDCP-Config Contains information about PDCP-Config determined by the first base station and delivered to the second base station.
  • RLC-Config Contains information about the RLC-Config determined by the first base station and delivered to the second base station.
  • ⁇ logicalChannelIdentity Contains information about logical channel identifier.
  • ⁇ logicalChannelConfig Contains information about logical channel configuration information.
  • the DRB information to be added / modified or the DRB information to be released may include identification information for distinguishing a cell and a macro cell associated with the second base station.
  • identification information for distinguishing a cell and a macro cell associated with the second base station For example, when adding / modifying DRBs previously configured through the first base station through the second base station, information on the DRB to be added / modified may include the second base station identifier / index / division information.
  • the DRB information to be released in the macrocell may be included in the information on the DRB to be released (DRB-ToAddMod) together with the macrocell identifier.
  • the DRB to be added / modified may include a cell index or SCell or second base station index / division information associated with the second base station described above.
  • Parameters included in the above-mentioned RRC Connection Reconfiguration message are initial context setup request messages received from the MME. It can be set based on.
  • information in an initial context setup request message may be forwarded through a request message for setting up a bearer, and the second base station may be configured based on this information.
  • the second base station may send the configured parameter information to the first base station to include in the RRC Connection Reconfiguration message.
  • the parameters (eg, PDCP configuration information, RLC configuration information, and MAC configuration information) included in the RRC Connection Reconfiguration message may include information in the Initial Context Setup Request message received from the MME (eg, E- RABs list) may be determined by the first base station.
  • the parameters included in the RRC Connection Reconfiguration message may include information in the Initial Context Setup Request message received from the MME and a message for responding to the bearer setup request from the second base station.
  • the first base station may be set based on this.
  • the first base station is a cell identification information for allowing the terminal to synchronize to the cell associated with the second base station and access to the cell associated with the second base station through a random access channel (Random Access Chennel, RACH), radio of the cell It can be transmitted including the resource configuration information.
  • RACH Random Access Chennel
  • the radio resource configuration information of the small cell described above is UE-specific for operation in a cell system information, a random access channel preamble, and a secondary cell (small cell) associated with a second base station received through a message for responding to a bearer establishment request. It may include configuration information.
  • the related information for small cell access is transmitted through higher layer signaling, but may be transmitted in a separate step from the higher layer signaling.
  • the terminal receives higher layer signaling (eg, an RRC connection reconfiguration message) including the radio resource configuration information of the small cell, and then synchronizes with the second base station.
  • higher layer signaling eg, an RRC connection reconfiguration message
  • the dedicated random access channel preamble information is included, the random access procedure may be performed according to the "contention-free” procedure. Or, if the dedicated random access channel preamble is not included, the random access procedure is performed according to the "contention-based" procedure.
  • the above-described higher layer signaling may include small cell information to be added / modified, DRBs information to be added / modified, and information for performing synchronization and random access in one message.
  • Each of the above-mentioned information may be included in a separate message and transmitted.
  • the procedure of adding, modifying, or removing a cell associated with a second base station or adding, modifying, or removing DRBs through a second base station by a first base station for transmitting user plane data through the second base station is described.
  • the first base station may determine using information (eg, an E-RAB Level QoS parameter) in an Initial Context Setup Request message received from the MME.
  • the DRB to be serviced through the first base station and the DRB to be serviced through the second base station may be determined to initiate bearer setup signaling for the user plane data transmission to the second base station. That is, the first base station transmits the E-RAB to be transmitted through the second base station in consideration of the first base station load, measurement report information, etc. based on QoS parameters (QCI, Allocation and Retention Priority, GBR QoS) for each E-RAB. You can choose.
  • QoS parameters QI, Allocation and Retention Priority, GBR QoS
  • a GBR bearer or an E-RAB having a specific QCI or a specific Allocation and Retention Priority value may be transmitted through the first base station and may not request DRB establishment from the second base station.
  • the first base station may set user DRBs by setting DRBs through the first base station.
  • the first base station may perform the above-described DRBs addition / modification procedure when the cell associated with the second base station is activated in the terminal or with the cell activation associated with the second base station. For example, in order to transmit data through additional radio resources of a second base station, which is distinguished from a first base station based on a terminal measurement report, the first base station is configured to transmit the data through signaling between the first base station and the second base station.
  • the terminal When the cell addition / modification information associated with the 2 base station and the second base station radio bearer addition / modification information are delivered to the terminal through higher layer signaling, the terminal first activates a cell associated with the second base station according to the received higher layer signaling.
  • the radio cell is configured first so that the secondary cell can be quickly communicated, and then the secondary cell is deactivated. did. After that, the terminal activates the secondary cell in consideration of the data state and used the secondary cell.
  • the terminal activates the secondary cell in consideration of the data state and used the secondary cell.
  • the cell addition / modification information and the radio bearer addition / modification information associated with the second base station first configure a cell associated with the second base station in an active state so that communication can be performed quickly through the second base station. It may be effective to configure the radio bearer in the second base station.
  • the DRBs add / modify procedure may be executed and cell activation / deactivation associated with the second base station may be performed.
  • the cell associated with the second base station may be configured to be in an inactive state and activate a cell associated with the second base station according to the data state of the cell associated with the second base station.
  • the cell associated with the second base station is configured to be active and is configured to display a cell associated with the second base station associated with the second base station according to the data state of the cell associated with the second base station or the cell deactivation timer associated with the second base station. You can also disable it.
  • the specific cell associated with the second base station may be configured to be always active regardless of the above-described DRBs addition / modification procedure.
  • the specific cell associated with the second base station for transmitting activation or deactivation indication information of the cell associated with the second base station may be configured to be activated until the cell is released and / or until the handover message is received.
  • the cell when the first (one) cell associated with the second base station is added, the cell may be configured to be activated until the cell is released and / or until the handover message is received.
  • one of the secondary cells included in the second base station is configured with radio bearers (DRBs) for transmitting the user plane data, and the handover and / or handover is performed.
  • the specific cell associated with the second base station may be configured to be always activated until the message is received.
  • the terminal is always active until at least one of the secondary cells (small cells) of the second base station configured with radio bearers (DRBs) for user plane data transmission is released until the cell is released and / or a handover message is received. It can be configured as.
  • the inactivity timer value may be configured to a very large value, or a cell associated with a new second base station in which radio bearers (DRBs) for user plane data are configured is configured, or all secondary cells of the second base station are removed. You can always keep it active before.
  • the upper layer signaling message is assigned to the second base station radio bearer in the secondary cell configuration information (RadioResourceConfigDedicatedSCell).
  • Activation of a cell associated with the second base station by including a second base station secondary cell index that may include or distinguish configuration information, or remains active until the cell is released and / or until a handover message is received;
  • the deactivation indication information may be provided including specific cell indication information of the second base station.
  • the secondary cell is added without configuring the radio bearers (DRBs) for user plane data transmission (eg, when the second base station secondary cell is added, the radio bearer configuration information is not included), the terminal may be configured to be in an inactive state, and the activation / deactivation by the above-described first base station or the second base station may be possible.
  • DRBs radio bearers
  • a method for activating or deactivating a cell associated with a second base station, by a terminal comprising: receiving higher layer signaling received through the first base station after signaling between the first base station and the second base station; Configuring a specific cell associated with the second base station to an activated state and configuring a radio bearer via the second base station.
  • the terminal provides activation-related indication information including information for instructing to activate or deactivate a cell distinguished from a specific cell configured in an activated state among cells associated with the second base station through the second base station.
  • the method may further include controlling to activate or deactivate a cell distinguished from a specific cell configured in an activated state among cells associated with the second base station based on the receiving step and the activation related indication information.
  • the terminal according to the present invention configures a cell associated with the second base station based on higher layer signaling received from the first base station, but at least one specific cell is activated. Can be configured.
  • a macrocell in a method for activating or deactivating a cell associated with a second base station when a terminal adds a cell associated with a second base station as a serving cell, a macrocell is provided.
  • the terminal may receive activation related indication information from the first base station through MAC signaling or higher layer signaling.
  • activation related indication information may be received from the second base station through MAC signaling.
  • the MAC signaling may include a MAC control element and / or a MAC header including a field indicating whether the cell associated with the second base station is activated.
  • the terminal includes controlling the cell associated with the second base station to be activated or deactivated based on the activation related indication information.
  • the terminal may activate or deactivate a cell associated with the corresponding second base station based on information included in the activation related indication information.
  • the cell associated with the second base station may be activated and the cell inactivity timer associated with the second base station may be started. Or deactivate the cell associated with the second base station, stop the cell deactivation timer associated with the second base station, and delete the HARQ.
  • Other terminals may perform operations of the terminal required for the implementation of the present invention described with reference to FIGS. 5 to 17.
  • the first base station In a method for activating or deactivating a cell associated with a second base station, the first base station according to another embodiment of the present invention, after the signaling between the first base station and the second base station additional cell configuration information associated with the second base station And transmitting the higher layer signaling including the second base station radio bearer additional modification configuration information to the terminal and receiving activation or deactivation state information of a cell associated with the second base station.
  • the first base station transmits the cell addition modification configuration information associated with the second base station and the second base station radio bearer addition modification configuration information to the terminal, and the terminal may add / modify the cell associated with the second base station based thereon.
  • a radio bearer associated with the second base station may also be added / modified.
  • the first base station may receive state information including information on activation or deactivation of a cell associated with the second base station from the terminal or the second base station.
  • a method for controlling activation or deactivation of a cell associated with a second base station added as a serving cell to a terminal by a first base station the activation related request information, terminal measurement report, and data state information Determining activation or deactivation of a cell associated with a second base station added to the terminal based on at least one of the information.
  • the cell activation related request information associated with the second base station may be received and determined from the second base station, or may be determined based on the terminal measurement report received from the terminal. In addition, it may be determined whether the cell associated with the second base station is activated based on the data state information.
  • the second base station before the first base station according to the present invention transmits the activation related indication information as described above, the second base station provides a cell associated with the second base station.
  • the method may further include transmitting an activation related preparation message to prepare for deactivation.
  • the first base station includes the step of transmitting the activation-related indication information including the information indicating to activate or deactivate the cell associated with the second base station.
  • the first base station may transmit activation related indication information through MAC signaling or higher layer signaling.
  • the first base station before transmitting the activation related indication information, the first base station according to the present invention allows the second base station to prepare for activation or deactivation of the cell associated with the second base station to the second base station providing the cell associated with the second base station.
  • the method may further include transmitting an activation related preparation message for performing the step.
  • the first base station transmits the activation-related indication information, further comprising the step of transmitting a message containing the activation status information of the terminal to the second base station providing a cell associated with the second base station It may be.
  • the cell associated with the second base station sends an activation related indication information request message to request the activation related indication information to be transmitted.
  • the method may further include transmitting to a second base station that provides a.
  • the activation related indication information may be transmitted by the second base station to the terminal.
  • higher layer signaling to be transmitted to a terminal through a first base station after signaling between the first base station and the second base station Transmitting activation related indication information to the terminal and generating activation related instructions including information indicating to activate or deactivate a cell associated with the second base station through a cell associated with the second base station; And transmitting the deactivation status information to the first base station.
  • the second base station generates higher layer signaling including additional modification configuration information of the cell associated with the second base station and radio bearer additional modification configuration information of the cell associated with the second base station, and transmits it to the terminal through the first base station.
  • the second base station may transmit the generated higher layer signaling information to the first base station, and the first base station may transmit the received information to the terminal through higher layer signaling.
  • the second base station generates activation-related indication information for controlling the activation or deactivation of the cell associated with the second base station configured in the terminal and transmits it to the terminal.
  • the second base station transmits status information of activation or deactivation of the cell associated with the second base station configured in the terminal to the first base station.
  • a method for controlling activation or deactivation of a cell associated with a second base station added as a serving cell to a terminal by a second base station according to the present invention, the activation-related indication from a first base station providing a macro cell And receiving an information transmission request message.
  • the second base station may include transmitting activation related indication information including information indicating to activate or deactivate a cell associated with the second base station based on the activation related indication information transmission request message to the terminal. have.
  • the second base station may transmit activation related indication information in MAC signaling.
  • the second base station according to the present invention may further include transmitting a message including activation status information of the terminal to the first base station after transmitting the activation related indication information.
  • the terminal, the first base station, and the second base station described above may perform all of the operations described with reference to FIGS. 5 to 17.
  • the method of the present invention described with reference to FIGS. 5 to 17 may be implemented by both the base station and the terminal to be described below.
  • FIG. 18 is a block diagram showing the configuration of a terminal according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • a user terminal 1800 includes a receiver 1810, a controller 1820, and a transmitter 1830.
  • the receiver 1810 receives downlink control information, data, and a message from a base station through a corresponding channel.
  • the receiver 1810 may receive higher layer signaling from the first base station, and the higher layer signaling may include cell additional modification configuration information associated with the second base station.
  • the cell addition modification configuration information associated with the second base station may include cell information for transmitting activation or deactivation indication information of a cell associated with the second base station or cell information to be kept in an activated state.
  • the receiver 1810 receives activation related indication information from the second base station.
  • the receiver 1810 may receive MAC signaling or higher layer signaling including activation related indication information from the first base station or the second base station. In addition, the receiver 1810 may receive higher layer signaling including handover command information.
  • the controller 1820 controls the overall operation of the terminal required to perform the control operation associated with cell activation or deactivation associated with the second base station of the terminal required to perform the present invention described above.
  • the controller 1820 may configure a specific cell associated with the second base station in an active state based on higher layer signaling and configure a radio bearer.
  • the cell associated with the second base station may be activated or deactivated according to the received activation-related indication information.
  • the controller 1820 may activate / deactivate the cell associated with the second base station according to the received activation-related indication information, stop the cell activation / deactivation timer associated with the second base station, and delete the HARQ. have.
  • the transmitter 1830 transmits uplink control information, data, and a message to a base station through a corresponding channel.
  • the transmitter 1830 may communicate with the second base station or transmit activation or deactivation state information of a cell associated with the second base station to the first base station.
  • 19 is a block diagram showing the configuration of a base station according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • a base station 1900 includes a controller 1910, a transmitter 1920, and a receiver 1930.
  • the controller 1910 determines whether to activate the cell associated with the second base station required to perform the above-described present invention and controls the overall operation of the base station according to transmitting higher layer signaling or activation related indication information.
  • the transmitter 1920 and the receiver 1930 are used to transmit and receive signals, messages, and data necessary for carrying out the above-described present invention.
  • the transmitter 1920 may transmit higher layer signaling including cell additional modification configuration information associated with the second base station to the terminal.
  • activation related indication information may be transmitted, and the information may be transmitted through MAC signaling or higher layer signaling.
  • the receiver 1930 may receive state information including information on an activation or deactivation state of a cell associated with the second base station from the terminal or the second base station.
  • the receiver 1930 may receive an activation related request message from the second base station or a terminal measurement report from the terminal.
  • the control unit of the second base station may control the overall operation of the base station according to the transmission of the activation-related indication information of the cell associated with the second base station required to carry out the present invention described above.
  • the receiving unit of the second base station may receive an activation related indication information transmission request message from the first base station.
  • the transmitter of the second base station may transmit activation related indication information to the terminal or transmit cell activation state information associated with the second base station of the terminal to the first base station.
  • the cell associated with the second base station under the control of the macro cell to the serving cell for transmitting user data traffic in an environment in which an ideal backhaul is established between the first base station and the second base station.
  • the cell associated with the second base station may be activated / deactivated according to the user data traffic.
  • SCell configured with a specific cell associated with the second base station in an active state, it is possible to offload user data traffic to a cell associated with the second base station while reducing terminal battery consumption or enabling data transmission without a delay caused by activation. It works.
  • the present invention also provides a method and apparatus for controlling activation or deactivation of a small cell added to a terminal by a first base station providing a macro cell or a second base station providing a small cell, thereby reducing power consumption of the terminal. And it is effective to provide a small cell on / off method and apparatus for data traffic.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention relates to a method for activating or deactivating a cell associated with a second base station added to a terminal as a secondary cell, and an apparatus therefor. More specifically, a method for enabling a terminal to activate or deactivate a cell associated with a second base station includes the steps of: receiving an upper layer signaling through a first base station after a signaling between the first and the second base station; activating a particular cell associated with the second base station; and constructing a radio bearer through the second base station.

Description

스몰셀 활성화 또는 비활성화 방법 및 그 장치Small cell activation or deactivation method and apparatus thereof
본 발명은 단말에 세컨더리 셀로 추가된 제 2 기지국에 연관된 스몰셀을 활성화 또는 비활성화하는 방법에 관한 것이다.The present invention relates to a method of activating or deactivating a small cell associated with a second base station added as a secondary cell to a terminal.
통신 시스템이 발전해나감에 따라 사업체들 및 개인들과 같은 소비자들은 매우 다양한 무선 단말기들을 사용하게 되었다.As communication systems have evolved, consumers, such as businesses and individuals, have used a wide variety of wireless terminals.
현재의 3GPP 계열의 LTE(Long Term Evolution), LTE-Advanced 등의 이동 통신 시스템에서는 음성 위주의 서비스를 벗어나 영상, 무선 데이터 등의 다양한 데이터를 송수신할 수 있는 고속 대용량의 통신 시스템이 요구되고 있다.Currently, mobile communication systems such as Long Term Evolution (LTE) and LTE-Advanced of the 3GPP series require high-speed large-capacity communication systems capable of transmitting and receiving various data such as video and wireless data, beyond voice-oriented services.
이러한 고속 대용량의 통신 시스템을 위해서 소형 셀을 활용하여 단말의 용량을 늘릴 수 있는 기술이 요구된다.For such a high-speed large-capacity communication system, a technology for increasing the capacity of a terminal by using a small cell is required.
또한, 매크로 셀 기지국이 스몰 셀 기지국과 논 아이디얼 백홀로 연결된 환경에서, 단말이 스몰 셀을 통해서 사용자 플레인 데이터를 전송하기 위해서는 스몰 셀 및 스몰셀 기지국을 통한 무선 베어러 추가가 요구된다.In addition, in an environment in which a macro cell base station is connected to a small cell base station by a non-ideal backhaul, it is required to add a radio bearer through the small cell and the small cell base station in order for the terminal to transmit user plane data through the small cell.
즉, 단말은 매크로 셀을 제공하는 기지국과 스몰셀을 제공하는 기지국이 상이한 경우에 매크로셀 및 스몰셀을 이용하여 통신을 수행하는 방법이 요구된다.That is, when the base station providing the macro cell and the base station providing the small cell are different from each other, a method for performing communication using the macro cell and the small cell is required.
또한, 추가된 스몰셀을 이용한 데이터 통신을 수행함에 있어서, 단말은 데이터 트래픽 및 전력 상황 등에 따라서 추가된 스몰셀을 활성화 또는 비활성화하도록 제어하는 방법이 요구된다.In addition, in performing data communication using the added small cell, a method for controlling the terminal to activate or deactivate the added small cell is required according to data traffic and power conditions.
전술한 요구에 따라 본 발명은 단말이 매크로셀 기지국과 구분되는 기지국에 연관된 스몰셀을 세컨더리 셀로 추가하고, 추가된 스몰셀을 활성화 또는 비활성화하는 방법 및 장치에 대해서 제안하고자 한다.According to the above-described request, the present invention proposes a method and apparatus for adding a small cell associated with a base station distinguished from a macro cell base station as a secondary cell and activating or deactivating the added small cell.
또한, 본 발명은 매크로 셀을 제공하는 마스터 기지국 또는 스몰 셀을 제공하는 세컨더리 기지국이 단말의 데이터 트래픽 및 전력 상황 등에 따라서 단말에 추가된 스몰 셀의 활성화 또는 비활성화를 제어하는 방법 및 장치에 대해서 제안하고자 한다.In addition, the present invention is to propose a method and apparatus for controlling the activation or deactivation of a small cell added to the terminal by the master base station providing a macro cell or a secondary base station providing a small cell according to data traffic and power conditions of the terminal. do.
전술한 과제를 해결하기 위한 본 발명은 단말이 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화 또는 비활성화하는 방법에 있어서, 제 1 기지국과 제 2 기지국간의 시그널링 이후 제 1 기지국을 통해 수신되는 상위계층 시그널링을 수신하는 단계와 제 2 기지국에 연관된 특정 셀을 활성화 상태로 구성하는 단계 및 제 2 기지국을 통한 무선베어러를 구성하는 단계를 포함하는 방법을 제공한다.According to an aspect of the present invention, a method for activating or deactivating a cell associated with a second base station, wherein the terminal receives higher layer signaling received through the first base station after signaling between the first base station and the second base station. And configuring the specific cell associated with the second base station to an activated state and configuring a radio bearer via the second base station.
또한, 본 발명은 제 1 기지국이 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화 또는 비활성화하는 방법에 있어서, 제 1 기지국과 제 2 기지국간의 시그널링 이후 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 추가수정 구성정보 및 제 2 기지국 무선베어러 추가수정 구성정보를 포함하는 상위계층 시그널링을 단말로 전송하는 단계 및 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 활성화 또는 비활성화 상태정보를 수신하는 단계를 포함하는 방법을 제공한다.The present invention also provides a method for activating or deactivating a cell associated with a second base station by a first base station, wherein after the signaling between the first base station and the second base station, the additional cell configuration information related to the second base station and the second base station radio bearer It provides a method comprising the step of transmitting a higher layer signaling including the additional configuration information to the terminal and receiving the activation or deactivation status information of the cell associated with the second base station.
또한, 본 발명은 제 2 기지국이 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화 또는 비활성화하는 방법에 있어서, 제 1 기지국과 상기 제 2 기지국간의 시그널링 과정에서 제 1 기지국을 통해 단말로 전송할 상위계층 시그널링을 생성하는 단계와 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 통해 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 중 활성화 상태로 구성되는 특정 셀과 구별되는 셀을 활성화하거나 비활성화하도록 지시하는 정보를 포함하는 활성화 관련 지시 정보를 단말로 전송하는 단계 및 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 활성화 또는 비활성화 상태정보를 제 1 기지국으로 전송하는 단계를 포함하는 방법을 제공한다.In addition, the present invention provides a method for activating or deactivating a cell associated with a second base station by the second base station, the higher layer signaling to be transmitted to the terminal through the first base station in the signaling process between the first base station and the second base station; And transmitting activation related indication information to the terminal through the cell associated with the second base station, the activation related indication information including information for activating or deactivating a cell distinguished from a specific cell configured in an activated state among cells associated with the second base station; And transmitting the activation or deactivation status information of the cell associated with the second base station to the first base station.
또한, 본 발명은 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화 또는 비활성화하는 단말에 있어서, 제 1 기지국과 제 2 기지국간의 시그널링 이후 제 1 기지국을 통해 수신되는 상위계층 시그널링을 수신하는 수신부와 제 2 기지국에 연관된 특정 셀을 활성화 상태로 구성하는 제어부 및 제 2 기지국을 통한 무선 베어러를 구성하는 제어부를 포함하는 단말 장치를 제공한다.In addition, the present invention relates to a terminal for activating or deactivating a cell associated with a second base station, comprising: a receiver for receiving higher layer signaling received through the first base station after signaling between the first base station and the second base station; Provided is a terminal apparatus including a controller configured to configure a specific cell in an activated state and a controller configured to configure a radio bearer through a second base station.
또한, 본 발명은 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화 또는 비활성화하는 제 1 기지국에 있어서, 제 1 기지국과 제 2 기지국간의 시그널링 이후 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 추가수정 구성정보 및 제 2 기지국 무선베어러 추가수정 구성정보를 포함하는 상위계층 시그널링을 생성하는 제어부와 상위계층 시그널링을 단말로 전송하는 송신부 및 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 활성화 또는 비활성화 상태 정보를 수신하는 수신부를 포함하는 기지국 장치를 제공한다.In addition, the present invention provides a first base station for activating or deactivating a cell associated with a second base station, after the signaling between the first base station and the second base station, the additional cell configuration information associated with the second base station and the second base station radio bearer modification Provided is a base station apparatus including a control unit for generating higher layer signaling including configuration information, a transmitting unit for transmitting higher layer signaling to a terminal, and a receiving unit for receiving activation or deactivation state information of a cell associated with a second base station.
또한, 본 발명은 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화 또는 비활성화하는 제 2 기지국에 있어서, 제 1 기지국과 제 2 기지국간의 시그널링 과정에서 제 1 기지국을 통해 단말로 전송할 상위계층 시그널링을 생성하는 제어부와 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 통해 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 중 활성화 상태로 구성되는 특정 셀과 구별되는 셀을 활성화하거나 비활성화하도록 지시하는 정보를 포함하는 활성화 관련 지시 정보를 단말로 전송하는 송신부 및 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 활성화 또는 비활성화 상태정보를 제 1 기지국으로 전송하는 송신부를 포함하는 기지국 장치를 제공한다.In addition, the present invention provides a second base station for activating or deactivating a cell associated with a second base station, the control unit for generating a higher layer signaling to be transmitted to the terminal through the first base station in the signaling process between the first base station and the second base station; A transmitter and a second base station for transmitting activation related indication information including information indicating to activate or deactivate a cell distinguished from a specific cell configured in an activated state among cells associated with a second base station through a cell associated with a second base station. It provides a base station apparatus including a transmitter for transmitting the activation or deactivation state information of the cell associated with the first base station.
본 발명을 적용할 경우, 단말이 매크로셀 기지국과 구분되는 기지국에 연관된 스몰셀을 세컨더리 셀로 추가하고, 추가된 스몰셀을 활성화 또는 비활성화하는 방법 및 장치를 제공하는 효과가 있다.According to the present invention, there is an effect of providing a method and apparatus for a terminal to add a small cell associated with a base station distinguished from a macro cell base station as a secondary cell, and to activate or deactivate the added small cell.
또한, 본 발명은 매크로 셀을 제공하는 제 1 기지국 또는 스몰 셀을 제공하는 제 2 기지국이 단말에 추가된 스몰 셀의 활성화 또는 비활성화를 제어하는 방법 및 장치를 제공함으로써, 단말의 전력 소모를 감소시킬 수 있으며 데이터 트래픽에 맞는 스몰 셀 활성화 또는 비활성화 방법 및 장치를 제공하는 효과가 있다.The present invention also provides a method and apparatus for controlling activation or deactivation of a small cell added to a terminal by a first base station providing a macro cell or a second base station providing a small cell, thereby reducing power consumption of the terminal. And it is effective to provide a small cell activation or deactivation method and apparatus for data traffic.
도 1은 본 발명이 적용될 수 있는 네트워크 구성 시나리오의 일 예를 도시한 도면이다.1 is a diagram illustrating an example of a network configuration scenario to which the present invention can be applied.
도 2는 본 발명이 적용될 수 있는 제 1 기지국과 제 2 기지국의 인터페이스를 통한 사용자 데이터 전송의 예를 도시한 도면이다.2 is a diagram illustrating an example of user data transmission through an interface between a first base station and a second base station to which the present invention can be applied.
도 3은 본 발명이 적용될 수 있는 제 1 기지국과 제 2 기지국의 인터페이스를 통한 사용자 데이터 전송의 또 다른 예를 도시한 도면이다.3 is a diagram illustrating another example of user data transmission through an interface between a first base station and a second base station to which the present invention can be applied.
도 4는 본 발명이 적용될 수 있는 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 추가/수정 절차를 예시적으로 도시한 도면이다.4 is a diagram illustrating a cell addition / modification procedure associated with a second base station to which the present invention can be applied.
도 5는 본 발명의 일 실시예에 따른 단말이 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화/비활성화하는 절차를 도시한 도면이다.5 is a diagram illustrating a procedure of activating / deactivating a cell associated with a second base station by a terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
도 6은 본 발명의 또 다른 실시예에 따른 단말이 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화/비활성화하는 절차를 도시한 도면이다.6 is a diagram illustrating a procedure of activating / deactivating a cell associated with a second base station by a terminal according to another embodiment of the present invention.
도 7은 본 발명의 또 다른 실시예에 따른 단말이 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화/비활성화하는 절차를 도시한 도면이다.7 is a diagram illustrating a procedure of activating / deactivating a cell associated with a second base station by a terminal according to another embodiment of the present invention.
도 8은 본 발명의 또 다른 실시예에 따른 단말이 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화하는 절차를 도시한 도면이다.8 is a diagram illustrating a procedure of activating a cell associated with a second base station by a terminal according to another embodiment of the present invention.
도 9는 본 발명의 또 다른 실시예에 따른 단말이 스몰셀을 비활성화하는 절차를 도시한 도면이다.9 is a diagram illustrating a procedure for deactivating a small cell by a terminal according to another embodiment of the present invention.
도 10은 본 발명의 또 다른 실시예에 따른 단말이 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 활성화 상태에서 업링크 그랜트 또는 다운링크 할당 정보를 수신하는 경우의 동작을 도시한 도면이다.FIG. 10 is a diagram illustrating an operation when a terminal receives uplink grant or downlink allocation information in a cell activation state associated with a second base station according to another embodiment of the present invention.
도 11은 본 발명에 따른 활성화 관련 지시 정보가 포함될 수 있는 MAC 제어 요소를 예시적으로 나타낸 도면이다.11 is a diagram illustrating an example MAC control element that may include activation-related indication information according to the present invention.
도 12는 본 발명의 또 다른 실시예에 따른 제 1 기지국이 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 활성화/비활성화를 제어하는 절차를 도시한 도면이다.12 is a diagram illustrating a procedure for controlling activation / deactivation of a cell associated with a second base station by a first base station according to another embodiment of the present invention.
도 13은 본 발명의 또 다른 실시예에 따른 제 1 기지국이 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화하는 절차를 도시한 도면이다.FIG. 13 illustrates a procedure of activating a cell associated with a second base station by a first base station according to another embodiment of the present invention.
도 14는 본 발명의 또 다른 실시예에 따른 제 1 기지국이 활성화 관련 준비 메시지를 전송하는 단계를 포함하는 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 활성화 절차를 도시한 도면이다. 14 is a diagram illustrating a cell activation procedure associated with a second base station, including the step of transmitting, by a first base station, an activation related preparation message according to another embodiment of the present invention.
도 15는 본 발명의 또 다른 실시예에 따른 제 1 기지국이 활성화 상태 정보를 전송하는 단계를 포함하는 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 활성화 절차를 도시한 도면이다.15 is a diagram illustrating a cell activation procedure associated with a second base station including the step of transmitting activation state information by the first base station according to another embodiment of the present invention.
도 16은 본 발명의 또 다른 실시예에 따른 제 2 기지국이 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 활성화/비활성화를 제어하는 절차를 도시한 도면이다.FIG. 16 is a diagram illustrating a procedure of controlling activation / deactivation of a cell associated with a second base station by a second base station according to another embodiment of the present invention.
도 17은 본 발명의 또 다른 실시예에 따른 제 2 기지국이 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화하는 절차를 도시한 도면이다.17 is a diagram illustrating a procedure of activating a cell associated with a second base station by a second base station according to another embodiment of the present invention.
도 18은 본 발명의 또 다른 실시예에 따른 단말의 구성을 도시한 블록도이다.18 is a block diagram showing the configuration of a terminal according to another embodiment of the present invention.
도 19는 본 발명의 또 다른 실시예에 따른 기지국의 구성을 도시한 블록도이다.19 is a block diagram showing the configuration of a base station according to another embodiment of the present invention.
이하, 본 발명의 일부 실시예들을 예시적인 도면을 통해 상세하게 설명한다. 각 도면의 구성요소들에 참조부호를 부가함에 있어서, 동일한 구성요소들에 대해서는 비록 다른 도면상에 표시되더라도 가능한 한 동일한 부호를 가지도록 하고 있음에 유의해야 한다. 또한, 본 발명을 설명함에 있어, 관련된 공지 구성 또는 기능에 대한 구체적인 설명이 본 발명의 요지를 흐릴 수 있다고 판단되는 경우에는 그 상세한 설명은 생략한다.Hereinafter, some embodiments of the present invention will be described in detail through exemplary drawings. In adding reference numerals to the components of each drawing, it should be noted that the same reference numerals are assigned to the same components as much as possible even though they are shown in different drawings. In addition, in describing the present invention, when it is determined that the detailed description of the related well-known configuration or function may obscure the gist of the present invention, the detailed description thereof will be omitted.
본 발명에서의 무선통신시스템은 음성, 패킷 데이터 등과 같은 다양한 통신 서비스를 제공하기 위해 널리 배치된다. 무선통신시스템은 사용자 단말(User Equipment, 단말) 및 기지국(Base Station, BS, 또는 기지국)을 포함한다. 본 명세서에서의 사용자 단말은 무선 통신에서의 단말을 의미하는 포괄적 개념으로서, WCDMA 및 LTE, HSPA 등에서의 단말(User Equipment)는 물론, GSM에서의 MS(Mobile Station), UT(User Terminal), SS(Subscriber Station), 무선기기(wireless device) 등을 모두 포함하는 개념으로 해석되어야 할 것이다.The wireless communication system in the present invention is widely deployed to provide various communication services such as voice, packet data, and the like. The wireless communication system includes a user equipment (user equipment) and a base station (base station, BS, or base station). In the present specification, a user terminal is a generic concept meaning a terminal in wireless communication. In addition to user equipment in WCDMA, LTE, and HSPA, as well as MS (Mobile Station), UT (User Terminal), SS in GSM, It should be interpreted as a concept that includes a subscriber station, a wireless device, and the like.
기지국 또는 셀(cell)은 일반적으로 사용자 단말과 통신하는 지점(station)을 말하며, 노드-B(Node-B), 기지국(evolved Node-B), 섹터(Sector), 싸이트(Site), BTS(Base Transceiver System), 액세스 포인트(Access Point), 릴레이 노드(Relay Node), RRH(Remote Radio Head), RU(Radio Unit) 등 다른 용어로 불릴 수 있다.A base station or cell generally refers to a station that communicates with a user terminal, and includes a Node-B, an evolved Node-B, a sector, a site, and a BTS. It may be called other terms such as a base transceiver system, an access point, a relay node, a remote radio head (RRH), a radio unit (RU), and the like.
즉, 본 명세서에서 기지국 또는 셀(cell)은 CDMA에서의 BSC(Base Station Controller), WCDMA의 Node-B, LTE에서의 기지국 또는 섹터(싸이트) 등이 커버하는 일부 영역 또는 기능을 나타내는 포괄적인 의미로 해석되어야 하며, 메가셀, 매크로셀, 마이크로셀, 피코셀, 펨토셀 및 릴레이 노드(relay node), RRH, RU 통신범위 등 다양한 커버리지 영역을 모두 포괄하는 의미이다. In other words, in the present specification, a base station or a cell is a generic meaning representing a partial area or function covered by a base station controller (BSC) in CDMA, a Node-B in WCDMA, a base station or sector (site) in LTE, and the like. It should be interpreted as, and it is meant to cover all the various coverage areas such as megacell, macrocell, microcell, picocell, femtocell and relay node, RRH, RU communication range.
본 명세서에서 사용자 단말과 기지국은 본 명세서에서 기술되는 기술 또는 기술적 사상을 구현하는데 사용되는 두 가지 송수신 주체로 포괄적인 의미로 사용되며 특정하게 지칭되는 용어 또는 단어에 의해 한정되지 않는다. 사용자 단말과 기지국은, 본 발명에서 기술되는 기술 또는 기술적 사상을 구현하는데 사용되는 두 가지(Uplink 또는 Downlink) 송수신 주체로 포괄적인 의미로 사용되며 특정하게 지칭되는 용어 또는 단어에 의해 한정되지 않는다. 여기서, 상향링크(Uplink, UL, 또는 업링크)는 사용자 단말에 의해 기지국으로 데이터를 송수신하는 방식을 의미하며, 하향링크(Downlink, DL, 또는 다운링크)는 기지국에 의해 사용자 단말로 데이터를 송수신하는 방식을 의미한다.In the present specification, the user terminal and the base station are two transmitting and receiving entities used to implement the technology or technical idea described in this specification in a comprehensive sense and are not limited by the terms or words specifically referred to. The user terminal and the base station are two types of uplink or downlink transmitting / receiving subjects used to implement the technology or the technical idea described in the present invention, and are used in a generic sense and are not limited by the terms or words specifically referred to. Here, the uplink (Uplink, UL, or uplink) refers to a method for transmitting and receiving data to the base station by the user terminal, the downlink (Downlink, DL, or downlink) means to transmit and receive data to the user terminal by the base station It means the way.
무선통신시스템에 적용되는 다중 접속 기법에는 제한이 없다. CDMA(Code Division Multiple Access), TDMA(Time Division Multiple Access), FDMA(Frequency Division Multiple Access), OFDMA(Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access), OFDM-FDMA, OFDM-TDMA, OFDM-CDMA와 같은 다양한 다중 접속 기법을 사용할 수 있다. 본 발명의 일 실시예는 GSM, WCDMA, HSPA를 거쳐 LTE 및 LTE-Advanced로 진화하는 비동기 무선통신과, CDMA, CDMA-2000 및 UMB로 진화하는 동기식 무선 통신 분야 등의 자원할당에 적용될 수 있다. 본 발명은 특정한 무선통신 분야에 한정되거나 제한되어 해석되어서는 아니 되며, 본 발명의 사상이 적용될 수 있는 모든 기술분야를 포함하는 것으로 해석되어야 할 것이다.There is no limitation on the multiple access scheme applied to the wireless communication system. Various multiple access techniques such as Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA), Time Division Multiple Access (TDMA), Frequency Division Multiple Access (FDMA), Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access (OFDMA), OFDM-FDMA, OFDM-TDMA, OFDM-CDMA Can be used. One embodiment of the present invention can be applied to resource allocation in the fields of asynchronous wireless communication evolving to LTE and LTE-Advanced through GSM, WCDMA, HSPA, and synchronous wireless communication evolving to CDMA, CDMA-2000 and UMB. The present invention should not be construed as being limited or limited to a specific wireless communication field, but should be construed as including all technical fields to which the spirit of the present invention can be applied.
상향링크 전송 및 하향링크 전송은 서로 다른 시간을 사용하여 전송되는 TDD(Time Division Duplex) 방식이 사용될 수 있고, 또는 서로 다른 주파수를 사용하여 전송되는 FDD(Frequency Division Duplex) 방식이 사용될 수 있다.The uplink transmission and the downlink transmission may use a time division duplex (TDD) scheme that is transmitted using different times, or may use a frequency division duplex (FDD) scheme that is transmitted using different frequencies.
또한, LTE, LTE-Advanced와 같은 시스템에서는 하나의 반송파 또는 반송파 쌍을 기준으로 상향링크와 하향링크를 구성하여 규격을 구성한다. 상향링크와 하향링크는, PDCCH(Physical Downlink Control CHannel), PCFICH(Physical Control Format Indicator CHannel), PHICH(Physical Hybrid ARQ Indicator CHannel), PUCCH(Physical Uplink Control CHannel) 등과 같은 제어채널을 통하여 제어정보를 전송하고, PDSCH(Physical Downlink Shared CHannel), PUSCH(Physical Uplink Shared CHannel) 등과 같은 데이터채널로 구성되어 데이터를 전송한다. In addition, in systems such as LTE and LTE-Advanced, a standard is configured by configuring uplink and downlink based on one carrier or a pair of carriers. Uplink and downlink transmit control information through control channels such as Physical Downlink Control CHannel (PDCCH), Physical Control Format Indicator CHannel (PCFICH), Physical Hybrid ARQ Indicator CHannel (PHICH), and Physical Uplink Control CHannel (PUCCH). A data channel is configured such as PDSCH (Physical Downlink Shared CHannel), PUSCH (Physical Uplink Shared CHannel) and the like to transmit data.
본 명세서에서 셀(cell)은 송수신 포인트로부터 전송되는 신호의 커버리지 또는 송수신 포인트(transmission point 또는 transmission/reception point)로부터 전송되는 신호의 커버리지를 가지는 요소반송파(component carrier), 그 송수신 포인트 자체를 의미할 수 있다. In the present specification, a cell means a component carrier having a coverage of a signal transmitted from a transmission / reception point or a signal transmitted from a transmission point or a transmission / reception point, and the transmission / reception point itself. Can be.
실시예들이 적용되는 무선통신 시스템은 둘 이상의 송수신 포인트들이 협력하여 신호를 전송하는 다중 포인트 협력형 송수신 시스템(coordinated multi-point transmission/reception System; CoMP 시스템) 또는 협력형 다중 안테나 전송방식(coordinated multi-antenna transmission system), 협력형 다중 셀 통신시스템일 수 있다. CoMP 시스템은 적어도 두 개의 다중 송수신 포인트와 단말들을 포함할 수 있다. A wireless communication system to which embodiments are applied may be a coordinated multi-point transmission / reception system (CoMP system) or a coordinated multi-antenna transmission scheme in which two or more transmission / reception points cooperate to transmit a signal. antenna transmission system), a cooperative multi-cell communication system. The CoMP system may include at least two multiple transmission / reception points and terminals.
다중 송수신 포인트는 기지국 또는 매크로 셀(macro cell, 이하 '기지국'라 함)과, 기지국에 광케이블 또는 광섬유로 연결되어 유선 제어되는, 높은 전송파워를 갖거나 매크로 셀 영역 내의 낮은 전송파워를 갖는 적어도 하나의 RRH일 수도 있다.The multiple transmit / receive point is at least one having a base station or a macro cell (hereinafter referred to as a “base station”) and a high transmission power or a low transmission power in the macro cell region, which is wired controlled by an optical cable or an optical fiber to the base station. May be RRH.
이하에서 하향링크(downlink)는 다중 송수신 포인트에서 단말로의 통신 또는 통신 경로를 의미하며, 상향링크(uplink)는 단말에서 다중 송수신 포인트로의 통신 또는 통신 경로를 의미한다. 하향링크에서 송신기는 다중 송수신 포인트의 일부분일 수 있고, 수신기는 단말의 일부분일 수 있다. 상향링크에서 송신기는 단말의 일부분일 수 있고, 수신기는 다중 송수신 포인트의 일부분일 수 있다. In the following, downlink refers to a communication or communication path from a multiple transmission / reception point to a terminal, and uplink refers to a communication or communication path from a terminal to multiple transmission / reception points. In downlink, a transmitter may be part of multiple transmission / reception points, and a receiver may be part of a terminal. In uplink, a transmitter may be part of a terminal, and a receiver may be part of multiple transmission / reception points.
이하에서는 PUCCH, PUSCH, PDCCH 및 PDSCH 등과 같은 채널을 통해 신호가 송수신되는 상황을 'PUCCH, PUSCH, PDCCH 및 PDSCH를 전송, 수신한다'는 형태로 표기하기도 한다.Hereinafter, a situation in which a signal is transmitted and received through a channel such as a PUCCH, a PUSCH, a PDCCH, and a PDSCH may be described in the form of 'sending and receiving a PUCCH, a PUSCH, a PDCCH, and a PDSCH.'
기지국은 단말들로 하향링크 전송을 수행한다. 기지국은 유니캐스트 전송(unicast transmission)을 위한 주 물리 채널인 물리 하향링크 공유채널(Physical Downlink Shared Channel, PDSCH), 그리고 PDSCH의 수신에 필요한 스케줄링 등의 하향링크 제어 정보 및 상향링크 데이터 채널(예를 들면 물리 상향링크 공유채널(Physical Uplink Shared Channel, PUSCH))에서의 전송을 위한 스케줄링 승인 정보를 전송하기 위한 물리 하향링크 제어채널(Physical Downlink Control Channel, PDCCH)을 전송할 수 있다. 이하에서는, 각 채널을 통해 신호가 송수신 되는 것을 해당 채널이 송수신되는 형태로 기재하기로 한다.The base station performs downlink transmission to the terminals. The base station includes downlink control information such as a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH), which is a main physical channel for unicast transmission, and scheduling required for reception of the PDSCH and an uplink data channel (eg, For example, a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) for transmitting scheduling grant information for transmission on a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) may be transmitted. Hereinafter, the transmission and reception of signals through each channel will be described in the form of transmission and reception of the corresponding channel.
모바일 트래픽 폭증에 대처하기 위한 수단으로 저전력 노드를 사용하는 스몰셀 시나리오가 고려되고 있다. 저전력 노드(Node)는 일반적인 매크로 노드에 비해 낮은 송신 전력을 사용하는 노드를 나타낸다. Small cell scenarios using low power nodes are being considered as a means to cope with the explosion of mobile traffic. The low power node represents a node that uses a lower transmission power than a general macro node.
3GPP Release 11 이전의 캐리어 병합(Carrier Aggregation, 이하 'CA'라 함) 기술에서는 매크로 셀 커버리지 내에서 지리적으로 분산된 안테나인 저전력 RRH(Remote Radio Head)를 사용하여 스몰셀을 구축할 수 있었다.Prior to 3GPP Release 11, Carrier Aggregation (CA) technology enabled the construction of small cells using low power remote radio heads (RRHs), which are geographically dispersed antennas within macro cell coverage.
그러나 전술한 CA 기술 적용을 위해 매크로 셀과 RRH 셀은 하나의 기지국의 제어 하에 스케줄링 되도록 구축되며, 이를 위해 매크로 셀 기지국과 RRH 노드 간에는 이상적인 백홀(ideal backhaul)의 구축이 필요했다. 이상적인 백홀이란 광선로(optical fiber), LOS(Line Of Sight) 마이크로 웨이브(microware)를 사용하는 전용 점대점 연결과 같이 매우 높은 쓰루풋(throughput)과 매우 적은 지연을 나타내는 백홀을 의미한다. 이와 달리, xDSL(Digital Subscriber Line), Non-LOS 마이크로 웨이브(microwave)와 같이 상대적으로 낮은 쓰루풋(throughput)과 큰 지연을 나타내는 백홀을 비이상적 백홀(non-ideal backhaul)이라 한다.However, in order to apply the above-described CA technology, the macro cell and the RRH cell are constructed to be scheduled under the control of one base station. For this purpose, an ideal backhaul was required between the macro cell base station and the RRH node. An ideal backhaul means a backhaul that exhibits very high throughput and very low latency, such as a dedicated point-to-point connection using optical fiber, line of sight (LOS) microwaves. In contrast, backhaul that exhibits relatively low throughput and large delay, such as digital subscriber line (xDSL) and non-LOS microwave, is called non-ideal backhaul.
전술한 CA 기술을 이용하면 복수의 서빙 셀들은 단말(User Equipment)을 서비스하기 위해 병합되어 동작할 수 있었다. 즉, RRC 연결(Radio Resource Control Connected) 상태의 단말에 대해 복수의 서빙 셀들이 구성될 수 있으며, 매크로 셀 노드와 RRH간에 이상적인 백홀이 구축되는 경우 매크로 셀과 RRH 셀이 함께 서빙 셀들로 구성되어 단말을 서비스할 수 있었다.Using the above-described CA technology, a plurality of serving cells may be combined and operated to service a user equipment. That is, a plurality of serving cells may be configured for a terminal in an RRC connected (Radio Resource Control Connected) state, and when an ideal backhaul is established between the macro cell node and the RRH, the macro cell and the RRH cell are configured together with the serving cells. Could service.
전술한 CA기술이 구성될 때, 단말은 네트워크와 하나의 RRC 연결(connection)만을 가질 수 있다.When the above-described CA technology is configured, the terminal may have only one RRC connection with the network.
RRC 연결(connection) 설정(establishment)/재설정(re-establishment)/핸드오버에서 하나의 서빙 셀이 NAS 이동성(mobility) 정보(예를 들어, Tracking Area Identity, TAI)를 제공한다. 또한, RRC 연결(connection) 재설정/핸드오버에서 하나의 서빙 셀이 시큐리티 입력(security input)을 제공한다.In an RRC connection establishment / re-establishment / handover, one serving cell provides NAS mobility information (eg, Tracking Area Identity, TAI). In addition, one serving cell provides a security input in RRC connection reset / handover.
이러한 셀을 프라이머리 셀(Primary Cell, 이하 'PCell'이라 함)이라 한다. PCell은 단지 핸드오버 절차와 함께 변경될 수 있다. Such a cell is called a primary cell (hereinafter, referred to as 'PCell'). The PCell can only change with the handover procedure.
단말 능력들(capabilities)에 따라 세컨더리 셀(Secondary Cell, 이하 'SCell'이라 함)들이 PCell과 함께 서빙 셀로 구성될 수 있다. SCell들의 추가(addition)와 제거(removal)는 RRC에 의해 수행될 수 있다.Secondary cells (hereinafter, referred to as SCells) may be configured as serving cells together with PCells according to UE capabilities. Addition and removal of SCells may be performed by RRC.
예를 들어, 새로운 SCell을 추가할 때, 전용 상위계층 시그널링(예를 들어, RRC 시그널링)이 SCell의 요구되는 모든 시스템 정보 송신을 위해 사용될 수 있다. 즉, 연결모드(connected mode)에서, 단말은 SCell들로부터 직접 브로드캐스트된 시스템 정보를 획득할 필요가 없다.For example, when adding a new SCell, dedicated higher layer signaling (eg, RRC signaling) may be used for all required system information transmission of the SCell. That is, in the connected mode, the terminal does not need to acquire system information broadcast directly from the SCells.
PCell과 SCell들을 처리하는 하나의 기지국은 물리계층에서 서로 다른 캐리어(DL/UL PCC: Downlink/Uplink Primary Component Carrier, DL/UL SCC: Downlink/Uplink Secondary Component Carrier)를 가진다. 따라서 물리계층의 멀티 캐리어 특성은 서빙 셀마다 요구되는 하나의 HARQ(Hybrid Automatic Repeat request) 개체를 가지는 매체 접속 제어(Medium Access Control, 이하 'MAC'이라 함) 계층에만 영향을 주며 그 이상의 계층((Radio Link Control, 이하 'RLC'라 함/Packet Data Convergence Protocol, 이하 'PDCP'라 함)에 대해서는 캐리어 병합기술이 도입되기 이전의 RLC/PDCP 계층에 영향을 주지 않는다. 즉, RLC/PDCP 계층에서는 CA 동작을 구분할 수 없다. One base station processing the PCell and the SCells has different carriers (DL / UL PCC: Downlink / Uplink Primary Component Carrier, DL / UL SCC: Downlink / Uplink Secondary Component Carrier) in the physical layer. Therefore, the multi-carrier characteristic of the physical layer affects only a medium access control (MAC) layer having one hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) entity required for each serving cell. Radio Link Control (hereinafter referred to as 'RLC' / Packet Data Convergence Protocol (hereinafter referred to as 'PDCP')) does not affect the RLC / PDCP layer before carrier aggregation is introduced. Indistinguishable CA behavior.
또한, 이러한 SCell들의 다운링크 컴퍼넌트 캐리어(DL Component Carrier)와 업링크 컴퍼넌트 캐리어(UL Component Carrier)를 이용하기 위해서는 추가된 SCell들이 활성화(activate) 되어야 한다. 즉, 단말의 효율적인 배터리 소모를 위해서는 SCell들을 구성하기 위한 SCell 추가(addition) 단계와는 분리된 활성화 단계가 필요하다.In addition, in order to use the downlink component carrier (DL Component Carrier) and uplink component carrier (UL Component Carrier) of these SCells, the added SCells must be activated. That is, for efficient battery consumption of the terminal, an activation step separate from the SCell addition step for configuring SCells is required.
SCell들의 활성화(activation)와 비활성화(deactivation)는 MAC(Medium Access Control) 시그널링을 통해 수행될 수 있다. SCell들이 비활성화되면, 단말은 PDCCH 또는 PDSCH를 수신할 필요가 없고, 상응하는 업링크에서 전송할 수 없으며, CQI(channel quality indication) 측정을 할 필요가 없다. 반대로 SCell들이 활성화되면 PDCCH 또는 PDSCH를 수신해야 하고, CQI(channel quality indication) 측정을 수행할 것으로 기대된다.Activation and deactivation of the SCells may be performed through medium access control (MAC) signaling. When the SCells are deactivated, the UE does not need to receive the PDCCH or PDSCH, cannot transmit on the corresponding uplink, and does not need to measure channel quality indication (CQI). On the contrary, when SCells are activated, it is expected to receive PDCCH or PDSCH and perform channel quality indication (CQI) measurement.
위에서 설명한 바와 같이 종래 이동통신망에서 캐리어 병합 기술을 사용하여 스몰셀을 구축하기 위해서는 매크로 셀과 스몰 셀이 하나의 기지국 제어 하에 스케줄링 되어야 했다. 이를 위해 매크로 셀 노드와 스몰 셀 노드 간에는 이상적인 백홀(ideal backhaul)을 구축해야 하는 문제가 있었다.As described above, in order to construct a small cell using a carrier aggregation technique in the conventional mobile communication network, the macro cell and the small cell had to be scheduled under the control of one base station. For this purpose, an ideal backhaul has to be established between the macro cell node and the small cell node.
따라서, 스몰셀 기지국이 비이상적인 백홀을 통해 매크로 셀 기지국과 연결된 경우에는 매크로 셀 기지국의 제어 하에서 스몰 셀 기지국을 통해(또는 스몰셀 기지국와 매크로셀 기지국간 협력을 통해) 데이터를 전송할 수 없는 문제가 있었다.Therefore, when the small cell base station is connected to the macro cell base station through a non-ideal backhaul, there is a problem in that data cannot be transmitted through the small cell base station (or through cooperation between the small cell base station and the macro cell base station) under the control of the macro cell base station. .
이러한 문제점을 해결하기 위해 본 발명은 이동통신망에서 매크로 셀 기지국과 스몰셀 기지국 간에 비이상적인 백홀로 구축된 환경에서 매크로 셀의 제어 하에서 스몰셀을 추가하여 사용자 데이터를 전송하는 데 있어서, 스몰셀을 활성화 또는 비활성화하는 방법을 제공하는 것을 목적으로 한다.In order to solve this problem, the present invention activates a small cell in transmitting user data by adding a small cell under the control of the macro cell in an environment in which a non-ideal backhaul is established between the macro cell base station and the small cell base station in a mobile communication network. Or to provide a method of deactivation.
본 명세서에서는 단말이 이중 연결을 구성함에 있어서, 단말과 RRC 연결을 형성하고, 핸드오버의 기준이 되는 PCell을 제공하는 기지국 또는 S1-MME를 종단하고, 코어 네트워크에 대해서 모빌리티 앵커(mobility anchor)역할을 하는 기지국을 마스터 기지국 또는 제 1 기지국으로 기재한다.In the present specification, when the terminal configures dual connectivity, forms an RRC connection with the terminal, terminates the base station or S1-MME providing a PCell that is the basis of handover, and serves as a mobility anchor for the core network. A base station to be described as a master base station or a first base station.
마스터 기지국 또는 제 1 기지국은 매크로 셀을 제공하는 기지국일 수 있고, 스몰 셀 간의 이중 연결 상황에서는 어느 하나의 스몰 셀을 제공하는 기지국일 수 있다.The master base station or the first base station may be a base station providing a macro cell, and may be a base station providing any one small cell in a dual connectivity situation between the small cells.
한편, 이중 연결 환경에서 마스터 기지국과 구별되어 단말에 추가적인 무선 자원을 제공하는 기지국을 세컨더리 기지국 또는 제 2 기지국으로 기재한다.Meanwhile, a base station that is distinguished from a master base station in a dual connectivity environment and provides additional radio resources to a terminal is described as a secondary base station or a second base station.
제 1 기지국(마스터 기지국) 및 제 2 기지국(세컨더리 기지국)은 각각 단말에 적어도 하나 이상의 셀을 제공할 수 있고, 제 1 기지국 및 제 2 기지국은 제 1 기지국과 제 2 기지국 간의 인터페이스를 통해서 연결될 수 있다.The first base station (master base station) and the second base station (secondary base station) may provide at least one cell to the terminal, respectively, and the first base station and the second base station may be connected through an interface between the first base station and the second base station. have.
또한, 이해를 돕기 위하여 제 1 기지국에 연관된 셀을 매크로 셀이라고 기재할 수 있고, 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 스몰 셀이라 기재할 수 있다. 다만, 이하에서 설명하는 스몰 셀 클러스터 시나리오에서는 제 1 기지국에 연관된 셀도 스몰 셀로 기재될 수 있다.In addition, a cell associated with the first base station may be referred to as a macro cell, and a cell associated with the second base station may be referred to as a small cell for clarity. However, in the small cell cluster scenario described below, a cell associated with the first base station may also be described as a small cell.
본 발명에서의 매크로 셀은 적어도 하나 이상의 셀 각각을 의미할 수 있고, 제 1 기지국에 연관된 전체 셀을 대표하는 의미로 기재될 수도 있다. 또한, 스몰 셀도 적어도 하나 이상의 셀 각각을 의미할 수 있고, 제 2 기지국에 연관된 전체 셀을 대표하는 의미로 기재될 수도 있다. 다만, 전술한 바와 같이 스몰 셀 클러스터와 같이 특정 시나리오에서는 제 1 기지국에 연관된 셀일 수 있으며, 이 경우 제 2 기지국의 셀은 다른 스몰 셀 또는 또 다른 스몰 셀로 기재될 수 있다.In the present invention, the macro cell may mean each of at least one or more cells, and may be described as representing a whole cell associated with the first base station. In addition, the small cell may also mean each of at least one or more cells, and may also be described as representing a whole cell associated with the second base station. However, as described above, in a specific scenario such as a small cell cluster, the cell may be a cell associated with the first base station. In this case, the cell of the second base station may be described as another small cell or another small cell.
도 1은 본 발명이 적용될 수 있는 네트워크 구성 시나리오의 일 예를 도시한 도면이다.1 is a diagram illustrating an example of a network configuration scenario to which the present invention can be applied.
도 1을 참조하면, 단말(102)은 매크로 셀과 스몰 셀 커버리지 내에 있다. 즉, 단말(102)은 매크로 셀 커버리지 내에서 중첩(overlay)된 스몰 셀 커버리지에 동시에 포함될 수 있다. 매크로 셀과 스몰 셀은 서로 다른(different) 캐리어 주파수(carrier frequencies)를 가지며 제 1 기지국(110)과 제 2 기지국(120)간에는 비이상적인 백홀(non-ideal backhaul)이 구축될 수 있다.Referring to FIG. 1, the terminal 102 is in macro cell and small cell coverage. That is, the terminal 102 may be simultaneously included in the small cell coverage overlapped in the macro cell coverage. The macro cell and the small cell have different carrier frequencies, and a non-ideal backhaul may be established between the first base station 110 and the second base station 120.
도 1에서 매크로 셀과 스몰 셀은 서로 다른 기지국을 통해 구축되며 제 1 기지국과 제 2 기지국 간에 인터페이스(예를 들어, Xn 인터페이스)를 가진다.  In FIG. 1, a macro cell and a small cell are constructed through different base stations and have an interface (eg, an Xn interface) between the first base station and the second base station.
도 1과 같은 상황에서 단말(102)은 제 1 기지국(110) 및/또는 제 2 기지국(120)을 통해서 데이터를 송수신할 수 있다.In the situation as illustrated in FIG. 1, the terminal 102 may transmit and receive data through the first base station 110 and / or the second base station 120.
예를 들어, 도 1의 시나리오에서 단말(102)은 제 2 기지국(120)만을 통해 데이터를 전송할 수 있다. 즉, 제 2 기지국(120)이 독립된(stand-alone) 기지국으로 동작하여, 단말(102)과 하나의 RRC 연결을 설정할 수 있다. 단말(102)은 RRC 연결을 통해서 제어 플레인(control plane) 데이터를 전송할 수 있다. 또한, 적어도 하나 이상의 SRB(Signaling Radio Bearers)를 설정할 수 있다. 사용자 플레인 데이터 전송을 위해서는 단말(102)은 제 2 기지국(120)과 하나 또는 그 이상의 DRBs(Data Radio Bearers)를 가질 수 있다. For example, in the scenario of FIG. 1, the terminal 102 may transmit data only through the second base station 120. That is, the second base station 120 may operate as a stand-alone base station and establish one RRC connection with the terminal 102. The terminal 102 may transmit control plane data through the RRC connection. In addition, at least one signaling radio bearers (SRBs) may be set. In order to transmit user plane data, the terminal 102 may have a second base station 120 and one or more data radio bearers (DRBs).
또 다른 예를 들면, 도 1의 시나리오에서 단말(102)은 제 1 기지국(110)의 제어 하에 제 2 기지국(120)을 통해(또는 제 1 기지국과 제 2 기지국 간의 협력을 통해)서 사용자 플레인 데이터를 전송할 수도 있다.For another example, in the scenario of FIG. 1, the terminal 102 is user plane via the second base station 120 (or through cooperation between the first base station and the second base station) under the control of the first base station 110. You can also send data.
구체적으로 설명하면, 제어 플레인(control plane) 데이터 전송을 위해 단말(102)은 제 1 기지국(110)과 하나의 RRC 연결(connection)을 설정할 수 있다. 또한, 단말(102)은 제 1 기지국(110)과 하나 또는 그 이상의 SRBs(Signaling Radio Bearers)를 설정할 수 있다. 단말(102)은 사용자 플레인 데이터 전송을 위해서는 제 2 기지국(120)과 하나 또는 그 이상의 DRBs(Data Radio Bearers)를 가질 수도 있다.In detail, the terminal 102 may establish one RRC connection with the first base station 110 in order to transmit control plane data. In addition, the terminal 102 may establish one or more Signaling Radio Bearers (SRBs) with the first base station 110. The terminal 102 may have a second base station 120 and one or more DRBs (Data Radio Bearers) for user plane data transmission.
이와 같이 단말(102)이 제 1 기지국(110)의 제어 하에서 제 2 기지국(120)과 사용자 플레인 데이터 전송을 하는 경우에 다양한 경로를 통해서 전송할 수 있다. 이하에서는 도 2 및 도 3을 참조하여 구체적인 경로를 설명한다.As such, when the terminal 102 transmits user plane data to the second base station 120 under the control of the first base station 110, the terminal 102 may transmit the data through various paths. Hereinafter, a detailed path will be described with reference to FIGS. 2 and 3.
도 2(a)는 본 발명이 적용될 수 있는 제 1 기지국과 제 2 기지국의 인터페이스를 통한 사용자 데이터 전송의 일 예를 도시한 도면이다.2 (a) is a diagram illustrating an example of user data transmission through an interface between a first base station and a second base station to which the present invention can be applied.
도 2(a)를 참조하면, 사용자 데이터는 코어망(EPC: Evolved Packet Core) 개체인 S-GW(Serving Gateway)에서 제 1 기지국으로 전달된 후, 제 1 기지국이 제 2 기지국을 통해 단말로 전달할 수 있다.Referring to FIG. 2 (a), after user data is transferred from a serving gateway (S-GW), which is an Evolved Packet Core (EPC) entity, to a first base station, the first base station is transmitted to the terminal through the second base station. I can deliver it.
도 2(b)는 본 발명이 적용될 수 있는 제 1 기지국과 제 2 기지국의 인터페이스를 통한 사용자 데이터 전송의 다른 예를 도시한 도면이다.2 (b) is a diagram illustrating another example of user data transmission through an interface between a first base station and a second base station to which the present invention can be applied.
도 2(b)를 참조하면, 단말은 제 1 기지국의 제어 하에서(또는 제 2 기지국과의 협력을 통해서), 제 1 기지국 및 제 2 기지국 모두를 통하거나 제 1 기지국만을 통해서 사용자 플레인 데이터를 전송할 수도 있다. 즉, 제어 플레인(control plane) 데이터 전송을 위해 단말은 제 1 기지국과 하나의 RRC 연결(connection)을 설정하며, 하나 또는 그 이상의 SRBs(Signaling Radio Bearers)를 설정한다. 또한, 사용자 플레인 데이터 전송을 위해 단말은 제 1 기지국과 제 2 기지국에 하나 또는 그 이상의 DRBs(Data Radio Bearers)를 설정할 수 있다. 또는 사용자 플레인 데이터 전송을 위해 단말은 제 1 기지국만을 통해 하나 또는 그 이상의 DRBs(Data Radio Bearers)를 설정할 수 있다.Referring to FIG. 2B, the UE transmits user plane data through both the first base station and the second base station or through only the first base station under the control of the first base station (or through cooperation with the second base station). It may be. That is, the terminal establishes one RRC connection with the first base station and transmits one or more Signaling Radio Bearers (SRBs) for control plane data transmission. In addition, the UE may configure one or more Data Radio Bearers (DRBs) in the first base station and the second base station for user plane data transmission. Alternatively, the UE may configure one or more DRBs (Data Radio Bearers) through only the first base station for user plane data transmission.
도 3은 본 발명이 적용될 수 있는 제 1 기지국과 제 2 기지국의 인터페이스를 통한 사용자 데이터 전송의 또 다른 예를 도시한 도면이다.3 is a diagram illustrating another example of user data transmission through an interface between a first base station and a second base station to which the present invention can be applied.
또 다른 방법으로 도 3을 참조하면, 사용자 데이터는 코어망 개체인 S-GW(Serving Gateway)에서 직접 제 2 기지국을 통해 단말로 전달될 수도 있다.As another method, referring to FIG. 3, user data may be delivered to a terminal through a second base station directly from a serving gateway (S-GW), which is a core network entity.
도 2 및 도 3에서 실선은 제어 플레인 데이터 전송 경로를, 점선은 사용자 플레인 데이터 전송 경로를 각각 나타낸다.In FIG. 2 and FIG. 3, the solid line indicates the control plane data transmission path and the dotted line indicates the user plane data transmission path.
이하에서는, 도 1의 시나리오와는 달리 단말이 매크로 셀 또는 스몰 셀 커버리지 중 어느 하나의 커버리지에 속하는 경우의 동작을 살펴본다.Hereinafter, unlike the scenario of FIG. 1, the operation when the UE belongs to any one of macro cell and small cell coverage will be described.
단말은 제 1 기지국 커버리지(예를 들어, 매크로 셀) 하에만 있는 경우에 제 1 기지국만을 통해 모든 데이터를 전송할 수 있다. 즉, 단말은 제어 플레인(control plane) 데이터 전송을 위해 제 1 기지국과 하나의 RRC 연결(connection)을 설정할 수 있으며 하나 또는 그 이상의 SRBs(Signaling Radio Bearers)를 설정할 수 있다. 또한, 단말은 사용자 플레인 데이터 전송을 위해 제 1 기지국과 하나 또는 그 이상의 DRBs(Data Radio Bearers)를 설정할 수 있다.The terminal may transmit all data only through the first base station when it is only under the first base station coverage (eg, macro cell). That is, the terminal may establish one RRC connection with the first base station and control one or more Signaling Radio Bearers (SRBs) for control plane data transmission. In addition, the terminal may configure one or more DRBs (Data Radio Bearers) with the first base station for user plane data transmission.
또한, 단말은 제 2 기지국 커버리지(예를 들어, 스몰 셀) 하에만 있는 경우에 제 2 기지국만을 통해 모든 데이터를 전송할 수 있다. 즉, 단말은 제어 플레인(control plane) 데이터 전송을 위해 제 2 기지국과 하나의 RRC 연결(connection)을 설정할 수 있으며, 하나 또는 그 이상의 SRBs(Signaling Radio Bearers)를 설정할 수 있다. 또한, 단말은 사용자 플레인 데이터 전송을 위해 제 2 기지국과 하나 또는 그 이상의 DRBs(Data Radio Bearers)를 설정할 수도 있다.In addition, the terminal may transmit all data only through the second base station when it is only under the second base station coverage (eg, a small cell). That is, the terminal may establish one RRC connection with the second base station for control plane data transmission, and may configure one or more signaling radio bearers (SRBs). In addition, the terminal may configure one or more DRBs (Data Radio Bearers) with the second base station for user plane data transmission.
이와 달리 제 2 기지국이 제 1 기지국의 제어 하에서 또는 제 1 기지국과의 협력을 통해서 사용자 플레인 데이터를 전송하는 경우가 있을 수도 있다.Alternatively, there may be a case where the second base station transmits user plane data under the control of the first base station or through cooperation with the first base station.
이 경우, 단말은 제 1 기지국을 통해서만 RRC 연결을 설정할 수 있다. 즉, 단말이 제 2 기지국에 근접해 있더라도 매크로 셀의 커버리지 하에 중첩되어 있는 경우에 제 1 기지국으로부터 일정 수준 이상의 신호를 수신할 수 있다. 이러한 상황에서 단말은 제 1 기지국을 통해서만 하나의 RRC 연결을 설정할 수 있다. 또한, 매크로 서빙 셀이 RRC connection 설정(establishment)/재설정(re-establishment)/핸드오버에서 NAS 이동성 정보(예를 들어, Tracking Area Identity, TAI)와 시큐리티 입력(security input)을 제공하도록 할 수 있다. 즉, 제 1 기지국은 단말과 제 1 기지국 및 단말과 제 2 기지국 간에 필요한 시그널링을 처리할 수 있다.In this case, the terminal may establish the RRC connection only through the first base station. That is, even when the terminal is close to the second base station, when the terminal overlaps under the coverage of the macro cell, a signal of a predetermined level or more may be received from the first base station. In this situation, the UE may establish one RRC connection only through the first base station. In addition, the macro serving cell may provide NAS mobility information (eg, Tracking Area Identity, TAI) and security input at RRC connection establishment / re-establishment / handover. . That is, the first base station can process signaling required between the terminal and the first base station and the terminal and the second base station.
한편, 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀이 제 1 기지국에 연관된 셀과 함께 단말에 서비스를 제공하는 경우를 간략히 살펴보면, 단말 능력(capabilities)에 따라 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀은 제 1 기지국에 연관된 셀과 함께 서빙 셀로 구성될 수 있다. 또는 단말 능력(capabilities)에 따라 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀은 제 1 기지국에 연관된 셀의 제어 하에 SCell(Secondary cell)들로 구성될 수도 있다. 또는 단말 능력(capabilities)에 따라 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀은 제 1 기지국에 연관된 셀의 제어 하에 사용자 플래인 데이터를 전송하는 SCell(Secondary cell)들로 구성될 수도 있다. 또는 단말 능력(capabilities)에 따라 제 1 기지국에 연관된 셀은 제어플래인 데이터를, 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀은 사용자 플래인 데이터를 전송하는 서빙 셀로 구성될 수도 있다. Meanwhile, a brief description will be made of a case in which a cell associated with a second base station provides a service to a terminal together with a cell associated with a first base station. According to terminal capabilities, a cell associated with a second base station is associated with a cell associated with a first base station. It may be configured as a serving cell. Alternatively, the cell associated with the second base station may be configured with SCell (Secondary cells) under control of the cell associated with the first base station according to terminal capabilities. Alternatively, the cell associated with the second base station according to terminal capabilities may be configured with SCells (Secondary cells) that transmit user plane data under control of a cell associated with the first base station. Alternatively, the cell associated with the first base station may be configured as a serving cell for transmitting control plane data and the cell associated with the second base station according to terminal capabilities.
도 1 내지 도 3을 참조하여 설명한 바와 같이, 제 1 기지국과 제 2 기지국이 비이상적인 백홀로 연결된 상황에서 단말이 제 1 기지국에 연관된 셀 및/또는 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 통해서 네트워크와 통신을 수행하는 시나리오에 대해서 구체적으로 설명하였다.As described with reference to FIGS. 1 to 3, in a situation where the first base station and the second base station are connected by non-ideal backhaul, the terminal communicates with the network through a cell associated with the first base station and / or a cell associated with the second base station. The scenario to perform was described in detail.
이하에서는 단말이 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 구성하여 통신을 수행하기 위한 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀(스몰 셀) 추가/수정 절차에 대해서 설명한다.Hereinafter, a cell (small cell) addition / modification procedure associated with a second base station for performing communication by configuring a cell associated with a second base station will be described.
단말은 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 사용자 플레인 데이터 전송을 위한 서빙 셀 또는 SCell로 추가(addition)하거나 제거(removal)할 수 있다. 또한, 제 2 기지국을 통해 하나 또는 그 이상의 DRBs(Data Radio Bearers)를 추가하거나 해제할 수도 있다. 이러한 절차는 제 1 기지국을 통한 RRC 시그널링에 의해 수행될 수 있다. The terminal may add or remove a cell associated with the second base station to a serving cell or SCell for user plane data transmission. In addition, one or more DRBs (Data Radio Bearers) may be added or released through the second base station. This procedure may be performed by RRC signaling through the first base station.
구체적으로 예를 들면, 제 1 기지국이 제 2 기지국을 통한 사용자 플레인 데이터 전송을 위해 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 서빙 셀 또는 SCell로 추가하도록 결정하면, 제 1 기지국은 RRC 시그널링을 통해 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 모든 요구되는 시스템 정보를 송신 할 수 있다. 그리고/또는 제 2 기지국을 통해 하나 또는 그 이상의 DRBs를 추가/수정하도록 결정하면, 제 1 기지국은 RRC 시그널링을 통해 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 모든 요구되는 시스템 정보를 송신 할 수 있다. 즉 연결모드(connected mode)에서, 단말은 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀로부터 직접 브로드캐스트된 시스템 정보를 획득할 필요가 없을 수 있다.Specifically, for example, if the first base station decides to add a cell associated with the second base station as a serving cell or SCell for user plane data transmission through the second base station, the first base station is connected to the second base station through RRC signaling. All required system information of the associated cell can be transmitted. And / or determining to add / modify one or more DRBs via the second base station, the first base station may transmit all required system information of the cell associated with the second base station via RRC signaling. That is, in the connected mode, the terminal may not need to acquire system information broadcasted directly from the cell associated with the second base station.
도 4를 참조하여 단말이 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 추가/수정하는 절차를 자세히 살펴본다.Referring to Figure 4 looks at in detail the procedure for the terminal to add / modify the cell associated with the second base station.
도 4는 본 발명이 적용될 수 있는 스몰셀 추가/수정 절차를 예시적으로 도시한 도면이다.FIG. 4 is a diagram illustrating a small cell addition / modification procedure to which the present invention can be applied.
도 4를 참조하면 단말(403)은 제 1 기지국(401)과 RRC 연결(Connection)을 설정하여 RRC 연결(Connected) 상태에 있을 때, 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 추가할 수 있다.Referring to FIG. 4, when the UE 403 establishes an RRC connection with the first base station 401 and is in an RRC connected state, the terminal 403 may add a cell associated with the second base station.
제 1 기지국(401)은 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 추가/수정을 결정할 수 있다(S410).The first base station 401 may determine the addition / modification of a cell associated with the second base station (S410).
제 1 기지국(401)이 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 추가/수정을 결정하면, 제 1 기지국(401)은 제 2 기지국(402)으로 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 추가/수정을 요청하기 위한 메시지(예를 들어, 제 2 기지국 셀 추가 /수정 요청 메시지 또는 제 2 기지국 추가/수정 요청 메시지)를 전송한다(S420).When the first base station 401 determines the cell addition / modification associated with the second base station, the first base station 401 requests a second base station 402 to request a cell addition / modification associated with the second base station (eg For example, the second base station cell addition / modification request message or the second base station addition / modification request message) is transmitted (S420).
구체적으로 예를 들면, 전술한 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 추가/수정을 요청하기 위한 메시지는 다음 중 적어도 하나 이상의 정보를 포함할 수 있다. 이하에서 기재하는 제 2 기지국 세컨더리 셀은 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀로 단말에 SCell로 구성될 수 있는 셀을 의미한다.Specifically, for example, the message for requesting the addition / modification of a cell associated with the aforementioned second base station may include at least one or more of the following information. The second base station secondary cell described below refers to a cell associated with the second base station and may be configured as a SCell in the terminal.
■ 메시지 타입 정보: 메시지의 프로시져 유형을 식별하기 위한 정보를 포함한다. 전술한 메시지는 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 추가/수정을 요청하기 위한 메시지일 수도 있고, 제 2 기지국에 무선 베어러 추가/수정을 요청하기 위한 메시지와 동일한 메시지에 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 추가/수정을 포함하여 요청하기 위한 메시지일 수도 있다.■ Message Type Information: Contains information to identify the procedure type of the message. The above-described message may be a message for requesting the addition / modification of a cell associated with the second base station, or the cell addition / modification associated with the second base station may be added to the same message as the request for requesting the radio bearer addition / modification for the second base station. It may be a message for including.
■ 제 1 기지국 단말 X2AP ID: 제 1 기지국에 의해 할당되는 식별자 정보를 포함한다.First base station terminal X2AP ID: Contains identifier information allocated by the first base station.
■ 제 2 기지국 세컨더리 셀(스몰셀) 추가/수정 요청 리스트: 제 1 기지국이 추가/수정을 요청하고자 하는 제 2 기지국 세컨더리 셀에 대한 리스트로 Release 11이전의 단일 기지국 기반의 CA에서 가능한 SCell 개수(maxSCell-r10)와 같이 최대 4까지를 요청할 수 있다. 만약 제 1 기지국이 제 2 기지국 세컨더리 셀 추가/수정 요청을 하기 전에, 또는 제 1 기지국이 특정 베어러를 위해 제 2 기지국의 무선자원을 추가/수정하기 전에, 또는 단말에 제 2 기지국에 연관된 세컨더리 셀이 구성되기 전에, 단말에 제 1 기지국에 연관된 하나 이상의 셀이 SCell로 추가되어 구성되어 있다면 제 2 기지국 세컨더리 셀(스몰셀) 추가/수정 요청 리스트에는 Release 11이전의 단일 기지국 기반의 CA에서 가능한 SCell 개수(maxSCell-r10)에서 현재 단말에 구성된 제 1 기지국에 연관된 SCell의 수를 차감한 수까지 요청할 수 있다. 예를 들어, 현재 단말에 제 1 기지국에 연관된 두 개의 SCells이 추가되어 있다면, 제 2 기지국 세컨더리 셀 추가/수정 요청에 포함되는 제 2 기지국 세컨더리셀 추가/수정 요청 리스트는 최대 2개까지만 요청할 수 있다.■ Second base station secondary cell (small cell) add / modify request list: the list of the second base station secondary cell that the first base station wants to request the addition / modification, the number of SCells available in CA based on a single base station before Release 11 ( You can request up to 4 as in maxSCell-r10). If the first base station makes a request for adding / modifying a second base station secondary cell, or before the first base station adds / modifies radio resources of the second base station for a specific bearer, or a secondary cell associated with the second base station to the terminal. Before this configuration, if one or more cells associated with the first base station are configured to be added to the terminal as a SCell, the second base station secondary cell (small cell) add / modify request list includes a SCell that is possible in a CA based on a single base station before Release 11 The number maxSCell-r10 may be requested to subtract the number of SCells associated with the first base station configured in the current terminal. For example, if two SCells associated with the first base station are added to the current terminal, up to two second base station secondary cell addition / modification request lists included in the second base station secondary cell addition / modification request may be requested up to two. .
◆ 셀 (스몰셀) ID: 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 E-UTRAN Cell Global Identifier (ECGI) 또는 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 PCI(Physical cell ID)에 대한 정보를 포함한다.◆ Cell (Small Cell) ID: Contains information about the E-UTRAN Cell Global Identifier (ECGI) of the cell associated with the second base station or the cell physical cell ID (PCI) associated with the second base station.
◆ 세컨더리 셀(스몰셀)인덱스: 단말에 구성된 SCells 내에서 또는 단말에 구성된 제 2 기지국 세컨더리 셀(스몰셀)들 내에서 또는 단말에 SCell로 구성된 제 2 기지국 세컨더리 셀(스몰셀)들 내에서 또는 단말에 제 2 기지국 세컨더리 셀로 구성된 SCells 내에서, 각각의 제 2 기지국 세컨더리 셀(스몰셀) 또는 SCell을 식별하기 위한 인덱스 정보를 포함한다.◆ Secondary cell (small cell) index: within the SCells configured in the terminal or in the second base station secondary cells (small cells) configured in the terminal or in the second base station secondary cells (small cells) configured with the SCell in the terminal or The terminal includes index information for identifying each second base station secondary cell (small cell) or SCell in the SCells configured of the second base station secondary cell.
제 1 기지국(401)으로부터 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 추가/수정을 요청하기 위한 메시지를 수신한 제 2 기지국(402)은 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 추가/수정 요청에 응답하기 위한 메시지를 제 1 기지국(401)으로 전송한다(S425).Receiving a message from the first base station 401 to request cell addition / modification associated with the second base station, the second base station 402 sends a message for responding to a cell add / modification request associated with the second base station. It transmits to 401 (S425).
구체적으로 예를 들면, 전술한 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 추가/수정 요청에 응답하기 위한 메시지는 다음 중 적어도 하나 이상의 정보를 포함할 수 있다.Specifically, for example, the message for responding to the cell addition / modification request associated with the above-described second base station may include at least one or more of the following information.
■ 메시지 타입: 메시지의 프로시져 유형을 식별하기 위한 정보를 포함한다. 전술한 메시지는 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 추가/수정 요청에 응답하기 위한 메시지일 수도 있고, 제 2 기지국에 무선 베어러 추가/수정을 요청에 응답하기 위한 메시지와 동일한 메시지에 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 추가/수정을 포함하여 응답하기 위한 메시지일 수도 있다.■ Message Type: Contains information to identify the procedure type of the message. The aforementioned message may be a message for responding to a request for adding / modifying a cell associated with a second base station, or a cell associated with a second base station for the same message as for responding to a request for adding / modifying a radio bearer to the second base station. It may also be a message to reply including addition / modification.
■ 제 1 기지국 단말 X2AP ID: 제 1 기지국에 의해 할당되는 식별자 정보를 포함한다.First base station terminal X2AP ID: Contains identifier information allocated by the first base station.
■ 제 2 기지국 단말 X2AP ID: 제 2 기지국에 의해 할당되는 식별자 정보를 포함한다.Second base station terminal X2AP ID: Contains identifier information allocated by the second base station.
■ 제 2 기지국 세컨더리 셀(스몰셀) 추가/수정 요청 리스트: 셀 추가/수정 정보를 포함하는 제 2 기지국 세컨더리 셀에 대한 리스트 정보를 포함한다.■ Second base station secondary cell (small cell) addition / modification request list: includes list information for the second base station secondary cell including the cell addition / modification information.
◆ 셀(스몰셀) 식별자: 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 PCI와 ARFCN(Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number) 정보를 포함한다.Cell (Small Cell) Identifier: Includes PCI and Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number (ARFCN) information of the cell associated with the second base station.
◆ 세컨더리 셀(스몰셀) 인덱스: 단말에 구성된 SCells 내에서 또는 단말에 구성된 제 2 기지국 세컨더리 셀(스몰 셀)들 내에서 또는 단말에 SCell로 구성된 제 2 기지국 세컨더리 셀(스몰 셀) 내에서 또는 단말에 제 2 기지국 세컨더리 셀로 구성된 SCells 내에서, 각각의 제 2 기지국 세컨더리 셀(스몰 셀) 또는 SCell을 식별하기 위해 사용되는 인덱스 정보를 포함한다.◆ Secondary cell (small cell) index: within the SCells configured in the terminal or in the second base station secondary cells (small cells) configured in the terminal or in the second base station secondary cell (small cell) configured with the SCell in the terminal or the terminal The index information used to identify each second base station secondary cell (small cell) or SCell in SCells composed of second base station secondary cells.
전술한 인덱스(세컨더리 셀 인덱스 또는 제 2 기지국 세컨더리 셀(스몰셀) 인덱스)는 제 2 기지국에 의해 결정되거나 할당될 수 있다. 그리고 제 1 기지국의 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 추가/수정을 요청하기 위한 메시지에는 포함되지 않을 수 있다.The aforementioned index (secondary cell index or second base station secondary cell (small cell) index) may be determined or assigned by the second base station. And it may not be included in the message for requesting the addition / modification of the cell associated with the second base station of the first base station.
또 다른 방법으로 전술한 인덱스는 제 1 기지국이 결정 또는 할당하여 전술한 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 추가/수정을 요청하기 위한 메시지에 포함하여 전송하고 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 추가/수정 요청에 응답하기 위한 메시지에는 포함하지 않을 수도 있다.Alternatively, the aforementioned index may be determined or assigned by the first base station to be included in a message for requesting the addition / modification of a cell associated with the second base station, and transmitted, and the response of the cell addition / modification request associated with the second base station is transmitted. May not be included in the message.
또 다른 방법으로 전술한 인덱스는 제 1 기지국이 결정 또는 할당하여 전술한 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 추가/수정을 요청하기 위한 메시지에 포함하여 전송할 수 있다. 제 2 기지국은 이를 확인하고 결정하여 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 추가/수정 요청에 응답하기 위한 메시지에 포함하여 보낼 수도 있다.In another method, the aforementioned index may be transmitted by being included in a message for requesting the addition / modification of a cell associated with the aforementioned second base station by the first base station. The second base station may check and determine this and include the message in a message for responding to a cell add / modify request associated with the second base station.
또 다른 방법으로 전술한 인덱스는 기존 SCell 인덱스로 사용하는 값(예를 들어, 1~7)이 아닌 값(예를 들어, 0 또는 8)을 사용할 수 있다. 이러한 경우 전술한 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 추가/수정을 요청하기 위한 메시지와 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 추가/수정 요청에 응답하기 위한 메시지 모두에 포함되거나 모두 포함되지 않을 수도 있다. 기존 SCell 인덱스로 사용하는 값이 아닌 다른 값을 사용하도록 하기 위해 현재 1에서 7까지의 정수 값을 가질 수 있는 SCell 인덱스를 1~14까지의 정수 값을 가질 수 있도록 하고, 1에서7까지의 정수 값은 제 1 기지국의 SCell들을 위한 인덱스로 8~14는 제 2 기지국을 위한 인덱스로 구분하여 사용할 수 있다. 또 다른 방법으로 제 1 기지국의 SCell인덱스와 제 2 기지국의 SCell인덱스를 구분할 수 있도록 SCell인덱스 및 제 2 기지국을 통한 SCell임을 나타내는 표시정보(또는 제 2 기지국의 셀 식별자) 필드를 함께 보내도록 할 수 있다. 또 다른 방법으로 제 1 기지국의 SCell인덱스와 제 2 기지국의 SCell인덱스를 구분할 수 있도록 SCell인덱스로 사용할 수 있는 값(1~7)을 구분하여, 제 1 기지국 SCell인덱스와 제 2 기지국 인덱스 값으로 할당할 수 있다. 예를 들어 제 1 기지국 SCell인덱스로 1~4 값 중에서만 할당하도록 하고, 제 2 기지국 SCell인덱스로는 5~7값 중에서만 할당을 하도록 하거나, 또는 제 1 기지국 SCell인덱스로 1~3 값 중에서만 할당하도록 하고, 제 2 기지국 SCell인덱스로는 4~7값 중에서만 할당하도록 하는 등의 방법을 사용할 수 있다.Alternatively, the above-described index may use a value (for example, 0 or 8) rather than a value (for example, 1 to 7) used as an existing SCell index. In this case, it may or may not be included in both the message for requesting the addition / modification of a cell associated with the second base station and the message for responding to the cell addition / modification request associated with the second base station. In order to use a value other than the value used as the existing SCell index, the SCell index that can currently have an integer value from 1 to 7 can be an integer value from 1 to 14, and an integer from 1 to 7 The value may be used as an index for SCells of the first base station and 8 to 14 as an index for the second base station. Alternatively, the SCell index and the indication information (or cell identifier of the second base station) may be sent together to distinguish the SCell index of the first base station and the SCell index of the second base station. have. In another method, a value (1 to 7) that can be used as an SCell index can be distinguished from the SCell index of the first base station and the SCell index of the second base station, and assigned to the first base station SCell index and the second base station index value. can do. For example, the first base station SCell index may be assigned only 1 to 4 values, and the second base station SCell index may be allocated only 5 to 7 values, or the first base station SCell index may be assigned only 1 to 3 values. The second base station SCell index may be assigned, and a method such as assigning only 4 to 7 values may be used.
◆ 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 공통무선자원구성정보(radioresourceconfigcommon): 단말이 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀에서 동작하기 위해 필수적인(essential) 정보를 포함한다. 예를 들어 시스템 구성정보에 해당되는 물리계층 구성 파라미터 또는 물리계층 구성 파라미터와 MAC 계층 구성 파라미터를 포함할 수 있다.◆ cell common radio resource configuration information (radioresourceconfigcommon) associated with the second base station: includes essential information for the terminal to operate in the cell associated with the second base station. For example, it may include a physical layer configuration parameter or a physical layer configuration parameter and a MAC layer configuration parameter corresponding to the system configuration information.
◆ 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 전용무선자원구성정보: 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀에 대한 단말 특이적 전용 구성정보(예를 들어, physical channel configuration, mac-MainConfig)를 포함할 수 있다. 예를 들어 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 전용무선자원구성정보는 제 2 기지국을 통해 전송하는 무선 베어러를 위한 PDCP 계층 구성정보(도 3과 같은 사용자 플레인 구조를 이용하는 경우에만 포함), 제 2 기지국을 통해 전송하는 무선 베어러를 위한 RLC 계층 구성정보, 제 2 기지국을 통해 전송하는 무선 베어러를 위한 논리채널식별자(logicalChannelIdentity), 논리채널구성정보(logicalChannelConfig), 제 2 기지국을 통해 전송하는 무선 베어러를 위한 MAC 계층 구성정보 및 제 2 기지국을 통해 전송하는 무선 베어러를 위한 물리 계층 구성정보 중 하나 이상의 정보를 포함할 수 있다.Cell dedicated radio resource configuration information associated with the second base station: The terminal specific dedicated configuration information (eg, physical channel configuration, mac-MainConfig) for the cell associated with the second base station may be included. For example, the cell-specific radio resource configuration information associated with the second base station may include PDCP layer configuration information (including only when using a user plane structure as shown in FIG. 3) for a radio bearer transmitted through the second base station, and through the second base station. RLC layer configuration information for transmitting radio bearer, logical channel identifier (logicalChannelIdentity) for radio bearer transmitting through second base station, logical channel configuration information (logicalChannelConfig), MAC layer for radio bearer transmitting through second base station One or more pieces of configuration information and physical layer configuration information for a radio bearer transmitted through the second base station.
위와 같은 정보 중 적어도 하나 이상의 정보를 포함할 수 있는 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 추가/수정 요청에 응답하기 위한 메시지를 수신한 제 1 기지국(401)은 상위계층 시그널링을 단말(403)로 전송한다(S430).The first base station 401 receiving a message for responding to a request for adding / modifying a cell associated with a second base station which may include at least one or more of the above information transmits higher layer signaling to the terminal 403 ( S430).
제 1 기지국(401)은 상위계층 시그널링(예를 들어, RRC 연결 재구성 메시지(RRC Connection Reconfiguration message))에 제 2 기지국을 통해 수신한 추가/수정할 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 정보 또는 추가/수정할 제 2 기지국 SCell 정보(예를 들어, SCellToAddMod 또는 SeNBSCellToAddMod)를 포함하여 전송할 수 있다(S430).The first base station 401 is a cell information associated with the second base station to be added / modified received through the second base station in a higher layer signaling (eg, an RRC connection reconfiguration message) or a second to be added / modified. Base station SCell information (for example, SCellToAddMod or SeNBSCellToAddMod) may be included and transmitted (S430).
전술한 추가/수정할 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 정보는 위에서 설명한 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 추가/수정 요청에 응답하기 위한 메시지에 포함된 정보를 이용할 수 있다.The cell information associated with the above-described second base station to be added / modified may use the information included in the message for responding to the cell add / modify request associated with the second base station described above.
구체적으로 예를 들면, 전술한 추가/수정할 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 정보는 다음 중 적어도 하나 이상의 정보를 포함할 수 있다.Specifically, for example, the cell information associated with the above-described second base station to be added / modified may include at least one or more of the following information.
■ 제 2 기지국 세컨더리 셀(스몰셀) 추가/수정 요청 리스트: 셀 추가/수정 정보를 포함하는 제 2 기지국 세컨더리 셀에 대한 리스트 정보를 포함한다.■ Second base station secondary cell (small cell) addition / modification request list: includes list information for the second base station secondary cell including the cell addition / modification information.
◆ 세컨더리 셀(스몰셀) 식별자: 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 PCI와 ARFCN(Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number)을 포함한다.Secondary Cell (Small Cell) Identifier: Contains the PCI and the Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number (ARFCN) of the cell associated with the second base station.
◆ 세컨더리 셀(스몰셀) 인덱스: 단말에 구성된 SCells 내에서 또는 단말에 구성된 제 2 기지국 세컨더리 셀(스몰셀)들 내에서 또는 단말에 SCell로 구성된 제 2 기지국 세컨더리 셀(스몰셀)들 내에서 또는 단말에 제 2 기지국 세컨더리 셀(스몰셀)로 구성된 SCells 내에서, 각각의 제 2 기지국 세컨더리 셀(스몰셀) 또는 SCell을 식별하기 위해 사용되는 인덱스 정보를 포함한다.◆ Secondary cell (small cell) index: within the SCells configured in the terminal or in the second base station secondary cells (small cells) configured in the terminal or in the second base station secondary cells (small cells) configured with the SCell in the terminal or The terminal includes index information used to identify each second base station secondary cell (small cell) or SCell in the SCells constituted by the second base station secondary cell (small cell).
전술한 인덱스(세컨더리 셀 인덱스 또는 제 2 기지국 세컨더리 셀(스몰셀) 인덱스)는 제 2 기지국에 의해 결정 또는 할당될 수 있다. 그리고 제 1 기지국의 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 추가/수정을 요청하기 위한 메시지에는 포함되지 않을 수 있다.The above-described index (secondary cell index or second base station secondary cell (small cell) index) may be determined or assigned by the second base station. And it may not be included in the message for requesting the addition / modification of the cell associated with the second base station of the first base station.
또 다른 방법으로 전술한 인덱스는 제 1 기지국이 결정 또는 할당하여 전술한 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 추가/수정을 요청하기 위한 메시지에 포함하여 전송하고, 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 추가/수정 요청에 응답하기 위한 메시지에는 포함하지 않을 수 있다.Alternatively, the aforementioned index may be included in a message for requesting the addition / modification of the cell associated with the second base station by the first base station, determined or assigned, and transmitted in response to the cell addition / modification request associated with the second base station. It may not be included in the message.
또 다른 방법으로 전술한 인덱스는 제 1 기지국이 결정 또는 할당하여 전술한 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 추가/수정을 요청하기 위한 메시지에 포함하여 보내고 제 2 기지국이 이를 확인 결정하여 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 추가/수정 요청에 응답하기 위한 메시지에도 포함될 수도 있다.Alternatively, the aforementioned index is included in a message for requesting the addition / modification of a cell associated with the second base station by the first base station determined or assigned, and the second base station confirms and determines the cell associated with the second base station. It may also be included in a message to respond to an add / modify request.
또 다른 방법으로 스몰셀 인덱스 또는 SCell 인덱스는 기존 SCell 인덱스로 사용하는 값(예를 들어, 1~7)이 아닌 값(예를 들어, 0 또는 8)을 사용할 수 있다. 이 경우 전술한 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 추가/수정 요청 메시지와 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 추가/수정 응답 메시지 모두에 포함되거나 모두에 포함되지 않을 수도 있다. 기존 SCell 인덱스로 사용하는 값이 아닌 다른 값을 사용하도록 하기 위해 현재 1에서 7까지의 정수 값을 가질 수 있는 SCell 인덱스를 1~14까지의 정수 값을 가질 수 있도록 하고, 1에서7까지의 정수 값은 제 1 기지국의 SCell들을 위한 인덱스로 8~14는 제 2 기지국을 위한 인덱스로 구분하여 사용할 수 있다. 또 다른 방법으로 제 1 기지국의 SCell인덱스와 제 2 기지국의 SCell인덱스를 구분할 수 있도록 SCell인덱스 및 제 2 기지국을 통한 SCell임을 나타내는 표시정보(또는 제 2 기지국의 셀 식별자) 필드를 함께 보내도록 할 수 있다. 또 다른 방법으로 제 1 기지국의 SCell인덱스와 제 2 기지국의 SCell인덱스를 구분할 수 있도록 SCell인덱스로 사용할 수 있는 값(1~7)을 구분하여, 제 1 기지국 SCell인덱스와 제 2 기지국 인덱스 값으로 할당할 수 있다. 예를 들어 제 1 기지국 SCell인덱스로 1~4 값 중에서만 할당하도록 하고, 제 2 기지국 SCell인덱스로는 5~7값 중에서만 할당을 하도록 하거나, 또는 제 1 기지국 SCell인덱스로 1~3 값 중에서만 할당하도록 하고, 제 2 기지국 SCell인덱스로는 4~7값 중에서만 할당하도록 하는 등의 방법을 사용할 수 있다.As another method, the small cell index or the SCell index may use a value (for example, 0 or 8) that is not a value (for example, 1 to 7) used as an existing SCell index. In this case, the cell addition / modification request message associated with the second base station and the cell addition / modification response message associated with the second base station may or may not be included in both. In order to use a value other than the value used as the existing SCell index, the SCell index that can currently have an integer value from 1 to 7 can be an integer value from 1 to 14, and an integer from 1 to 7 The value may be used as an index for SCells of the first base station and 8 to 14 as an index for the second base station. Alternatively, the SCell index and the indication information (or cell identifier of the second base station) may be sent together to distinguish the SCell index of the first base station and the SCell index of the second base station. have. In another method, a value (1 to 7) that can be used as an SCell index can be distinguished from the SCell index of the first base station and the SCell index of the second base station, and assigned to the first base station SCell index and the second base station index value. can do. For example, the first base station SCell index may be assigned only 1 to 4 values, and the second base station SCell index may be allocated only 5 to 7 values, or the first base station SCell index may be assigned only 1 to 3 values. The second base station SCell index may be assigned, and a method such as assigning only 4 to 7 values may be used.
◆ 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 공통무선자원구성정보(radioresourceconfigcommon): 단말이 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀에서 동작하기 위해 필수적인(essential)정보로 시스템 구성정보에 해당되는 물리계층 구성 파라미터 또는 물리계층 구성 파라미터와 MAC계층 구성 파라미터에 대한 정보를 포함한다.Cell common radio resource configuration information (radioresourceconfigcommon) associated with the second base station: essential information for the terminal to operate in a cell associated with the second base station (physical layer configuration parameters or physical layer configuration parameters corresponding to the system configuration information; Contains information about the MAC layer configuration parameters.
◆ 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 전용무선자원구성정보: 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀에 대한 단말 특이적 구성정보(예를 들어, physical channel configuration mac-MainConfig)에 대한 정보를 포함할 수 있다. 예를 들어 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 전용무선자원구성정보는 제 2 기지국을 통해 전송하는 무선 베어러를 위한 PDCP 계층 구성정보(도 3과 같은 사용자 플레인 구조를 이용하는 경우에만 포함), 제 2 기지국을 통해 전송하는 무선 베어러를 위한 RLC 계층 구성정보, 제 2 기지국을 통해 전송하는 무선 베어러를 위한 논리채널식별자(logicalChannelIdentity), 논리채널구성정보(logicalChannelConfig), 제 2 기지국을 통해 전송하는 무선 베어러를 위한 MAC 계층 구성정보 및 제 2 기지국을 통해 전송하는 무선 베어러를 위한 물리 계층 구성정보 중 하나 이상의 정보를 포함할 수 있다.◆ Cell-specific radio resource configuration information associated with the second base station: The terminal specific configuration information (eg, physical channel configuration mac-MainConfig) for the cell associated with the second base station may be included. For example, the cell-specific radio resource configuration information associated with the second base station may include PDCP layer configuration information (including only when using a user plane structure as shown in FIG. 3) for a radio bearer transmitted through the second base station, and through the second base station. RLC layer configuration information for transmitting radio bearer, logical channel identifier (logicalChannelIdentity) for radio bearer transmitting through second base station, logical channel configuration information (logicalChannelConfig), MAC layer for radio bearer transmitting through second base station One or more pieces of configuration information and physical layer configuration information for a radio bearer transmitted through the second base station.
단말(403)은 제 1 기지국(401)으로부터 전술한 추가/수정할 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 정보 또는 추가/수정할 제 2 기지국 SCell 정보(예를 들어, SCellToAddMod)를 포함한 상위계층 시그널링(예를 들어, RRC Connection Reconfiguration 메시지)을 수신하고(S430), 상위계층 시그널링에 기초하여 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 추가 또는 수정할 수 있다(S435).The terminal 403 may perform higher layer signaling (eg, including cell information associated with the second base station to be added / modified from the first base station 401 or second base station SCell information (eg, SCellToAddMod) to be added / modified (eg, RRC Connection Reconfiguration message) can be received (S430), and a cell associated with the second base station can be added or modified based on higher layer signaling (S435).
구체적으로 예를 들면, 단말(403)은 현재 단말구성 파트가 아닌 전술한 추가/수정할 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 정보 또는 추가/수정할 제 2 기지국 SCell 정보(예를 들어, SCellToAddMod)에 포함된 전술한 인덱스에 대해(for each SCellIndex value included in the SCellToAddModList that is not part of the current ue configuration)서 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 공통무선자원정보와 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 전용무선구성정보에 기초하여 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 추가할 수 있다(S435).Specifically, for example, the terminal 403 is not the current terminal configuration part, but the aforementioned cell information associated with the second base station to be added / modified or the second base station SCell information (eg, SCellToAddMod) to be added / modified (eg, SCellToAddMod). For each SCell Index value included in the SCellToAddModList that is not part of the current ue configuration, the second base station is based on the cell common radio resource information associated with the second base station and the cell dedicated radio configuration information associated with the second base station. A cell associated with may be added (S435).
단말(403)은 하위 계층에 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀이 비활성화(Deactivate)된 상태로 고려되도록 구성할 수 있다. 예를 들어 제 1 기지국과 제 2 기지국을 함께 이용하여 사용자 플래인 데이터가 전송되는 무선베어러 구성을 포함하는 단말에(예를 들어, 단말에 제 2 기지국의 무선자원을 추가로 이용하는 무선베어러가 구성된 상태에서) 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 추가 정보가 구성되면, 또는 제 1 기지국과 제 2 기지국을 함께 이용하여 사용자 플래인 데이터를 전송하기 위한 상위계층 시그널링에 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 추가 정보가 구성되면, 단말은 하위 계층에 추가된 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀이 비활성화된 상태로 고려되도록 구성할 수 있다. 또 다른 예로, 제 1 기지국과 제 2 기지국을 함께 이용하여 사용자 플래인 데이터를 전송하기 위한 상위계층 시그널링에 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀들의 추가 정보가 구성되면, 단말은 하위 계층에 구성된 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀들 중 하나를 제외하고는 비활성화된 상태로 고려되도록 구성할 수 있다. 예를 들어 단말은 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀들에 대한 활성화/비활성화를 제어하기 위해 하나의 특정 셀은 활성화 상태로 구성하고, 나머지 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀들에 대해서는 비활성화된 상태로 구성할 수 있다.The terminal 403 may be configured such that a cell associated with the second base station is deactivated in a lower layer. For example, in a terminal including a radio bearer configuration in which user plane data is transmitted using a first base station and a second base station together (for example, a radio bearer configured to additionally use radio resources of a second base station in a terminal). The cell additional information associated with the second base station is configured, or the additional information of the cell associated with the second base station is configured in higher layer signaling for transmitting user plane data using the first base station and the second base station together. If so, the terminal may be configured such that the cell associated with the second base station added to the lower layer is considered in an inactivated state. As another example, when additional information of cells associated with the second base station is configured in upper layer signaling for transmitting user plane data using the first base station and the second base station together, the terminal is connected to the second base station configured in the lower layer. It can be configured to be considered inactive except for one of the associated cells. For example, the terminal may configure one specific cell in an activated state and configure an inactive state for cells associated with the second base station in order to control activation / deactivation of cells associated with the second base station.
또는 다른 방법으로 단말(403)은 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀이 서빙셀로 추가 또는 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀이 SCell로 추가되는 경우 해당 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀이 활성화된 상태로 고려되도록 구성할 수도 있다. 예를 들어 제 2 기지국에 연관된 (하나의) 셀을 최초로 추가하는 경우, 해당 특정 셀을 활성화된 상태로 구성할 수 있다. 만약 제 2 기지국에 연관된 모든 셀들이 비활성화 상태로 구성하는 경우, 제 2 기지국이 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 통해 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화할 수 없기 때문에 제 2 기지국을 통해 구성된 무선 베어러를 통해 데이터를 전송하기 위해, 제 2 기지국이 제 1 기지국을 통해 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화시킬 필요가 발생한다. 이는 제 1 기지국과 제 2 기지국간 백홀 지연에 의해 데이터 전송에 지연을 유발할 수 있다. 따라서, 제 1 기지국에 의해 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 최초로 추가하는 경우, 특정 셀을 활성화된 상태로 구성할 필요가 있다.Alternatively, the terminal 403 may be configured such that a cell associated with the second base station is considered to be activated when a cell associated with the second base station is added as a serving cell or a cell associated with the second base station is added with the SCell. have. For example, when the first (one) cell associated with the second base station is added, the specific cell may be configured to be in an activated state. If all cells associated with the second base station are configured to be in an inactive state, since the second base station cannot activate the cell associated with the second base station through the cell associated with the second base station, the radio bearer configured through the second base station In order to transmit data, a need arises for a second base station to activate a cell associated with the second base station via the first base station. This may cause a delay in data transmission due to a backhaul delay between the first base station and the second base station. Therefore, when adding a cell associated with a second base station by the first base station for the first time, it is necessary to configure a specific cell in an activated state.
또는 단말(403)은 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀이 사용자 플래인 데이터 전송을 위해 추가되면, 하위 계층에 제 2 기지국에 연관된 특정 셀이 활성화(Activate)된 상태로 고려되도록 구성할 수도 있다. 즉, 제 1 기지국과 구분되는 제 2 기지국의 추가적인 무선자원을 이용하여 사용자 플래인 데이터를 전송하기 위해, 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 추가하는 경우, 예를 들어 제 2 기지국을 통해서만 전송되는 무선베어러 구성정보를 포함하는 상위계층 시그널링에 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 추가 정보가 구성되면 단말은 하위 계층에 제 2 기지국에 연관된 특정 셀이 활성화된 상태로 고려되도록 구성할 수 있다.Alternatively, the terminal 403 may be configured such that when a cell associated with the second base station is added for user plane data transmission, a specific cell associated with the second base station is considered to be activated in a lower layer. That is, when a cell associated with the second base station is added to transmit user plane data by using additional radio resources of the second base station that is distinguished from the first base station, for example, a radio bearer transmitted only through the second base station When cell addition information associated with the second base station is configured in higher layer signaling including configuration information, the terminal may be configured such that a specific cell associated with the second base station is considered to be activated in the lower layer.
다른 예로 제 1 기지국과 제 2 기지국을 함께 이용하여 전송되는 무선베어러 구성정보를 포함하는 상위계층 시그널링에 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 추가 정보가 구성되면 단말은 하위 계층에 제 2 기지국에 연관된 특정 셀이 활성화된 상태로 고려되도록 구성할 수 있다. 또 다른 예로, 제 1 기지국과 제 2 기지국을 함께 이용하여 전송되는 무선베어러 구성정보를 포함하는 상위계층 시그널링에 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 추가 정보가 새롭게 구성되면 단말은 하위 계층에 새로 구성된 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀이 해제되기 전까지 및/또는 핸드오버 메시지를 수신하기 전까지 활성화된 상태로 고려되도록 구성할 수 있다. As another example, if the cell additional information associated with the second base station is configured in higher layer signaling including radio bearer configuration information transmitted by using the first base station and the second base station together, the terminal may have a specific cell associated with the second base station in the lower layer. It can be configured to be considered active. As another example, when the cell additional information associated with the second base station is newly configured in higher layer signaling including radio bearer configuration information transmitted by using the first base station and the second base station, the terminal newly configures the second base station in the lower layer. It may be configured to be considered active until the cell associated with is released and / or until a handover message is received.
또 다른 예로, 제 1 기지국과 제 2 기지국을 함께 이용하여 전송되는 무선베어러 구성정보를 포함하는 상위계층 시그널링에 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀들의 추가 정보가 구성되면 단말은 하위 계층에 구성된 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀들 중 하나 이상에 대해 셀이 해제 되기 전까지 및/또는 핸드오버 메시지를 수신하기 전까지 활성화된 상태로 고려되도록 구성할 수 있다. 이 때, 단말은 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀들 중 무선채널 품질(또는 상태)을 고려하여 높은 무선채널 품질(또는 상태)를 가진 제 2 기지국에 연관된 특정 셀을 선택하여 활성화 상태로 구성할 수 있다. As another example, when additional information of cells related to the second base station is configured in upper layer signaling including radio bearer configuration information transmitted by using the first base station and the second base station, the terminal is connected to the second base station configured in the lower layer. One or more of the associated cells may be configured to be considered active until the cell is released and / or until a handover message is received. In this case, the terminal may select a specific cell associated with the second base station having a high radio channel quality (or state) among the cells associated with the second base station in consideration of the radio channel quality (or state) and configure the activated cell.
또 다른 방법으로 단말이 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀들 중 높은 무선채널 품질(또는 상태)을 가진 제 2 기지국에 연관된 특정 셀을 선택하여 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 활성화 또는 비활성화 지시 정보를 전달하기 위해 활성화 상태로 구성할 수 있도록, 제 1 기지국은 단말로부터 수신한 측정 리포트에 기반하여 단말로 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 활성화 또는 비활성화 지시 정보를 전달하기 위해 활성화 상태를 유지할 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 정보를 상위 계층 시그널링(예를 들어, RRC Connection Reconfiguration 메시지) 통해 전달할 수 있다. 단말은 이 정보를 이용하여 높은 무선채널 품질(또는 상태)를 가진 제 2 기지국에 연관된 특정 셀을 활성화 상태로 구성하고, 구성된 제 2 기지국의 셀을 통해 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 활성화 또는 비활성화 지시 정보를 수신할 수 있다. In another method, the terminal selects a specific cell associated with the second base station having a high radio channel quality (or state) among cells associated with the second base station, and activates the terminal to transmit activation or deactivation indication information of the cell associated with the second base station. In order to configure the state, the first base station provides the cell information associated with the second base station to be kept active to deliver the activation or deactivation indication information of the cell associated with the second base station to the terminal based on the measurement report received from the terminal. It may be delivered through higher layer signaling (eg, an RRC Connection Reconfiguration message). The terminal uses this information to configure a specific cell associated with a second base station with a high radio channel quality (or state) in an activated state, and to activate or deactivate a cell associated with a second base station through a cell of the configured second base station. Information can be received.
또 다른 방법으로 단말이 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀들 중 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 부하 등을 고려하여 낮은 부하를 가진 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 선택하여 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 활성화 또는 비활성화 지시 정보를 전달하기 위해 활성화 상태로 구성할 수 있도록, 제 2 기지국은 단말로 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 활성화 또는 비활성화 지시 정보를 전달하기 위해 활성화 상태를 유지할 제 2 기지국에 연관된 특정 셀 정보를 생성하여 RRC 컨테이너를 통해 제 1 기지국으로 보낸다.In another method, the UE selects a cell associated with a second base station having a low load in consideration of the load of the cell associated with the second base station among cells associated with the second base station, and activates or deactivates the indication information of the cell associated with the second base station. The second base station generates specific cell information associated with the second base station to be kept active to deliver the activation or deactivation indication information of the cell associated with the second base station to the terminal so as to be configured in an activated state to transmit the RRC. Send to the first base station through the container.
제 1 기지국에서 상위 계층 시그널링(예를 들어, RRC Reconfiguration 메시지)통해 단말로 상기한 정보를 전달하여, 단말이 이 정보를 통해 셀이 해제되기 전까지 및/또는 핸드오버 메시지를 수신하기 전까지 활성화 상태를 유지할 제 2 기지국에 연관된 특정 셀을 구성하고, 활성화 상태로 구성된 제 2 기지국의 특정 셀을 통해 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 활성화 또는 비활성화 지시 정보를 수신할 수 있다. The first base station transmits the above information to the terminal through higher layer signaling (e.g., an RRC reconfiguration message) so that the terminal can activate the active state until the cell is released through the information and / or until a handover message is received. A specific cell associated with the second base station to be maintained may be configured, and activation or deactivation indication information of a cell associated with the second base station may be received through the specific cell of the second base station configured to be activated.
또 다른 방법으로 제 1 기지국과 제 2 기지국이 셀이 해제되기 전까지 및/또는 핸드오버 메시지를 수신하기 전까지 활성화된 상태로 구성할 특정 셀을 선택하기 위한 절차를 전술한 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 추가/수정 및/또는 제 2 기지국에 무선 베어러 추가/수정 프로시져를 통해 수행할 수 있다. 예를 들어 제 1 기지국이 제 2 기지국으로 셀이 해제되기 전까지 및/또는 핸드오버 메시지를 수신하기 전까지 활성화 상태를 유지할 특정 셀의 후보 셀(들)정보를 보내고, 제 2 기지국이 후보 셀(들)정보에서 셀이 해제되기 전까지 및/또는 핸드오버 메시지를 수신하기 전까지 활성화 상태를 유지할 특정 셀을 선택하여 제 1 기지국을 통해 단말로 전달할 수 있다. Alternatively, add a cell associated with the second base station described above with a procedure for selecting a particular cell to be configured as active until the first base station and the second base station are released and / or until a handover message is received. / Modify and / or can be performed through the radio bearer add / modify procedure to the second base station. For example, the first base station sends candidate cell (s) information of a particular cell to be activated until the cell is released to the second base station and / or until a handover message is received, and the second base station sends the candidate cell (s). In the information, a specific cell to be kept active until a cell is released and / or a handover message is received may be selected and transmitted to the terminal through the first base station.
또는 제 2 기지국이 셀이 해제되기 전까지 및/또는 핸드오버 메시지를 수신하기 전까지 활성화 상태를 유지할 특정 셀을 선택하여 제 1 기지국을 통해 단말로 전달하는 과정에서 제 1 기지국이 측정정보 등에 기반하여 전달된 특정 셀의 품질이 일정수준보다 낮을 경우 셀이 해제되기 전까지 및/또는 핸드오버 메시지를 수신하기 전까지 활성화 상태를 유지할 특정 셀을 변경하여 단말로 보거나 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 추가/수정 요청 및/또는 제 2 기지국에 무선 베어러 추가/수정 요청에 대한 거절/응답 메시지에 해당 내용을 포함하여 제 2 기지국으로 보낼 수 있다.Alternatively, when the second base station selects a specific cell to be activated until the cell is released and / or receives a handover message and transmits the specific cell to the terminal through the first base station, the first base station transmits the measured cell based on the measurement information. When the quality of a specific cell is lower than a certain level, a specific cell to be activated until the cell is released and / or until a handover message is received is changed to be viewed as a terminal or a cell addition / modification request associated with a second base station and / Alternatively, the content may be included in the rejection / response message for the radio bearer addition / modification request to the second base station and sent to the second base station.
즉, 전술한 바와 같이 단말은 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 구성함에 있어서, 제 2 기지국에 연관된 특정 셀을 활성화 상태로 구성할 수 있다. 활성화 상태로 구성되는 제 2 기지국에 연관된 특정 셀은 적어도 하나 이상의 셀일 수 있다. 이하에서는, 제 2 기지국에 연관된 특정 셀을 활성화 상태로 구성되는 셀 또는 활성화 상태로 구성된 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 등으로 기재할 수 있다.That is, as described above, the terminal may configure a specific cell associated with the second base station in an active state in configuring a cell associated with the second base station. The specific cell associated with the second base station configured in the activated state may be at least one cell. Hereinafter, a specific cell associated with the second base station may be described as a cell configured in an activated state or a cell associated with a second base station configured in an activated state.
이를 위해 제 1 기지국(401)은 전술한 상위계층 시그널링(예를 들어, RRC Connection Reconfiguration 메시지)의 제 2 기지국을 통해 수신한 추가/수정할 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 정보 또는 제 2 기지국을 통해 수신한 추가/수정할 SCell 정보(예를 들어, SCellToAddMod 또는 SeNBSCellToAddMod)에 제 2 기지국에 연관된 특정 셀을 표시하기 위한 정보 또는 사용자 플래인 데이터 전송을 위한 제 2 기지국에 연관된 특정 셀을 표시하기 위한 정보 또는 제 2 기지국에 연관된 특정 셀을 통한 무선 베어러 구성 정보(예를 들어, RLC 구성정보, 논리채널 구성정보) 또는 제 2 기지국에 연관된 특정 셀을 위한 물리채널 구성정보를 포함할 수 있다.To this end, the first base station 401 receives the cell information associated with the second base station to be added / modified received through the second base station of the above-described higher layer signaling (eg, an RRC connection reconfiguration message) or received through the second base station. Information for indicating a specific cell associated with a second base station in SCell information to be added / modified (for example, SCellToAddMod or SeNBSCellToAddMod) or information for indicating a specific cell associated with a second base station for user plane data transmission or a second It may include radio bearer configuration information (eg, RLC configuration information, logical channel configuration information) through a specific cell associated with a base station or physical channel configuration information for a specific cell associated with a second base station.
또 다른 방법으로 전술한 추가/수정할 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 정보 또는 추가/수정할 SCell 정보의 스몰셀 인덱스 또는 SCell 인덱스에 기존 SCell 인덱스로 사용하는 값(예를 들어, 1~7)이 아닌 값(예를 들어, 0 또는 8)을 사용하여 표시할 수도 있다. 또는 기존 SCell 인덱스로 사용하는 값이 아닌 다른 값을 사용하도록 하기 위해 현재 1에서 7까지의 정수 값을 가질 수 있는 SCell 인덱스를 1~14까지의 정수 값을 가질 수 있도록 하고, 1에서7까지의 정수 값은 제 1 기지국의 SCell들을 위한 인덱스로, 8~14는 제 2 기지국을 위한 인덱스로 사용할 수 있다. In another method, a value other than a value (for example, 1 to 7) that is used as the existing SCell index in the small cell index or SCell index of the cell information associated with the second base station to be added / modified or the SCell information to be added / modified ( For example, it may be displayed using 0 or 8). Alternatively, in order to use a value other than the value used as the existing SCell index, the SCell index that can currently have an integer value of 1 to 7 can have an integer value of 1 to 14, and The integer value may be used as an index for SCells of the first base station and 8 to 14 as an index for the second base station.
또 다른 방법으로 제 1 기지국의 SCell인덱스와 제 2 기지국의 SCell인덱스를 구분할 수 있도록 SCell인덱스 및 제 2 기지국을 통한 SCell임을 나타내는 표시정보(또는 제 2 기지국의 셀 식별자) 필드를 함께 보내도록 할 수 있다. 또 다른 방법으로 제 1 기지국의 SCell인덱스와 제 2 기지국의 SCell인덱스를 구분할 수 있도록 SCell인덱스로 사용할 수 있는 값을 구분하여, 제 1 기지국 SCell인덱스와 제 2 기지국 인덱스로 할당할 수 있다. 예를 들어 제 1 기지국 SCell인덱스로 1~4 값 중에서 사용하도록 하고, 제 2 기지국 SCell인덱스로는 5~7값 중에서만 사용을 하도록 하거나, 또는 제 1 기지국 SCell인덱스로 1~3 값 중에서 사용하도록 하고, 제 2 기지국 SCell인덱스로는 4~7값 중에서만 사용을 하는 등의 방법을 사용할 수 있다.Alternatively, the SCell index and the indication information (or cell identifier of the second base station) may be sent together to distinguish the SCell index of the first base station and the SCell index of the second base station. have. As another method, a value that can be used as an SCell index can be divided so as to distinguish between the SCell index of the first base station and the SCell index of the second base station and assigned to the first base station SCell index and the second base station index. For example, the first base station SCell index to use from 1 to 4 values, and the second base station SCell index to use only from 5 to 7 values, or the first base station SCell index to use from 1 to 3 values. The second base station SCell index may be a method such as using only 4 to 7 values.
단말은 현재 단말구성 파트에 상기한 추가/수정할 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 정보 또는 추가/수정할 SCell 정보(예를 들어, SCellToAddMod 또는 SeNBSCellToAddMod)에 포함된 전술한 인덱스에 대해, 수신된 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 전용무선구성정보에 따라 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 수정한다.The UE is associated with the received second base station with respect to the aforementioned index included in the cell information associated with the second base station to be added / modified in the current terminal configuration part or SCell information (eg, SCellToAddMod or SeNBSCellToAddMod). Modify the cell associated with the second base station according to the cell dedicated radio configuration information.
추가 또는 수정된 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 또는 SCell이 활성화되면, 단말(403)은 해당 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 또는 SCell을 이용하여 다운링크 PDCCH 또는 PDSCH를 수신해야 하고, 상응하는 업링크에서 전송을 할 수 있다. 단말은 상기 제 2 기지국을 통한 무선베어러를 구성하여 사용자 플레인 데이터를 전송할 수 있다(S440).When the cell or SCell associated with the added or modified second base station is activated, the terminal 403 should receive the downlink PDCCH or PDSCH using the cell or SCell associated with the second base station and transmit on the corresponding uplink. can do. The terminal may configure the radio bearer through the second base station to transmit user plane data (S440).
도 4를 참조하여 설명한 바와 같이 단말은 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 추가하거나 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 SCell로 추가한 경우 네트워크는 구성된 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 또는 SCell을 활성화하거나 비활성화할 수 있다. 또는 네트워크는 구성된 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 또는 SCell들 중 SCell이 해제 될 때까지 항상 활성화 상태로 구성되는 셀을 제외하고는 제 2 기지국을 통해 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀들을 활성화하거나 비활성화할 수 있다. 단, 제 1 기지국의 PCell로 동작하는 매크로 셀은 항상 활성화 상태에 있게 된다.As described with reference to FIG. 4, when the terminal adds a cell associated with the second base station or adds a cell associated with the second base station to the SCell, the network may activate or deactivate a cell or SCell associated with the configured second base station. Alternatively, the network may activate or deactivate cells associated with the second base station through the second base station except for a cell associated with the configured second base station or a cell configured to always be activated until the SCell is released. However, the macro cell operating as the PCell of the first base station is always in an activated state.
따라서, 이하에서는 본 발명의 각 실시예에 따른 단말이 추가 또는 수정된 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 또는 SCell을 활성화 또는 비활성화하는 방법에 대해서 설명한다.Therefore, hereinafter, a method of activating or deactivating a cell or SCell associated with a second base station added or modified by a terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described.
도 5는 본 발명의 일 실시예에 따른 단말이 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화/비활성화하는 절차를 도시한 도면이다.5 is a diagram illustrating a procedure of activating / deactivating a cell associated with a second base station by a terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
본 발명의 일 실시예에 따른 단말이 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화 또는 비활성화하는 방법에 있어서, 제 1 기지국과 제 2 기지국간의 시그널링 이후 제 1 기지국을 통해 수신되는 상위계층 시그널링을 수신하는 단계와 제 2 기지국에 연관된 특정 셀을 활성화 상태로 구성하는 단계 및 제 2 기지국을 통한 무선베어러를 구성하는 단계를 포함한다.A method for activating or deactivating a cell associated with a second base station, by a terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention, the method comprising: receiving higher layer signaling received through the first base station after signaling between the first base station and the second base station; Configuring a specific cell associated with the second base station to an activated state and configuring a radio bearer via the second base station.
도 5를 참조하면, 제 1 기지국(501)과 제 2 기지국(502)간의 시그널링 절차가 수행된다(S510). 이 때 수행되는 시그널링은 제 1 기지국(501)과 제 2 기지국(502)간에 구성되는 기지국 간 인터페이스를 통해서 수행될 수 있다.Referring to FIG. 5, a signaling procedure between the first base station 501 and the second base station 502 is performed (S510). Signaling performed at this time may be performed through an interface between base stations configured between the first base station 501 and the second base station 502.
또한, 본 발명의 다른 실시예에 따른 제 1 기지국(501)과 제 2 기지국(502)간 시그널링은 제 1 기지국(501)에 연관된 셀과 제 2 기지국(502)에 연관된 셀을 구분하여 셀 인덱스 정보를 구성할 수 있다.In addition, signaling between the first base station 501 and the second base station 502 according to another embodiment of the present invention distinguishes a cell associated with the first base station 501 and a cell associated with the second base station 502 by a cell index. You can organize the information.
이후, 제 1 기지국(501)은 단말(503)으로 상위계층 시그널링을 전송한다(S520).Thereafter, the first base station 501 transmits higher layer signaling to the terminal 503 (S520).
상위계층 시그널링은 제 2 기지국(502)에 연관된 셀 추가수정 구성정보를 포함하며, 제 2 기지국(502)에 연관된 셀 추가수정 구성정보는 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 활성화 또는 비활성화 지시 정보를 전달할 셀 정보 또는 활성화 상태로 유지할 셀 정보를 포함할 수 있다.Higher layer signaling includes cell addition configuration information associated with the second base station 502, and cell addition configuration information associated with the second base station 502 includes a cell to which to transmit activation or deactivation indication information of a cell associated with the second base station. Information or cell information to be kept in an activated state.
단말(503)은 제 1 기지국(501)으로부터 상위계층 시그널링을 수신하여 제 2 기지국(502)에 연관된 특정 셀을 활성화 상태로 구성할 수 있다(S530). 만약, 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀이 다수인 경우에 전술한 바와 같이 적어도 하나 이상의 특정 셀을 활성화 상태로 구성할 수 있다.The terminal 503 may receive higher layer signaling from the first base station 501 and configure a specific cell associated with the second base station 502 in an activated state (S530). If there are a plurality of cells associated with the second base station, as described above, at least one specific cell may be configured to be in an activated state.
단말(503)은 제 2 기지국을 통한 무선 베어러를 구성한다(S540).The terminal 503 configures a radio bearer through the second base station (S540).
도 6은 본 발명의 또 다른 실시예에 따른 단말이 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화/비활성화하는 절차를 도시한 도면이다.6 is a diagram illustrating a procedure of activating / deactivating a cell associated with a second base station by a terminal according to another embodiment of the present invention.
본 발명의 또 다른 실시예에 따른 단말은 제 2 기지국을 통해서 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 중 활성화 상태로 구성된 특정 셀과는 구별되는 셀을 활성화하거나 비활성화하도록 지시하는 정보를 포함하는 활성화 관련 지시 정보를 수신하는 단계와 활성화 관련 지시 정보에 기초하여 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 중 활성화 상태로 구성된 특정 셀과는 구별되는 셀을 활성화 또는 비활성화되도록 제어하는 단계를 더 포함한다.According to another embodiment of the present invention, the terminal receives activation-related indication information including information for activating or deactivating a cell distinguished from a specific cell configured in an activated state among cells associated with the second base station through the second base station. And controlling to activate or deactivate a cell distinguished from a specific cell configured in an activated state among cells associated with the second base station based on the receiving step and the activation related indication information.
도 6을 참조하면, 제 1 기지국(601)과 제 2 기지국(602)간의 시그널링 절차가 수행된다(S610). 이 때 수행되는 시그널링은 제 1 기지국(601)과 제 2 기지국(602)간에 구성되는 기지국 간 인터페이스를 통해서 수행될 수 있다.Referring to FIG. 6, a signaling procedure between the first base station 601 and the second base station 602 is performed (S610). Signaling performed at this time may be performed through an interface between base stations configured between the first base station 601 and the second base station 602.
또한, 본 발명의 다른 실시예에 따른 제 1 기지국(601)과 제 2 기지국(602)간 시그널링은 제 1 기지국(601)에 연관된 셀과 제 2 기지국(602)에 연관된 셀을 구분하여 셀 인덱스 정보를 구성할 수 있다.In addition, the signaling between the first base station 601 and the second base station 602 according to another embodiment of the present invention distinguishes a cell associated with the first base station 601 and a cell associated with the second base station 602 by a cell index. You can organize the information.
이후, 제 1 기지국(601)은 단말(603)으로 상위계층 시그널링을 전송한다(S620).Thereafter, the first base station 601 transmits higher layer signaling to the terminal 603 (S620).
상위계층 시그널링은 제 2 기지국(602)에 연관된 셀 추가수정 구성정보를 포함하며, 제 2 기지국(602)에 연관된 셀 추가수정 구성정보는 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 활성화 또는 비활성화 지시 정보를 전달할 셀 정보 또는 활성화 상태로 유지할 셀 정보를 포함할 수 있다.Higher layer signaling includes cell addition configuration information associated with the second base station 602, and cell addition modification configuration information associated with the second base station 602 transmits activation or deactivation indication information of a cell associated with the second base station. Information or cell information to be kept in an activated state.
단말(603)은 제 1 기지국(601)으로부터 상위계층 시그널링을 수신하여 제 2 기지국(602)에 연관된 특정 셀을 활성화 상태로 구성할 수 있다(S630). 만약, 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀이 다수인 경우에 전술한 바와 같이 적어도 하나 이상의 특정 셀을 활성화 상태로 구성할 수 있다.The terminal 603 may receive higher layer signaling from the first base station 601 and configure a specific cell associated with the second base station 602 in an activated state (S630). If there are a plurality of cells associated with the second base station, as described above, at least one specific cell may be configured to be in an activated state.
단말(603)은 제 2 기지국을 통한 무선 베어러를 구성한다(S640).The terminal 603 configures a radio bearer through the second base station (S640).
단말(603)은 제 2 기지국(602)으로부터 활성화 관련 지시 정보를 수신한다(S650). 활성화 관련 지시 정보는 매체접속 제어(MAC) 시그널링에 포함되어 수신될 수 있으며, 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 중 활성화 상태로 구성된 특정 셀과는 구별되는 셀의 활성화 여부를 지시하는 필드가 포함된 MAC 제어요소 및 MAC 헤더 중 적어도 어느 하나를 포함할 수 있다.The terminal 603 receives activation related indication information from the second base station 602 (S650). Activation-related indication information may be received as included in the medium access control (MAC) signaling, and MAC control including a field indicating whether to activate a cell distinguished from a specific cell configured in an activated state among cells associated with the second base station. It may include at least one of the element and the MAC header.
구체적인 MAC 시그널링에 포함되는 것과 관련하여는 도 11을 참조하여 이하에서 상세히 설명한다.Regarding inclusion in specific MAC signaling, it will be described in detail below with reference to FIG. 11.
도 7은 본 발명의 또 다른 실시예에 따른 단말이 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화/비활성화하는 절차를 도시한 도면이다.7 is a diagram illustrating a procedure of activating / deactivating a cell associated with a second base station by a terminal according to another embodiment of the present invention.
본 발명의 일 실시예에 따른 서빙셀로 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 추가한 단말이 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화 또는 비활성화하는 방법에 있어서, 매크로셀을 제공하는 제 1 기지국 및 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 제공하는 제 2 기지국 중 어느 하나의 기지국으로부터 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화하거나 비활성화하도록 지시하는 정보를 포함하는 활성화 관련 지시 정보를 수신하는 단계 및 활성화 관련 지시 정보에 기초하여 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 중 활성화 상태로 구성된 특정 셀과는 구별되는 셀이 활성화 또는 비활성화되도록 제어하는 단계를 포함한다.In a method for activating or deactivating a cell associated with a second base station by a terminal in which a cell associated with a second base station is added as a serving cell according to an embodiment of the present invention, to a first base station and a second base station providing a macro cell Receiving activation related indication information including information indicating to activate or deactivate a cell associated with the second base station from any of the second base stations providing the associated cell and the second base station based on the activation related indication information; And controlling a cell, which is distinguished from a specific cell configured in an activated state, from among cells associated with.
또한, 본 발명에 따른 활성화 관련 지시 정보는, 매체접속제어(Media Access Control, MAC) 시그널링 또는 상위계층 시그널링에 포함되어 수신되며, 매체접속제어 시그널링은 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 중 활성화 상태로 구성된 특정 셀과는 구별되는 셀의 활성화 여부를 지시하는 필드가 포함된 MAC 제어요소 및/또는 MAC 헤더를 포함할 수 있다.In addition, the activation-related indication information according to the present invention is received by being included in the media access control (MAC) signaling or higher layer signaling, the media access control signaling is a specific configuration configured in the active state of the cell associated with the second base station It may include a MAC control element and / or MAC header including a field indicating whether to activate a cell distinguished from the cell.
도 7을 참조하여 단말(703)이 추가된 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화하거나 비활성화하는 방법을 각 실시예에 따라서 구체적으로 설명한다.A method of activating or deactivating a cell associated with a second base station to which a terminal 703 has been added will be described in detail with reference to FIG. 7.
제 1 실시예: 제 1 기지국(701)에 의한 MAC 시그널링을 이용하는 방법.First embodiment: A method using MAC signaling by a first base station (701).
본 발명의 일 실시예에 따른 단말(703)은 제 1 기지국(701)으로부터 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화하거나 비활성화하도록 지시하는 지시 정보가 포함된 활성화 관련 지시 정보를 수신할 수 있다(S730).The terminal 703 according to an embodiment of the present invention may receive activation related indication information including indication information indicating to activate or deactivate a cell associated with the second base station from the first base station 701 (S730). .
또한, 활성화 관련 지시 정보는 활성화/비활성화 MAC 제어 요소(control element)를 포함하며, 제 1 기지국(701)이 MAC 시그널링을 통해서 전송할 수 있다(S730).In addition, the activation related indication information includes an activation / deactivation MAC control element, and the first base station 701 may transmit it through MAC signaling (S730).
단말(703)은 수신된 MAC 시그널링에 기초하여 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화 또는 비활성화할 수 있다(S740).The terminal 703 may activate or deactivate a cell associated with the second base station based on the received MAC signaling (S740).
다시 말해서, 본 발명의 일 실시예에 따른 제 1 기지국(701)은 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 활성화 여부를 결정한다(S710).In other words, the first base station 701 according to an embodiment of the present invention determines whether to activate a cell associated with the second base station (S710).
이후, 제 1 기지국(701)은 활성화 또는 비활성화 대상인 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 활성화 관련 지시 정보를 생성할 수 있다(S720).Thereafter, the first base station 701 may generate activation related indication information of a cell associated with the second base station that is to be activated or deactivated (S720).
생성된 활성화 관련 지시 정보는 MAC 시그널링을 통해서 단말(703)로 전송되며(S730), 단말(703)은 수신된 활성화 관련 지시 정보에 기초하여 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화 하거나 비활성화할 수 있다(S740).The generated activation related indication information is transmitted to the terminal 703 through MAC signaling (S730), and the terminal 703 may activate or deactivate a cell associated with the second base station based on the received activation related indication information (S730). S740).
한편, 단말(703)은 구성된 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀에 대해 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 비활성화 타이머를 유지한다. 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 비활성화 타이머가 만료되면 만료(expiry)에 연관된 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 비활성화한다. 이러한 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 비활성화 타이머는 RRC에 의해 구성될 수 있다. 제 1 기지국과 제 2 기지국 간의 비이상적인 백홀 지연으로 제 1 기지국이 제 2 기지국 세컨더리 셀의 활성화 상태에 대한 정보를 빠르게 확인할 수 없을 수 있으므로, 상기한 비활성화타이머는 제 1 기지국의 세컨더리 셀 비활성화타이머(sCellDeactivationTimer-r10)와 다른 필드를 정의하여 구성하도록 할 수 있다.On the other hand, the terminal 703 maintains a cell deactivation timer associated with the second base station for the cell associated with the configured second base station. If the cell deactivation timer associated with the second base station expires, deactivate the cell associated with the second base station associated with the expiry. The cell deactivation timer associated with this second base station may be configured by the RRC. Because the non-ideal backhaul delay between the first base station and the second base station may prevent the first base station from quickly checking information on the activation state of the second base station secondary cell, the deactivation timer may be a secondary cell deactivation timer of the first base station. sCellDeactivationTimer-r10) and other fields may be defined and configured.
또한, 활성화 관련 지시 정보는 MAC 시그널링뿐만 아니라 상위계층 시그널링을 통해서도 전송될 수 있으며 이는 제 2 및 제 3 실시예에서 설명한다.In addition, the activation related indication information may be transmitted through not only MAC signaling but also upper layer signaling, which will be described in the second and third embodiments.
단말(703)이 활성화 관련 지시 정보를 수신하여 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화 또는 비활성화하는 구체적인 과정은 이하에서 도 8 및 도 9를 참조하여 설명한다.A detailed process of activating or deactivating a cell associated with the second base station by receiving the activation related indication information by the terminal 703 will be described below with reference to FIGS. 8 and 9.
도 8은 본 발명의 또 다른 실시예에 따른 단말이 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화하는 절차를 도시한 도면이다.8 is a diagram illustrating a procedure of activating a cell associated with a second base station by a terminal according to another embodiment of the present invention.
본 발명의 다른 실시예에 따른 단말(803)은 제 1 기지국(801)으로부터 수신된 활성화 관련 지시 정보에 기초하여 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 활성화 또는 비활성화를 제어하는 단계에 있어서, 활성화 관련 지시 정보가 활성화 지시 정보를 포함하는 경우 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화하고, 비활성화 타이머를 시작하는 단계를 더 포함할 수 있다.The terminal 803 according to another embodiment of the present invention controls the activation or deactivation of the cell associated with the second base station based on the activation related indication information received from the first base station 801, the activation related indication information. May further include activating a cell associated with the second base station and starting a deactivation timer.
도 8을 참조하여 예를 들어 설명하면, 단말(803)은 각각의 TTI(Transmission Time Interval) 및 각각의 구성된 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀에 대해 이번 TTI에 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화하는 활성화 관련 지시 정보를 수신하면, 해당 TTI에 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화한다. 또 다른 방법으로 제 1 기지국과 제 2 기지국간의 비이상적 백홀 지연을 고려하여 단말(803)은 각각의 TTI(Transmission Time Interval) 및 각각의 구성된 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀에 대해 이번 TTI에 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화하는 활성화 관련 지시 정보를 수신하면, 이번 TTI에서 제 1 기지국과 제 2 기지국간의 비이상적 백홀 지연시간이 지난 이후 TTI(또는 이번 TTI에서 제 1 기지국과 제 2 기지국간의 비이상적 백홀 지연시간에 두 배를 한 시간이 지난 이후 TTI)에 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화한다.For example, referring to FIG. 8, the terminal 803 relates to activation for activating a cell associated with a second base station at this TTI for a cell associated with each transmission time interval (TTI) and each configured second base station. Upon receipt of the indication information, the TTI activates the cell associated with the second base station. In another method, in consideration of the non-ideal backhaul delay between the first base station and the second base station, the terminal 803 transmits a second base station to this TTI for a cell associated with each transmission time interval (TTI) and each configured second base station. Receiving activation-related indication information for activating a cell associated with the, after the non-ideal backhaul delay time between the first base station and the second base station in this TTI (or non-ideal backhaul between the first base station and the second base station in this TTI) Activate the cell associated with the second base station (TTI) after one hour twice the delay.
즉, 제 1 기지국(801)은 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀에 대한 측정 리포트, 제 1 기지국 부하 등을 기반으로 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 활성화 여부를 결정하고(S810), 활성화를 결정하여 활성화 지시 정보를 생성한다(S820).That is, the first base station 801 determines whether to activate the cell associated with the second base station based on the measurement report for the cell associated with the second base station, the first base station load, etc. (S810), and determines the activation to indicate activation indication information. To generate (S820).
도 8의 또 다른 실시 예로, 제 1 기지국(801)은 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀에 대한 측정 리포트, 제 1 기지국 부하 등을 기반으로 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 활성화 여부를 결정하고 제 2 기지국(802)를 통해 활성화 지시를 요청하고 제 2 기지국이 활성화 지시 정보를 생성하여 단말로 활성화 지시정보를 전달할 수 있다.In another embodiment of FIG. 8, the first base station 801 determines whether to activate the cell associated with the second base station based on the measurement report, the first base station load, etc. for the cell associated with the second base station, and the second base station 802. Request an activation instruction, and the second base station may generate the activation instruction information and transmit the activation instruction information to the terminal.
도 5 내지 7에서 설명한 바와 같이 제 1 실시예에서 활성화 관련 지시 정보는 MAC 시그널링을 통해서 전송될 수 있으며, MAC CE에 활성화 대상 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 지시하는 필드 정보가 포함되는 MAC 제어요소 및/또는 MAC 헤더가 포함될 수 있다.As described with reference to FIGS. 5 to 7, in the first embodiment, the activation related indication information may be transmitted through MAC signaling, and the MAC control element includes field information indicating a cell associated with the activation target second base station in the MAC CE; And / or MAC header may be included.
제 1 기지국(801)은 활성화 지시 정보를 단말(803)로 전송한다(S830).The first base station 801 transmits activation indication information to the terminal 803 (S830).
단말(803)은 수신된 활성화 지시 정보에 기초하여 전술한 MAC 헤더에 의해서 지시된 활성화 대상 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화한다(S840). 또한, 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 비활성타이머를 시작할 수 있다(S850).The terminal 803 activates the cell associated with the activation target second base station indicated by the aforementioned MAC header based on the received activation indication information (S840). In addition, the cell inactivity timer associated with the second base station may be started (S850).
단말(803)은 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀이 활성화되면, 해당 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 통하여 제 2 기지국(802)과 통신을 수행할 수 있다(S860).When the cell associated with the second base station is activated, the terminal 803 may perform communication with the second base station 802 through the cell associated with the second base station (S860).
구체적으로 예를 들면, 단말(803)은 활성화 지시 정보를 수신하면, 보통의(normal) 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 오퍼레이션(예를 들어, 해당 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀에서 SRS 전송 또는 CQI/PMI/RI/PTI 측정 보고 또는 해당 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 및 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 위한 PDCCH 모니터링 등)을 수행한다. 그리고 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀과 연관된 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 비활성화 타이머를 시작한다(S850).Specifically, for example, when the terminal 803 receives the activation indication information, a cell operation associated with a normal second base station (eg, SRS transmission or CQI / PMI / in a cell associated with the second base station). RI / PTI measurement report or PDCCH monitoring of a cell associated with the corresponding second base station and for a cell associated with the second base station). The cell deactivation timer associated with the second base station associated with the cell associated with the second base station is started (S850).
S840 및 S850 단계는 순차적으로 수행되거나 동시에 또는 그 순서가 바뀌어 수행될 수도 있다.Steps S840 and S850 may be performed sequentially or at the same time or in a reversed order.
위에서 설명한 바와 같이 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 비활성화 타이머가 만료되면, 해당 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀은 비활성화될 수 있다.As described above, when the cell deactivation timer associated with the second base station expires, the cell associated with the second base station may be deactivated.
도 9는 본 발명의 또 다른 실시예에 따른 단말이 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 비활성화하는 절차를 도시한 도면이다.9 illustrates a procedure of deactivating a cell associated with a second base station by a terminal according to another embodiment of the present invention.
본 발명의 또 다른 실시예에 따른 단말(903)은 제 1 기지국(901)으로부터 수신된 활성화 관련 지시 정보에 기초하여 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 활성화 또는 비활성화를 제어하는 단계에 있어서, 핸드오버 명령 정보(mobilityControlInfo)를 포함하는 상위계층 시그널링(RRC Reconfiguration 메시지)를 수신하는 경우 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 또는 제 2 기지국에 연관된 모든 셀들을 비활성화하고, 비활성화 타이머를 정지하며 HARQ(Hybrid Automatic Repeat request)를 삭제하는 단계를 더 포함할 수 있다.The terminal 903 according to another embodiment of the present invention controls the activation or deactivation of the cell associated with the second base station based on the activation related indication information received from the first base station 901, the handover command When receiving upper layer signaling (RRC reconfiguration message) including information (mobilityControlInfo), the cell associated with the second base station or all cells associated with the second base station are deactivated, the deactivation timer is stopped, and a HARQ (Hybrid Automatic Repeat request) is performed. It may further comprise the step of deleting.
도 9을 참조하여 설명하면, 제 1 기지국(901)은 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 활성화 여부를 결정하거나 매크로 셀의 핸드오버를 여부를 결정할 수 있다(S910).Referring to FIG. 9, the first base station 901 may determine whether to activate a cell associated with the second base station or determine whether to handover a macro cell (S910).
제 1 기지국(901)은 결정 결과에 따라서 해당 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 비활성화하도록 결정하거나 매크로 셀을 핸드오버 하도록 결정한 경우 해당 정보를 생성한다(S920).If the first base station 901 determines to deactivate the cell associated with the second base station or handover the macro cell according to the determination result, the first base station 901 generates corresponding information (S920).
단말(903)은 제 1 기지국(901)으로부터 생성된 비활성화 지시 정보 또는 핸드오버 명령 정보를 수신한다(S930).The terminal 903 receives the deactivation indication information or the handover command information generated from the first base station 901 (S930).
단말(903)은 전술한 활성화 관련 지시 정보가 비활성화 지시 정보를 포함하거나, 핸드오버 명령 정보를 포함하여 상위계층 시그널링을 통해서 수신되는 경우에 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 또는 제 2 기지국에 연관된 모든 셀들을 비활성화한다(S940).The terminal 903 may select a cell associated with the second base station or all cells associated with the second base station when the above-described activation related indication information includes the deactivation indication information or is received through higher layer signaling including handover command information. Deactivate (S940).
이후, 단말(903)은 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 비활성화 타이머를 정지하고(S950), HARQ를 삭제(Flush)할 수 있다(S960). 전술한 S940 내지 S960 단계는 순차적으로 이루어질 수도 있고, 동시에 이루어질 수도 있으며, 그 순서가 바뀔 수도 있다.Thereafter, the terminal 903 may stop the cell deactivation timer associated with the second base station (S950) and flush the HARQ (S960). Steps S940 to S960 described above may be performed sequentially, simultaneously, or may be reversed.
3GPP Release-11 이전의 CA 기술에서는 단말이 핸드오버 명령을 수신하는 경우, 단말이 타겟 PCell로 핸드오버를 수행하기 때문에, 단일 기지국 내에서 항상 활성화된 상태를 유지하는 소스 PCell을 비활성화할 필요가 없었다. 즉, 소스 PCell을 비활성화 시킬 필요가 없이, 타겟 PCell로 PCell을 구성할 수 있다. 하지만, 제 1 기지국과 구분되는 제 2 기지국의 추가 무선자원을 통해 데이터를 전달하는 단말의 경우, 제 2 기지국을 통해서 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀들의 활성화/비활성화를 수행할 수 있다. 이를 위해 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀이 유지되는 동안 활성화 상태로 구성되는 셀의 경우, 핸드오버 명령을 수신하면 핸드오버에 따라 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀들이 해제될 가능성이 높으므로, 핸드오버 명령정보를 포함하는 상위계층 시그널링을 수신하고 제 2 기지국에 연관된 모든 셀에 대해 비활성화를 수행할 필요가 있다.In CA technology prior to 3GPP Release-11, when the UE receives a handover command, the UE performs a handover to the target PCell, so there is no need to deactivate the source PCell that is always activated in a single base station. . That is, the PCell can be configured as the target PCell without having to deactivate the source PCell. However, in the case of a terminal that transmits data through additional radio resources of a second base station that is distinguished from the first base station, it is possible to activate / deactivate cells associated with the second base station through the second base station. To this end, in the case of a cell configured to be in an active state while the cell associated with the second base station is maintained, the handover command information may be changed when the handover command is received. It is necessary to receive higher layer signaling that includes and perform deactivation for all cells associated with the second base station.
각 단계에 대해서 구체적으로 예를 들어 설명한다.Each step is explained concretely with an example.
비활성화 지시 정보를 포함하는 MAC CE를 수신하면, 단말(903)은 TTI에 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 비활성화하고, 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 비활성화 타이머를 정지하며 해당 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀과 연관된 HARQ 버퍼를 버린다(flush).Upon receiving the MAC CE including the deactivation indication information, the terminal 903 deactivates the cell associated with the second base station in the TTI, stops the cell deactivation timer associated with the second base station, and HARQ associated with the cell associated with the second base station. Flush the buffer.
또는 이번 TTI에 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 비활성화 타이머가 만료되면, 단말(903)은 TTI에 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 비활성화하고, 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 비활성화 타이머를 정지하며 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀과 연관된 HARQ 버퍼를 버린다(flush).Or if the cell deactivation timer associated with the second base station expires at this TTI, the terminal 903 deactivates the cell associated with the second base station in the TTI, stops the cell deactivation timer associated with the second base station, and the cell associated with the second base station. Flush the HARQ buffer associated with.
또는 단말(903)이 핸드오버 명령(handover command) 정보를 수신하면 하위계층에 구성된 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 비활성화 상태로 고려되도록 구성한다. Alternatively, when the terminal 903 receives the handover command information, the terminal 903 configures the cell associated with the second base station configured in the lower layer to be considered to be in an inactive state.
즉, 단말(903)이 제 1 기지국(901)으로부터 이동성 제어 정보(Mobility Control Information)을 포함한 RRC 연결 재구성(Connection Reconfiguration) 메시지를 수신하면, 단말(903)은 하위 계층에 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 또는 SCell로 구성된 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 비활성화 상태로 고려되도록 구성한다. 단말(903)은 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 활성화 지시 정보를 수신하기 전까지 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 비활성화된 상태로 유지할 수 있다.That is, when the terminal 903 receives an RRC connection reconfiguration message including mobility control information from the first base station 901, the terminal 903 transmits a cell associated with the second base station to a lower layer. Or configure the cell associated with the second base station configured with the SCell to be considered in an inactive state. The terminal 903 may keep the cell associated with the second base station in an inactive state until receiving the cell activation indication information associated with the second base station.
도 10은 본 발명의 또 다른 실시예에 따른 단말이 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 활성화 상태에서 업링크 그랜트 또는 다운링크 할당 정보를 수신하는 경우의 동작을 도시한 도면이다.FIG. 10 is a diagram illustrating an operation when a terminal receives uplink grant or downlink allocation information in a cell activation state associated with a second base station according to another embodiment of the present invention.
본 발명의 또 다른 실시예에 따른 단말(1003)은 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀에 대한 업링크 그랜트 또는 다운링크 할당정보 중 적어도 하나의 정보를 수신하는 경우 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀에 대한 비활성화 타이머를 재시작 하도록 제어할 수 있다.When the terminal 1003 according to another embodiment of the present invention receives at least one of uplink grant or downlink allocation information for a cell associated with the second base station, the terminal 1003 may deactivate the deactivation timer for the cell associated with the second base station. You can control it to restart.
도 10을 참조하여 설명하면, 만약 활성화된 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀에 대한 PDCCH가 업링크 그랜트(UL grant) 또는 다운링크 할당(DL assignment)을 표시하는 경우 단말(1003)은 해당 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀에 대한 비활성타이머를 재시작할 수 있다(S1080).Referring to FIG. 10, if a PDCCH for a cell associated with an activated second base station indicates an uplink grant or a DL assignment, the terminal 1003 transmits to the second base station. The inactivity timer for the associated cell may be restarted (S1080).
또는 만약 활성화된 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 스케쥴링하는 서빙셀에 대한 PDCCH가 업링크 그랜트(UL grant) 또는 다운링크 할당(DL assignment)를 표시하면 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀에 대한 비활성화 타이머를 재시작할 수 있다.Or if the PDCCH for the serving cell scheduling the cell associated with the activated second base station indicates uplink grant or downlink assignment, restart the deactivation timer for the cell associated with the second base station. Can be.
도 5 및 도 6에서 설명한 바와 같이 제 1 기지국(1001)은 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 활성화 여부를 결정하여(S1010), 활성화 지시 정보를 생성할 수 있다(S1020).As described above with reference to FIGS. 5 and 6, the first base station 1001 may determine whether to activate a cell associated with the second base station (S1010), and generate activation indication information (S1020).
이후, 제 1 기지국(1001)은 활성화 지시 정보를 전송한다(S1030).Thereafter, the first base station 1001 transmits activation indication information (S1030).
단말(1003)은 수신된 활성화 지시 정보에 기초하여 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화하고, 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 비활성화 타이머를 시작한다(S1050). The terminal 1003 activates a cell associated with the second base station based on the received activation indication information, and starts a cell deactivation timer associated with the second base station (S1050).
S1010 내지 S1060의 과정은 도 5 및 도 6을 참조하여 설명한 과정과 동일할 수 있다.Processes of S1010 to S1060 may be the same as the process described with reference to FIGS. 5 and 6.
이후, 본 발명의 다른 실시예에 따른 업링크 그랜트 또는 다운링크 할당 정보가 수신되면 단말(1003)은 진행중인 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 비활성화 타이머를 재시작한다(S1080).Thereafter, when uplink grant or downlink allocation information is received according to another embodiment of the present invention, the terminal 1003 restarts the cell deactivation timer associated with the ongoing second base station (S1080).
예를 들면, 단말(1003)은 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀이 활성화된 후, 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 비활성화 타이머의 진행을 처음부터 다시 시작하도록 제어할 수 있다. 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 비활성화 타이머가 만료되면 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀이 비활성화될 수 있다. 따라서, 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 비활성화 타이머의 재시작을 통해서 단말(1003)에 구성된 해당 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 활성화 시간이 증가하는 효과가 있을 수 있다.For example, the terminal 1003 may control the cell deactivation timer associated with the second base station to restart from the beginning after the cell associated with the second base station is activated. When the cell deactivation timer associated with the second base station expires, the cell associated with the second base station may be deactivated. Therefore, the activation time of the cell associated with the second base station configured in the terminal 1003 may be increased by restarting the cell deactivation timer associated with the second base station.
이상에서 설명한 바와 같이 제 1 기지국은 단말에 구성된 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화하거나 비활성화하도록 지시하는 정보를 포함하는 MAC 시그널링을 전송하여 단말의 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 활성화를 제어할 수 있다.As described above, the first base station may control cell activation associated with the second base station of the terminal by transmitting MAC signaling including information indicating to activate or deactivate a cell associated with the second base station configured in the terminal.
이하에서는 도 11을 참조하여 MAC 시그널링에 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 활성화를 제어하는 지시정보가 포함되는 방법을 구체적으로 살펴본다.Hereinafter, a method of including indication information for controlling cell activation associated with a second base station in MAC signaling will be described in detail with reference to FIG. 11.
도 11은 본 발명에 따른 활성화 관련 지시 정보가 포함될 수 있는 MAC 제어 요소를 예시적으로 나타낸 도면이다.11 is a diagram illustrating an example MAC control element that may include activation-related indication information according to the present invention.
도 11을 참조하면, 활성화/비활성화 MAC 제어 요소(MAC control element, 1100)는 논리 채널 ID(logical channel ID, LCID)를 가진 MAC PDU 서브헤더(subheader)에 의해 식별될 수 있다. Referring to FIG. 11, an activation / deactivation MAC control element 1100 may be identified by a MAC PDU subheader having a logical channel ID (LCID).
예를 들어, MAC 제어 요소(1100)는 고정된 크기를 가지며 일곱 개의 C-field(1101 내지 1107)와 하나의 R-field(1108)를 포함하는 단일 옥텟으로 구성된다. For example, MAC control element 1100 has a fixed size and consists of a single octet comprising seven C-fields 1101 to 1107 and one R-field 1108.
만약 SCell인덱스(SCellindex) 또는 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 인덱스 i를 가지고 구성된 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀이 있다면 이 필드(1101 내지 1108)는 SCeill인덱스 i 또는 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 인덱스 i를 가진 SCell 또는 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 활성화 상태를 표시한다.If there is a cell associated with the second base station configured with the SCellindex or the cell index i associated with the second base station, this field 1101-1108 indicates the SCell with the SCeill index i or the cell index i associated with the second base station; Indicate an activation state of a cell associated with the second base station.
또는 SCell 인덱스 i를 가지고 SCell로 구성된 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀이 있다면, 이 필드(1101 내지 1108)는 SCeill 인덱스 i 또는 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 인덱스 i를 가진 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 활성화 상태를 표시한다.Or if there is a cell associated with the second base station configured with SCell with SCell index i, this field 1101-1108 indicates the activation state of the cell associated with the second base station with SCeill index i or cell index i associated with the second base station; Display.
구체적으로 일 예를 들면, Ci 필드(1101 내지 1108)가 "1"로 세팅되면 해당 SCell 또는 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀이 활성화되어야 함을 표시하고, "0"로 세팅되면 해당 SCell 또는 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀이 비활성화되어야 함을 표시한다.Specifically, for example, when the Ci fields 1101 to 1108 are set to "1", it indicates that the cell associated with the corresponding SCell or the second base station should be activated. If set to "0", the corresponding SCell or the second base station is set. Indicates that the cell associated with must be deactivated.
또 다른 방법으로 전술한 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀이 구성된 경우 R 필드를 이용하여 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 활성화/비활성화를 표시할 수도 있다.Alternatively, when the cell associated with the second base station is configured, the R field may be used to indicate activation / deactivation of the cell associated with the second base station.
구체적으로 일 예를 들면, R필드(1108)가 "1"로 세팅되면 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀이 활성화되어야 함을 표시하고, "0"로 세팅되면 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀이 비활성화되어야 함을 표시할 수도 있다. 매크로셀 제어 하에 또는 매크로셀과 협력하여 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 추가하여 R필드를 이용해 활성화/비활성화를 구분하는 경우, 전술한 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 인덱스 또는 SCell 인덱스는 사용하지 않거나, 제 1 기지국의 SCell 인덱스로 사용하는 값(예를 들어, C1~C7)이 아닌 값(예를 들어, C8)을 추가하여 사용할 수도 있다. R필드를 이용하여 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 활성화/비활성화를 표시하는 또 다른 예로, R필드(1108)가 "1"로 세팅되면 Ci 필드가 세컨더리 셀 인덱스 i를 가진 제 2 기지국의 세컨더리 셀(스몰셀)에 대해 활성화("1")/비활성화("0") 되어야 함을 표시하고, R필드(1108)이 "0"로 세팅되면 Ci 필드가 세컨더리 셀 인덱스 i를 가진 제 1 기지국의 세컨더리 셀에 대해 활성화/비활성화 되어야 함을 표시할 수 있다. 다른 예로, Ci필드 중 하나(예를 들어, C6 또는 C7)를 제 1 기지국의 세컨더리 셀들과 제 2 기지국의 세컨더리 셀들을 구분하여 식별할 수 있도록 지정하여 상기 특정 Ci필드(예를 들어, C6 또는 C7)가 "1"로 세팅되면 다른 Ci 필드(예를 들어, C1, C2, C3, C4, C5)가 세컨더리 셀 인덱스 i를 가진 제 2 기지국의 세컨더리 셀(스몰셀)에 대해 활성화("1)/비활성화("0") 되어야 함을 표시하고, 상기 특정 Ci필드(예를 들어, C6 또는 C7)가 "0"로 세팅되면 다른 Ci 필드(예를 들어, C1, C2, C3, C4, C5) 가 세컨더리 셀 인덱스 i를 가진 마스터기지국의 세컨더리 셀에 대해 활성화/비활성화 되어야 함을 표시할 수 있다.Specifically, for example, if the R field 1108 is set to "1", it indicates that the cell associated with the second base station should be activated, and if set to "0", the cell associated with the second base station should be deactivated. Can also be displayed. In case of activating / deactivating by using the R field by adding a cell associated with the second base station under macro cell control or in cooperation with the macro cell, the cell index or SCell index associated with the second base station is not used, or the first It may be used by adding a value (for example, C8) that is not a value (for example, C1 to C7) used as the SCell index of the base station. As another example of indicating activation / deactivation of a cell associated with a second base station using the R field, when the R field 1108 is set to '1', the secondary cell of the second base station having the secondary cell index i having the Ci field (i) Indicating that a small cell) should be enabled ("1") / deactivated ("0"), and if the R field 1108 is set to "0", the secondary of the first base station with the Ci field having a secondary cell index i It may indicate that the cell should be activated / deactivated. As another example, one of the Ci fields (for example, C6 or C7) may be designated to identify the secondary cells of the first base station and the secondary cells of the second base station so as to identify the specific Ci field (for example, C6 or C7). If C7) is set to "1", another Ci field (e.g., C1, C2, C3, C4, C5) is activated for the secondary cell (small cell) of the second base station with secondary cell index i ("1"). ) / Disabled ("0"), and if the particular Ci field (e.g. C6 or C7) is set to "0", other Ci fields (e.g. C1, C2, C3, C4, C5) may indicate that the secondary cell of the master base station having the secondary cell index i should be activated / deactivated.
또 다른 방법으로 전술한 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀이 구성된 경우, 단말이 제 1 기지국의 세컨더리 셀들과 제 2 기지국의 세컨더리 셀들을 구분하여 식별할 수 있도록, 제 2 기지국의 세컨더리 셀들에 대한 활성화/비활성화 MAC 제어요소 식별을 위한 MAC PDU 서브헤더(subheader)에 포함되는 논리 채널 ID(logical channel ID, LCID)를 제 1 기지국의 세컨더리 셀들에 대한 활성화/비활성화 MAC 제어요소 식별을 위한 LCID값(11011)과 다른 값을 사용하도록 할 수 있다.Alternatively, when a cell associated with the second base station is configured as described above, activation / deactivation of secondary cells of the second base station is performed so that the terminal can distinguish and identify the secondary cells of the first base station and the secondary cells of the second base station. A logical channel ID (LCID) included in a MAC PDU subheader for identifying a MAC control element, and an LCID value 11011 for identifying a MAC control element for activation / deactivation of secondary cells of the first base station; You can choose to use a different value.
이상에서는 단말이 제 1 기지국으로부터 활성화 관련 지시 정보를 수신하여 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화하거나 비활성화하는 구체적인 일 실시예에 대해서 살펴보았다.In the above, a specific embodiment of activating or deactivating a cell associated with a second base station by receiving the activation related indication information from the first base station has been described.
위에서 설명한 제 1 기지국의 세컨더리 셀과 제 2 기지국의 세컨더리 셀은 단말에 복수의 셀이 구성된 경우에 단말에 세컨더리 셀로 구성된 각 셀이 어느 기지국에 연관된 셀인지를 구분하기 위해서 기재하였다. 따라서, 제 1 기지국의 세컨더리 셀 및 제 2 기지국의 세컨더리 셀 각각은 제 1 기지국에 연관된 셀 및 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀과 동일한 의미로 이해될 수 있다.The secondary cell of the first base station and the secondary cell of the second base station described above have been described in order to distinguish which base station is associated with each cell composed of the secondary cell in the terminal when a plurality of cells are configured in the terminal. Therefore, each of the secondary cell of the first base station and the secondary cell of the second base station may be understood as the same meaning as the cell associated with the first base station and the cell associated with the second base station.
제 2 실시예: 제 1 기지국에 의한 RRC 시그널링을 이용하는 방법.Second Embodiment: A method using RRC signaling by a first base station.
본 발명의 또 다른 실시예에 따른 제 1 기지국은 전술한 활성화 관련 지시 정보를 상위계층 시그널링을 통해서 단말로 전송할 수도 있다.The first base station according to another embodiment of the present invention may transmit the above-described activation related indication information to the terminal through higher layer signaling.
도 7 내지 도 10을 참조하여 설명한 바와 같이 제 1 기지국은 활성화 관련 지시 정보를 단말로 전송하고, 단말은 수신된 활성화 관련 지시 정보에 기초하여 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화 또는 비활성화할 수 있다.As described with reference to FIGS. 7 to 10, the first base station transmits activation related indication information to the terminal, and the terminal may activate or deactivate a cell associated with the second base station based on the received activation related indication information.
이 경우 제 2 실시예에 따른 본 발명은 활성화 관련 지시 정보를 상위계층 시그널링(예를 들어, RRC 시그널링)에 포함하여 전송할 수 있다.In this case, the present invention according to the second embodiment may transmit activation related indication information in higher layer signaling (eg, RRC signaling).
또한, 활성화 관련 지시 정보를 수신한 단말의 동작은 도 7 내지 도 10에서 설명한 바와 동일하게 동작할 수 있다.In addition, the operation of the terminal receiving the activation related indication information may operate in the same manner as described with reference to FIGS. 7 to 10.
구체적으로 예를 들면, 제 1 기지국은 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 활성화/비활성화를 위한 정보를 RRC 연결 재구성 메시지(RRC Connection Reconfiguration message)에 포함하여 단말로 전송함으로써 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화 또는 비활성화할 수 있다. 즉 전술한 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 추가/수정 및/또는 제 2 기지국에 무선 베어러 추가/수정 프로시져를 통해 제 1 기지국과 구분되는 제 2 기지국의 추가 무선자원 구성을 포함하는 RRC 연결 재구성 메시지를 수신하면, 단말은 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화 또는 비활성화하여 구성할 수 있다. Specifically, for example, the first base station activates or deactivates the cell associated with the second base station by transmitting information for cell activation / deactivation associated with the second base station to the terminal by including the information in an RRC connection reconfiguration message. can do. That is, an RRC connection reconfiguration message including an additional radio resource configuration of a second base station that is distinguished from the first base station is received through a cell addition / modification associated with the second base station and / or a radio bearer addition / modification procedure to the second base station. In this case, the terminal may be configured by activating or deactivating a cell associated with the second base station.
전술한 바와 같이 단말은 구성된 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀에 대해 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 비활성화 타이머를 유지하고, 이의 만료(expiry)에 연관된 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 비활성화할 수 있다. 또한, 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 비활성화 타이머 역시 RRC 시그널링에 의해 구성될 수 있다. As described above, the terminal may maintain a cell deactivation timer associated with the second base station for the cell associated with the configured second base station, and deactivate the cell associated with the second base station associated with its expiry. In addition, the cell deactivation timer associated with the second base station may also be configured by RRC signaling.
전술한 바와 같이 단말은 상위계층 시그널링을 통해서 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화하는 지시 정보를 수신하는 경우, 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화한다.As described above, when the terminal receives the indication information for activating the cell associated with the second base station through higher layer signaling, the terminal activates the cell associated with the second base station.
즉, 보통의(normal) 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 오퍼레이션(예를 들어, 해당 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀에서 SRS 전송 또는 CQI/PMI/RI/PTI 측정 보고 또는 해당 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 PDCCH 모니터링 및 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 위한 PDCCH 모니터링 등)을 적용할 수 있다. 그리고 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀에 대한 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 비활성화 타이머를 시작한다.That is, a cell operation associated with a normal second base station (eg, SRS transmission or CQI / PMI / RI / PTI measurement report in a cell associated with that second base station or PDCCH monitoring of a cell associated with that second base station). And PDCCH monitoring for a cell associated with the second base station). And start the cell deactivation timer associated with the second base station for the cell associated with the second base station.
한편, 단말이 상위계층 시그널링을 통해서 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 비활성화하는 지시 정보를 수신하는 경우 단말은 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 비활성화 하고, 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 비활성화 타이머를 정지하며 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀에 연관된 HARQ 버퍼를 버린다(flush).Meanwhile, when the terminal receives indication information for deactivating a cell associated with a second base station through higher layer signaling, the terminal deactivates a cell associated with the second base station, stops a cell deactivation timer associated with the second base station, and then performs a second base station. Flush the HARQ buffer associated with the cell associated with the.
또한, 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 비활성화 타이머가 만료되거나 상위계층 시그널링을 통해서 핸드오버 명령 정보가 수신되면, 단말은 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 비활성화 하고, 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 비활성화타이머를 정지하며 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀에 연관된 HARQ 버퍼를 버린다(flush).In addition, when the cell deactivation timer associated with the second base station expires or handover command information is received through higher layer signaling, the terminal deactivates the cell associated with the second base station, stops the cell deactivation timer associated with the second base station, 2 Flush the HARQ buffer associated with the cell associated with the base station.
도 10에서 설명한 바와 같이 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀이 활성화된 상태에서 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀에 대한 PDCCH가 업링크 그랜트(UL grant) 또는 다운링크 할당(DL assignment)을 표시하거나 또는 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 스케쥴링하는 서빙셀에 대한 PDCCH가 업링크 그랜트(UL grant) 또는 다운링크 할당(DL assignment)를 표시하면, 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀에 연관된 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 비활성화 타이머를 재시작할 수도 있다.As described with reference to FIG. 10, when a cell associated with a second base station is activated, a PDCCH for a cell associated with a second base station indicates an uplink grant or a DL assignment or is assigned to a second base station. If the PDCCH for the serving cell scheduling the associated cell indicates an uplink grant or a DL assignment, the cell deactivation timer associated with the second base station associated with the cell associated with the second base station may be restarted. have.
이하에서는, 도 5 내지 도 10을 참조하여 설명한 본 발명의 각 실시예에 따른 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화 또는 비활성화하는 방법에 대한 제 1 기지국의 동작을 살펴본다.Hereinafter, an operation of a first base station for a method of activating or deactivating a cell associated with a second base station according to each embodiment of the present invention described with reference to FIGS. 5 to 10 will be described.
도 12는 본 발명의 또 다른 실시예에 따른 제 1 기지국이 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 활성화/비활성화를 제어하는 절차를 도시한 도면이다.12 is a diagram illustrating a procedure for controlling activation / deactivation of a cell associated with a second base station by a first base station according to another embodiment of the present invention.
본 발명의 일 실시예에 따른 제 1 기지국이 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화 또는 비활성화하는 방법에 있어서, 제 1 기지국과 제 2 기지국간의 시그널링 이후 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 추가수정 구성정보 및 제 2 기지국 무선베어러 추가수정 구성정보를 포함하는 상위계층 시그널링을 단말로 전송하는 단계 및 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 활성화 또는 비활성화 상태정보를 수신하는 단계를 포함한다.In a method of activating or deactivating a cell associated with a second base station by a first base station according to an embodiment of the present invention, after the signaling between the first base station and the second base station, additional cell configuration information related to the second base station and the second And transmitting higher layer signaling including base station radio bearer additional modification configuration information to the terminal and receiving activation or deactivation status information of a cell associated with the second base station.
도 12를 참조하면, 본 발명의 또 다른 실시예에 따른 제 1 기지국(1201)은 제 2 기지국(1202)과 시그널링 절차를 수행한다(S1210).12, the first base station 1201 according to another embodiment of the present invention performs a signaling procedure with the second base station 1202 (S1210).
전술한 제 1 기지국(1201)과 제 2 기지국(1202)간 시그널링은 제 1 기지국(1201)에 연관된 셀과 제 2 기지국(1202)에 연관된 셀을 구분하여 셀 인덱스 정보를 구성할 수 있다.The above-described signaling between the first base station 1201 and the second base station 1202 may configure cell index information by distinguishing a cell associated with the first base station 1201 and a cell associated with the second base station 1202.
제 1 기지국(1201)은 단말(1203)로 상위계층 시그널링을 전송한다(S1220). 상위계층 시그널링은 도 5 및 도 6을 참조하여 설명한 바와 같이 제 2 기지국(1202)에 연관된 셀 추가수정 구성정보 및 제 2 기지국(1202) 무선베어러 추가수정 구성정보를 포함할 수 있다.The first base station 1201 transmits higher layer signaling to the terminal 1203 (S1220). The higher layer signaling may include cell addition configuration information associated with the second base station 1202 and radio bearer addition modification configuration information associated with the second base station 1202 as described with reference to FIGS. 5 and 6.
단말(1203)은 상위계층 시그널링에 기초하여 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 추가/수정할 수 있고, 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 중 적어도 하나 이상의 특정 셀을 활성화 상태로 구성할 수 있다. 또한, 제 2 기지국(1202)을 통한 무선 베어러를 구성할 수 있다(S1230).The terminal 1203 may add / modify a cell associated with the second base station based on higher layer signaling, and configure at least one or more specific cells of cells associated with the second base station in an activated state. In addition, it is possible to configure a radio bearer through the second base station 1202 (S1230).
단말(1203)은 제 1 기지국(1201)으로 추가/수정된 제 2 기지국(1202)에 연관된 셀의 활성화 또는 비활성화 상태에 대한 정보를 전송한다(S1240)The terminal 1203 transmits information on an activated or deactivated state of a cell associated with the second base station 1202 added / modified to the first base station 1201 (S1240).
이상에서는, 도 5 및 도 6을 참조하여 설명한 본 발명의 일 실시예에 따른 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화하는 제 1 기지국의 방법에 대해서 설명하였다. 이하에서는, 도 7 내지 도 10을 참조하여 설명한 본 발명의 또 다른 실시예에 따른 제 1 기지국의 동작에 대해서 설명한다.In the above, the method of the first base station for activating the cell associated with the second base station according to an embodiment of the present invention described with reference to FIGS. 5 and 6 has been described. Hereinafter, the operation of the first base station according to another embodiment of the present invention described with reference to FIGS. 7 to 10 will be described.
도 13은 본 발명의 또 다른 실시예에 따른 제 1 기지국이 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화하는 절차를 도시한 도면이다.FIG. 13 illustrates a procedure of activating a cell associated with a second base station by a first base station according to another embodiment of the present invention.
본 발명에 따른 제 1 기지국(1301)이 단말(1303)에 서빙셀로 추가된 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 활성화 또는 비활성화를 제어하는 방법에 있어서, 활성화 관련 요청 정보, 단말 측정 보고 및 데이터 상태 정보 중 적어도 하나 이상의 정보에 기초하여 단말(1303)에 추가된 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 활성화 또는 비활성화를 결정하는 단계 및 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화하거나 비활성화하도록 지시하는 정보를 포함하는 활성화 관련 지시 정보를 단말(1303)로 송신하는 단계를 포함할 수 있다.A method for controlling activation or deactivation of a cell associated with a second base station added by a first base station 1301 as a serving cell to a terminal 1303 according to the present invention, the activation related request information, terminal measurement report, and data state information Determining an activation or deactivation of a cell associated with a second base station added to the terminal 1303 based on at least one or more of the information, and an activation related instruction including information indicating to activate or deactivate a cell associated with the second base station And transmitting the information to the terminal 1303.
전술한 바와 같이 본 발명에 따른 활성화 관련 지시 정보는, 매체접속제어(Media Access Control, MAC) 시그널링 또는 상위계층 시그널링에 포함되어 송신되며, 매체접속제어 시그널링은 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 활성화 여부를 지시하는 필드가 포함된 MAC 제어요소 및/또는 MAC 헤더를 포함할 수 있다(제 1 실시예의 경우).As described above, the activation related indication information according to the present invention is transmitted by being included in media access control (MAC) signaling or higher layer signaling, and the media access control signaling indicates whether the cell associated with the second base station is activated. It may include a MAC control element and / or MAC header including an indicating field (in case of the first embodiment).
도 13을 참조하면, 제 1 기지국(1301)은 활성화 관련 요청 정보, 단말 측정 보고 및 데이터 상태 정보 중 적어도 하나 이상의 정보에 기초하여 단말(1303)에 추가된 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 활성화 또는 비활성화를 결정할 수 있다(S1330).Referring to FIG. 13, the first base station 1301 activates or deactivates a cell associated with a second base station added to the terminal 1303 based on at least one or more information of activation related request information, terminal measurement report, and data state information. It may be determined (S1330).
구체적으로 예를 들면, 제 1 기지국(1301)은 제 2 기지국(1302)으로부터 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 활성화 또는 비활성화를 요청하는 활성화 관련 요청 정보를 수신할 수 있다(S1310). 또는 단말(1303)로부터 단말이 측정한 신호 상태 등의 정보를 포함하는 단말 측정 보고를 수신할 수도 있다(S1320). 또는 S1310 및 S1320 단계 없이 제 1 기지국이 단말(1303)의 데이터 상태 정보를 판단하여 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 활성화 여부를 결정할 수도 있다.More specifically, for example, the first base station 1301 may receive activation related request information for requesting activation or deactivation of a cell associated with the second base station from the second base station 1302 (S1310). Alternatively, a terminal measurement report including information such as a signal state measured by the terminal may be received from the terminal 1303 (S1320). Alternatively, without performing steps S1310 and S1320, the first base station may determine data state information of the terminal 1303 to determine whether to activate a cell associated with the second base station.
각 경우에 대해서 구체적으로 살펴보면, 제 1 기지국(1301)은 제 2 기지국(1302)으로부터 제 2 기지국(1302)의 데이터 상태에 따라 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화하기 위한 활성화 관련 요청 메시지를 수신할 수 있다.For each case, the first base station 1301 may receive an activation related request message for activating a cell associated with the second base station according to the data state of the second base station 1302 from the second base station 1302. Can be.
또 다른 방법으로 제 1 기지국(1301)은 제 1 기지국(1301)에서 제 2 기지국(1302)으로 포워딩 되는 데이터 상태 정보에 따라 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 활성화 여부를 결정할 수도 있다.Alternatively, the first base station 1301 may determine whether to activate a cell associated with the second base station according to the data state information forwarded from the first base station 1301 to the second base station 1302.
또 다른 방법으로 제 1 기지국(1301)은 단말(1303)의 측정 보고에 따라 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 활성화 여부를 결정할 수 있다.Alternatively, the first base station 1301 may determine whether to activate a cell associated with the second base station according to the measurement report of the terminal 1303.
따라서, S1310 및 S1320 단계는 그 순서에 관계없이 어느 하나 또는 모두가 실행될 수도 있고 실행되지 않을 수도 있다.Accordingly, steps S1310 and S1320 may or may not be executed in any order.
이후, 제 1 기지국(1301)은 활성화 여부 결정 결과에 따라서 단말(1303)로 전송할 활성화 관련 지시 정보를 생성한다(S1340). 단말(1303)은 제 1 기지국(1301)으로부터 활성화 관련 지시 정보를 수신하고(S1350), 활성화 관련 지시 정보에 포함된 지시 정보에 기초하여 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화 또는 비활성화를 제어할 수 있다(S1360).Thereafter, the first base station 1301 generates activation related indication information to be transmitted to the terminal 1303 according to the activation result determination result (S1340). The terminal 1303 may receive activation related indication information from the first base station 1301 (S1350), and may activate or deactivate a cell associated with the second base station based on the indication information included in the activation related indication information. (S1360).
예를 들어, 제 1 기지국(1301)은 활성화 관련 지시 정보를 전송함에 있어서, MAC 시그널링 또는 상위계층 시그널링을 이용하여 전송할 수 있다.For example, in transmitting activation related indication information, the first base station 1301 may transmit using MAC signaling or higher layer signaling.
제 1 기지국(1301)이 MAC 시그널링 또는 상위계층 시그널링을 통해서 활성화 관련 지시 정보를 전송하는 구체적인 동작은 도 5 내지 도 9에서 설명한 바와 같다.Detailed operations of the first base station 1301 transmitting activation related indication information through MAC signaling or higher layer signaling are as described with reference to FIGS. 5 to 9.
도 14는 본 발명의 또 다른 실시예에 따른 제 1 기지국이 활성화 관련 준비 메시지를 전송하는 단계를 포함하는 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 활성화 절차를 도시한 도면이다. 14 is a diagram illustrating a cell activation procedure associated with a second base station, including the step of transmitting, by a first base station, an activation related preparation message according to another embodiment of the present invention.
본 발명의 또 다른 실시예에 따른 제 1 기지국(1401)은 활성화 관련 지시 정보를 전송하기 이전에, 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 제공하는 제 2 기지국(1402)으로 제 2 기지국(1402)이 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 활성화 또는 비활성화를 준비하도록 하기 위한 활성화 관련 준비 메시지를 전송하는 단계를 더 포함할 수 있다(S1445).According to another embodiment of the present invention, before the first base station 1401 transmits the activation related indication information, the second base station 1402 is configured to the second base station 1402 providing a cell associated with the second base station. The method may further include transmitting an activation related preparation message for preparing to activate or deactivate a cell associated with the base station (S1445).
도 14를 참조하여 설명하면, 제 1 기지국(1401)은 도 10에서 설명한 바와 같이 활성화 관련 요청 정보, 단말 측정 보고 및 데이터 상태 정보 중 적어도 하나 이상의 정보에 기초하여 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 활성화 여부를 결정할 수 있다(S1430).Referring to FIG. 14, as described with reference to FIG. 10, the first base station 1401 may determine whether to activate a cell associated with a second base station based on at least one or more of information related to activation request information, terminal measurement report, and data state information. It may be determined (S1430).
제 1 기지국(1401)은 활성화 관련 지시 정보를 생성하고(S1440), 결정 결과에 따라서 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 제공하는 제 2 기지국(1402)으로 활성화 관련 준비 메시지를 전송할 수 있다(S1445).The first base station 1401 may generate activation related indication information (S1440), and transmit an activation related preparation message to the second base station 1402 providing a cell associated with the second base station according to the determination result (S1445).
즉, 제 1 기지국(1401)은 제 2 기지국(1402)이 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 활성화를 준비하도록 하기 위한 활성화 관련 준비 메시지를 제 2 기지국(1402)으로 전송할 수 있다(S1445). 예를 들어, 제 2 기지국(1402)은 수신된 활성화 관련 준비 메시지에 기초하여 제 2 기지국(1402)이 제공하는 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀에 대한 활성화 또는 비활성화 준비 과정을 진행할 수 있다.That is, the first base station 1401 may transmit an activation related preparation message for the second base station 1402 to prepare for cell activation associated with the second base station (S1445). For example, the second base station 1402 may perform an activation or deactivation preparation process for a cell associated with the second base station provided by the second base station 1402 based on the received activation related preparation message.
도 15는 본 발명의 또 다른 실시예에 따른 제 1 기지국이 활성화 상태 정보를 전송하는 단계를 포함하는 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 활성화 절차를 도시한 도면이다.15 is a diagram illustrating a cell activation procedure associated with a second base station including the step of transmitting activation state information by the first base station according to another embodiment of the present invention.
본 발명의 또 다른 실시예에 따른 제 1 기지국(1501)은 활성화 관련 지시 정보를 전송한 이후에, 단말(1503)의 활성화 상태 정보를 포함하는 메시지를 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 제공하는 제 2 기지국(1502)으로 전송하는 단계를 더 포함할 수 있다.After the first base station 1501 according to another embodiment of the present invention transmits the activation related indication information, the second base station providing a cell associated with the second base station with a message including the activation state information of the terminal 1503. The method may further include transmitting to the base station 1502.
즉, 제 1 기지국(1501)은 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화 또는 비활성화하였음을 통보하는 활성화 상태 정보 메시지를 제 2 기지국(1502)으로 전달할 수도 있다.That is, the first base station 1501 may transmit an activation status information message to the second base station 1502 indicating that the cell associated with the second base station has been activated or deactivated.
도 15를 참조하면, 제 1 기지국(1501)은 전술한 활성화 관련 요청 정보, 단말 측정 보고 및 데이터 상태 정보 중 적어도 하나 이상의 정보에 기초하여 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 활성화 여부를 결정한다(S1530).Referring to FIG. 15, the first base station 1501 determines whether to activate a cell associated with a second base station based on at least one or more of the above-described activation related request information, terminal measurement report, and data state information (S1530).
이후, 제 1 기지국(1501)은 활성화 관련 지시 정보를 생성하고(S1540), 단말(1503)로 생성된 활성화 관련 지시 정보를 전송한다(S1550).Thereafter, the first base station 1501 generates activation related indication information (S1540) and transmits the activation related indication information generated to the terminal 1503 (S1550).
단말(1503)은 전술한 활성화 관련 지시 정보에 기초하여 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화 또는 비활성화한다(S1560). The terminal 1503 activates or deactivates a cell associated with the second base station based on the above-described activation related indication information (S1560).
제 1 기지국(1501)은 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 제공하는 제 2 기지국(1502)으로 단말(1503)에 구성된 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 중에 제 2 기지국(1502)이 제공하는 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 활성화 상태에 대한 정보를 포함하는 활성화 상태 정보 메시지를 전송할 수 있다(S1565). S1565 단계는 S1560 단계 이전에 이루어질 수도 있고, 동시에 이루어질 수도 있으며, 도 15와 같이 S1560 단계 이후에 이루어질 수도 있다.The first base station 1501 is a second base station 1502 that provides a cell associated with the second base station, and is associated with a second base station provided by the second base station 1502 among the cells associated with the second base station configured in the terminal 1503. An activation state information message including information about an activation state of a cell may be transmitted (S1565). Step S1565 may be performed before step S1560, may be performed at the same time, or may be performed after step S1560 as shown in FIG.
이상에서는 제 1 실시예 및 제 2 실시예에 따른 제 1 기지국의 동작에 대해서 좀 더 구체적으로 설명하였다.In the above, the operation of the first base station according to the first and second embodiments has been described in more detail.
이하에서는 단말이 추가된 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화 또는 비활성화하는 또 다른 방법에 대해서 단말 및 기지국의 동작을 각각 살펴본다.Hereinafter, an operation of the terminal and the base station will be described for another method of activating or deactivating a cell associated with the second base station to which the terminal is added.
제 3 실시예: 제 2 기지국에 의한 MAC 시그널링을 이용하는 방법.Third embodiment: A method using MAC signaling by a second base station.
도 16은 본 발명의 또 다른 실시예에 따른 제 2 기지국이 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 활성화/비활성화를 제어하는 절차를 도시한 도면이다.FIG. 16 is a diagram illustrating a procedure of controlling activation / deactivation of a cell associated with a second base station by a second base station according to another embodiment of the present invention.
본 발명의 또 다른 실시예에 따른 제 2 기지국 이 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화 또는 비활성화하는 방법에 있어서, 제 1 기지국과 제 2 기지국간의 시그널링 과정에서 제 2 기지국이 제 1 기지국을 통해 단말로 전송할 상위계층 시그널링을 생성하는 단계와 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 통해 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화하거나 비활성화하도록 지시하는 정보를 포함하는 활성화 관련 지시 정보를 단말로 전송하는 단계 및 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 활성화 또는 비활성화 상태정보를 제 1 기지국으로 전송하는 단계를 포함한다.In a method for activating or deactivating a cell associated with a second base station by a second base station according to another embodiment of the present invention, in a signaling process between the first base station and the second base station, the second base station is transmitted to the terminal through the first base station. Generating higher layer signaling to transmit, and transmitting activation related indication information to the terminal, the activation related indication information including information indicating to activate or deactivate a cell associated with the second base station via a cell associated with the second base station; And transmitting the activation or deactivation status information of the cell to the first base station.
도 16을 참조하여 설명하면, 제 2 기지국(1602)은 제 1 기지국(1601)과 시그널링을 송수신한다. 예를 들어, 제 1 기지국(1601)은 제 2 기지국(1602)로 시그널링 요청을 전송할 수 있다(S1610). 제 2 기지국(1602)는 상위계층 시그널링을 생성하고(S1620), 제 1 기지국으로 시그널링 응답을 전송할 수 있다(S1625).Referring to FIG. 16, the second base station 1602 transmits and receives signaling with the first base station 1601. For example, the first base station 1601 may transmit a signaling request to the second base station 1602 (S1610). The second base station 1602 may generate higher layer signaling (S1620) and transmit a signaling response to the first base station (S1625).
제 2 기지국(1602)과 제 1 기지국(1601)간 시그널링은 제 1 기지국(1601)에 연관된 셀과 제 2 기지국(1602)에 연관된 셀을 구분하여 셀 인덱스 정보를 구성할 수 있다.The signaling between the second base station 1602 and the first base station 1601 may configure cell index information by dividing a cell associated with the first base station 1601 and a cell associated with the second base station 1602.
제 2 기지국(1602)은 제 1 기지국(1601)을 통해 단말(1603)로 전송할 상위계층 시그널링을 생성할 수 있다(S1620). 생성된 상위계층 시그널링은 도 5 및 도 6에서 설명한 바와 같이 제 1 기지국(1601)을 통해서 단말(1603)로 전송될 수 있다(S1630).The second base station 1602 may generate higher layer signaling to be transmitted to the terminal 1603 through the first base station 1601 (S1620). The generated higher layer signaling may be transmitted to the terminal 1603 through the first base station 1601 as described with reference to FIGS. 5 and 6 (S1630).
단말(1603)은 상위계층 시그널링에 기초하여 제 2 기지국에 연관된 특정 셀을 활성화 상태로 구성할 수 있다(S1640). 활성화 상태로 구성되는 특정 셀은 도 5 및 도 6을 참조하여 설명한 바와 같이 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀이 복수인 경우에 적어도 하나 이상의 셀이 될 수 있다.The terminal 1603 may configure a specific cell associated with the second base station in an activated state based on higher layer signaling (S1640). As described with reference to FIGS. 5 and 6, the specific cell configured in the activated state may be at least one cell when there are a plurality of cells associated with the second base station.
이후, 제 2 기지국(1602)은 활성화 관련 지시 정보를 단말(1603)로 전송한다(S1650). 활성화 관련 지시 정보는 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 중 활성화 상태로 구성되는 특정 셀과 구별되는 셀을 활성화하거나 비활성화하도록 지시하는 정보를 포함할 수 있다.Thereafter, the second base station 1602 transmits activation related indication information to the terminal 1603 (S1650). The activation related indication information may include information indicating to activate or deactivate a cell distinguished from a specific cell configured in an activated state among cells associated with the second base station.
또한, 일 예로, 활성화 관련 지시 정보는 매체접속제어(MAC) 시그널링에 포함되어 전송될 수 있으며, 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 활성화 여부를 지시하는 필드가 포함된 MAC 제어요소 및 MAC 헤더 중 적어도 어느 하나를 포함할 수 있다.In addition, as an example, the activation related indication information may be transmitted in a medium access control (MAC) signaling, and at least any one of a MAC control element and a MAC header including a field indicating whether the cell associated with the second base station is activated. It may include one.
제 2 기지국(1602)은 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 활성화 또는 비활성화 상태 정보를 제 1 기지국(1601)으로 전송할 수 있다(S1670).The second base station 1602 may transmit the activation or deactivation state information of the cell associated with the second base station to the first base station 1601 (S1670).
이상에서, 도 16을 참조하여 설명한 제 2 기지국이 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 활성화 여부를 제어하는 방법을 설명하였다. 이하에서는 도 17을 참조하여 제 2 기지국이 활성화 여부를 제어하는 또 다른 방법을 좀 더 구체적으로 설명한다.In the above, the method in which the second base station described with reference to FIG. 16 controls whether the cell associated with the second base station is activated has been described. Hereinafter, another method of controlling whether the second base station is activated will be described in more detail with reference to FIG. 17.
도 17에서 설명하는 방법 중 일부는 도 16에서 설명한 방법과 유사/동일하거나 좀 더 구체적인 동작이 포함될 수 있다.Some of the methods described with reference to FIG. 17 may include operations similar to, or more specific to, the methods described with reference to FIG. 16.
도 17은 본 발명의 또 다른 실시예에 따른 제 2 기지국이 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화하는 절차를 도시한 도면이다.17 is a diagram illustrating a procedure of activating a cell associated with a second base station by a second base station according to another embodiment of the present invention.
본 발명의 또 다른 실시예에 따른 제 2 기지국(1702)이 단말(1703)에 서빙셀로 추가된 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 활성화 또는 비활성화를 제어하는 방법에 있어서, 매크로 셀을 제공하는 제 1 기지국(1701)으로부터 활성화 관련 지시 정보 전송 요청 메시지를 수신하는 단계 및 활성화 관련 지시 정보 전송 요청 메시지에 기초하여 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화하거나 비활성화하도록 지시하는 정보를 포함하는 활성화 관련 지시 정보를 단말(1703)로 전송하는 단계를 포함한다.In the method for the second base station 1702 according to another embodiment of the present invention to control the activation or deactivation of the cell associated with the second base station added as a serving cell to the terminal 1703, a first cell for providing a macro cell Receiving activation related indication information from the base station 1701 and receiving the activation related indication information including information indicating to activate or deactivate a cell associated with the second base station based on the activation related indication information transmission request message. And sending to 1703.
본 발명의 또 다른 실시예에 따른 활성화 관련 지시 정보는, 매체접속제어(Media Access Control, MAC) 시그널링에 포함되어 전송되며, 매체접속제어 시그널링은 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 식별하여 활성화 여부를 지시하는 필드가 포함된 MAC 제어요소 및/또는 MAC (서브)헤더를 포함할 수 있다.The activation related indication information according to another embodiment of the present invention is included in media access control (MAC) signaling and transmitted, and the medium access control signaling indicates whether to activate by identifying a cell associated with the second base station. It may include a MAC control element and / or MAC (sub) header including a field to.
또한, 본 발명의 또 다른 실시예에 따른 제 2 기지국(1702)은 활성화 관련 지시 정보를 전송한 이후에, 단말(1703)의 활성화 상태 정보를 포함하는 메시지를 제 1 기지국(1701)으로 전송하는 단계를 더 포함할 수도 있다.In addition, after transmitting the activation related indication information, the second base station 1702 according to another embodiment of the present invention transmits a message including the activation state information of the terminal 1703 to the first base station 1701. It may further comprise a step.
도 17을 참조하여 각 단계에 대해서 구체적으로 설명한다.Each step will be described in detail with reference to FIG. 17.
제 1 기지국(1701)은 도 13 내지 도 15에서 설명한 바와 같이 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 활성화 여부를 결정할 수 있다(S1730). 이 경우 제 2 기지국(1701)로부터 활성화 관련 요청 정보를 수신할 수도 있고(S1710), 단말(1703)로부터 단말 측정 보고를 수신할 수도 있다(S1720). 또는 전술한 바와 같이 데이터 상태 정보만을 이용하여 결정할 수도 있다. 예를 들어, 제 1 기지국과 제 2 기지국을 함께 이용하는 무선베어러가 구성되었을 때, 제 2 기지국 부하나 무선품질 열화 등으로 제 2 기지국에 구성된 RLC 개체에서 잦은 재전송을 유발되거나 물리계층에서 연속적인 문제(예를 들어, N311 consecutive "in-sync" indications)가 확인되는 경우, 제 2 기지국은 제 1 기지국으로 비활성화를 요청하거나 제 2 기지국의 결정에 따라 직접 단말로 비활성화 지시정보를 전달할 수 있다.As described with reference to FIGS. 13 to 15, the first base station 1701 may determine whether to activate a cell associated with the second base station (S1730). In this case, activation related request information may be received from the second base station 1701 (S1710), or a terminal measurement report may be received from the terminal 1703 (S1720). Alternatively, as described above, it may be determined using only data state information. For example, when a radio bearer using both the first base station and the second base station is configured, frequent retransmission is caused in the RLC entity configured in the second base station due to the second base station load or radio quality deterioration, or a continuous problem in the physical layer. For example, when N311 consecutive "in-sync" indications are confirmed, the second base station may request deactivation from the first base station or directly transmit deactivation indication information to the terminal according to the determination of the second base station.
제 1 기지국(1701)이 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 활성화 여부를 결정하면, 제 2 기지국(1702)은 제 1 기지국(1701)으로부터 활성화 관련 지시 정보의 전송을 요청하는 전송 요청 메시지를 수신할 수 있다(S1740).When the first base station 1701 determines whether to activate a cell associated with the second base station, the second base station 1702 may receive a transmission request message requesting transmission of activation related indication information from the first base station 1701. There is (S1740).
구체적으로 예를 들면, 제 1 기지국(1701)은 제 1 기지국(1701)에서 제 2 기지국(1702)으로 전달되는 데이터 상태에 따라 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화 또는 비활성화하기 위한 요청 메시지를 제 2 기지국(1702)으로 전송할 수 있다.Specifically, for example, the first base station 1701 may generate a second request message for activating or deactivating a cell associated with the second base station according to a data state transmitted from the first base station 1701 to the second base station 1702. May transmit to the base station 1702.
또 다른 방법으로 제 1 기지국(1701)은 단말(1703)의 측정 보고에 기초하여 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화 또는 비활성화하기 위한 요청 메시지를 제 2 기지국(1702)으로 송신할 수 있다.Alternatively, the first base station 1701 may transmit a request message for activating or deactivating a cell associated with the second base station based on the measurement report of the terminal 1703 to the second base station 1702.
본 발명에 따른 제 2 기지국(1702)은 전술한 활성화 관련 지시 정보 전송 요청 메시지를 수신하고, 이 메시지에 기초하여 활성화 관련 지시 정보를 생성한다(S1750). The second base station 1702 according to the present invention receives the above-described activation related indication information transmission request message and generates activation related indication information based on this message (S1750).
이후, 제 2 기지국(1702)은 활성화 관련 지시 정보를 단말(1703)로 전송할 수 있다(S1760). 구체적으로 제 2 기지국(1702)은 제 2 기지국 내 활성화된 제 2 기지국에 연관된 특정 셀을 통해 활성화 관련 지시 정보를 매체접속제어(Media Access Control, MAC) 시그널링에 포함하여 전송할 수 있다. 또는 제 2 기지국(1702)은 전술한 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 활성화 또는 비활성화 지시 정보를 전달할 제 2 기지국 내 활성화된 제 2 기지국에 연관된 특정 셀을 통해 활성화 관련 지시 정보를 매체접속제어(Media Access Control, MAC) 시그널링에 포함하여 전송할 수 있다Thereafter, the second base station 1702 may transmit activation related indication information to the terminal 1703 (S1760). In more detail, the second base station 1702 may include activation related indication information in Media Access Control (MAC) signaling through a specific cell associated with the activated second base station in the second base station. Alternatively, the second base station 1702 may transmit the activation related indication information through a specific cell associated with the activated second base station in the second base station to transmit the activation or deactivation indication information of the cell associated with the above-described second base station (Media Access Control). Control, MAC) can be included in the signaling
매체접속제어 시그널링은 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 활성화 여부를 지시하는 필드가 포함된 MAC 제어요소 및/또는 MAC (서브)헤더를 포함할 수 있다. The medium access control signaling may include a MAC control element and / or MAC (sub) header including a field indicating whether the cell associated with the second base station is activated.
구체적으로 예를 들어 설명하면, 도 11을 참조하여 설명한 바와 같이 제 2 기지국(1702)이 전송하는 활성화 관련 지시 정보가 포함되는 MAC 제어 요소(MAC control element)는 논리 채널 ID(logical channel ID, LCID)를 가진 MAC PDU(Protocol Data Unit) 서브헤더(subheader)에 의해 식별될 수 있다.Specifically, as described with reference to FIG. 11, the MAC control element including the activation related indication information transmitted by the second base station 1702 is a logical channel ID (LCID). It can be identified by a MAC Protocol Data Unit (PDU) subheader with
구체적으로 일 예를 들어 설명하면, MAC 제어 요소는 고정된 크기를 가지며 일곱 개의 C-field와 하나의 R-field를 포함하는 단일 옥텟으로 구성된다. Specifically, as an example, the MAC control element has a fixed size and consists of a single octet including seven C-fields and one R-field.
만약 SCell인덱스(SCellindex) 또는 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 인덱스 i를 가지고 구성된 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀이 있다면 이 필드는 SCell인덱스 i 또는 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 인덱스 i를 가진 SCell 또는 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 활성화 상태를 표시한다.If there is a cell associated with the second base station configured with the SCellindex or the cell index i associated with the second base station, this field is associated with the SCell or second base station with the cell index i associated with the SCell index i or the second base station. Displays the active state of the cell.
또는 SCell 인덱스 i를 가지고 SCell로 구성된 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀이 있다면, 이 필드는 SCeill 인덱스 i 또는 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 인덱스 i를 가진 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 활성화 상태를 표시한다.Or if there is a cell associated with the second base station configured with SCell with SCell index i, this field indicates the activation state of the cell associated with the second base station with SCeill index i or cell index i associated with the second base station.
구체적으로 일 예를 들면, Ci 필드가 "1"로 세팅되면 해당 SCell 또는 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀이 활성화되어야 함을 표시하고, "0"로 세팅되면 해당 SCell 또는 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀이 비활성화되어야 함을 표시한다.Specifically, for example, when the Ci field is set to "1", it indicates that the cell associated with the corresponding SCell or the second base station should be activated. If set to "0", the cell associated with the corresponding SCell or the second base station is deactivated. Indicate that it should be.
또 다른 방법으로 전술한 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀이 구성된 경우 R 필드를 이용하여 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 활성화/비활성화를 표시할 수도 있다.Alternatively, when the cell associated with the second base station is configured, the R field may be used to indicate activation / deactivation of the cell associated with the second base station.
구체적으로 일 예를 들면, R필드가 "1"로 세팅되면 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀이 활성화되었음을 표시하고, "0"으로 세팅되면 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀이 비활성화되었음을 표시할 수도 있다. 매크로셀 제어 하에 또는 매크로셀과 협력하여 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 추가하여 R필드를 이용해 활성화/비활성화를 구분하는 경우, 전술한 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 인덱스 또는 SCell 인덱스는 사용하지 않거나, 제 1 기지국 SCell 인덱스로 사용하는 값(예를 들어, C1~C7)이 아닌 값(예를 들어, C8)을 추가하여 사용할 수도 있다. R필드를 이용하여 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 활성화/비활성화를 표시하는 또 다른 예로, R필드(908)가 "1"로 세팅되면 Ci 필드가 세컨더리 셀 인덱스 i를 가진 제 2 기지국의 세컨더리 셀(스몰셀)에 대해 활성화("1)/비활성화("0") 되어야 함을 표시하고, R필드(908)이 "0"로 세팅되면 Ci 필드가 세컨더리 셀 인덱스 i를 가진 제 1 기지국의 세컨더리 셀에 대해 활성화/비활성화 되어야 함을 표시할 수 있다. 다른 예로, Ci필드 중 하나(예를 들어, C6 또는 C7)를 제 1 기지국의 세컨더리 셀들과 제 2 기지국의 세컨더리 셀들을 구분하여 식별할 수 있도록 지정하여 상기 특정 Ci필드(예를 들어, C6 또는 C7)가 "1"로 세팅되면 다른 Ci 필드(예를 들어, C1, C2, C3, C4, C5)가 세컨더리 셀 인덱스 i를 가진 제 2 기지국의 세컨더리 셀(스몰셀)에 대해 활성화("1)/비활성화("0") 되어야 함을 표시하고, 상기 특정 Ci필드(예를 들어, C6 또는 C7)가 "0"로 세팅되면 다른 Ci 필드(예를 들어, C1, C2, C3, C4, C5) 가 세컨더리 셀 인덱스 i를 가진 마스터기지국의 세컨더리 셀에 대해 활성화/비활성화 되어야 함을 표시할 수 있다.Specifically, for example, when the R field is set to "1", it may indicate that the cell associated with the second base station is activated, and if it is set to "0", it may indicate that the cell associated with the second base station is deactivated. In case of activating / deactivating by using the R field by adding a cell associated with the second base station under macro cell control or in cooperation with the macro cell, the cell index or SCell index associated with the second base station is not used, or the first It may be used by adding a value (for example, C8) that is not a value (for example, C1 to C7) used as the base station SCell index. As another example of indicating activation / deactivation of a cell associated with a second base station using the R field, when the R field 908 is set to "1", the secondary cell of the second base station having the secondary cell index i having the Ci field (i) Secondary cell of the first base station with the Ci field having the secondary cell index i when the R field 908 is set to "0", indicating that it should be activated ("1) / deactivated (" 0 ") for the small cell) In another example, one of the Ci fields (for example, C6 or C7) may be distinguished from secondary cells of the first base station and secondary cells of the second base station. If the particular Ci field (e.g., C6 or C7) is set to " 1 ", the second base station with another Ci field (e.g., C1, C2, C3, C4, C5) having a secondary cell index i. It should be enabled ("1) / deactivated (" 0 ") for the secondary cell (small cell) of If the specific Ci field (e.g., C6 or C7) is set to "0", the master base station with another Ci field (e.g., C1, C2, C3, C4, C5) has a secondary cell index i. It may indicate that it should be activated / deactivated for the secondary cell of.
또 다른 방법으로 전술한 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀이 구성된 경우, 단말이 제 1 기지국의 세컨더리 셀들과 제 2 기지국의 세컨더리 셀들을 구분하여 식별할 수 있도록, 제 2 기지국의 세컨더리 셀들에 대한 활성화/비활성화 MAC 제어요소 식별을 위한 MAC PDU 서브헤더(subheader)에 포함되는 논리 채널 ID(logical channel ID, LCID)를 제 1 기지국의 세컨더리 셀들에 대한 활성화/비활성화 MAC 제어요소 식별을 위한 LCID값(11011)과 다른 값을 사용하도록 할 수 있다.Alternatively, when a cell associated with the second base station is configured as described above, activation / deactivation of secondary cells of the second base station is performed so that the terminal can distinguish and identify the secondary cells of the first base station and the secondary cells of the second base station. A logical channel ID (LCID) included in a MAC PDU subheader for identifying a MAC control element, and an LCID value 11011 for identifying a MAC control element for activation / deactivation of secondary cells of the first base station; You can choose to use a different value.
전술한 바와 같이 제 2 기지국(1702)이 활성화 관련 지시 정보를 단말(1703)로 전송하면, 단말(1703)은 활성화 관련 지시 정보에 기초하여 해당 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화 또는 비활성화할 수 있다(S1770).As described above, when the second base station 1702 transmits activation related indication information to the terminal 1703, the terminal 1703 may activate or deactivate a cell associated with the corresponding second base station based on the activation related indication information. (S1770).
또한, 본 발명의 또 다른 실시예에 따른 제 2 기지국(1702)은 활성화 관련 지시 정보를 전송한 이후에, 단말의 활성화 상태 정보를 포함하는 메시지를 제 1 기지국(1701)으로 전송하는 단계를 더 포함할 수도 있다(S1775).Also, after the second base station 1702 according to another embodiment of the present invention transmits the activation related indication information, the second base station 1702 further transmits a message including the activation state information of the terminal to the first base station 1701. It may also include (S1775).
즉, 제 2 기지국(1702)은 활성화 관련 지시 정보를 단말(1703)로 전송하고 제 2 기지국(1702)이 단말(1703)에 제공하는 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀에 대한 활성화 상태 정보를 제 1 기지국(1701)으로 전송할 수 있다. That is, the second base station 1702 transmits activation related indication information to the terminal 1703 and provides activation state information about a cell associated with the second base station provided by the second base station 1702 to the terminal 1703. And transmit to 1701.
제 1 기지국(1701)은 제 2 기지국(1702)으로부터 해당 정보를 수신하여 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 활성화 또는 비활성화 상태에 대한 정보를 획득할 수 있다.The first base station 1701 may receive the corresponding information from the second base station 1702 to obtain information on the activated or deactivated state of the cell associated with the second base station.
또 다른 방법으로 단말(1703)은 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 활성화 또는 비활성화 상태에 대한 정보를 제 1 기지국(1701)으로 전송할 수도 있다.Alternatively, the terminal 1703 may transmit information about the activated or deactivated state of the cell associated with the second base station to the first base station 1701.
이상에서 도 16 및 도 17을 참조하여 설명한 바와 같이 본 발명의 제 3 실시예에 따른 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 활성화 또는 비활성화 지시 정보를 수신한 단말은 도 5 내지 도 10에서 설명한 바와 같이 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화하거나 비활성화할 수 있다.As described above with reference to FIGS. 16 and 17, the terminal that receives the cell activation or deactivation indication information associated with the second base station according to the third embodiment of the present invention is the second base station as described with reference to FIGS. 5 to 10. A cell associated with may be activated or deactivated.
구체적으로 단말은 구성된 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀에 대해 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 비활성화 타이머를 유지한다. 그리고 이의 만료(expiry)에 연관된 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 비활성화한다. 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 비활성화 타이머는 RRC 시그널링에 의해 구성될 수 있다. 마스터기지국과 제 2 기지국 간의 비이상적인 백홀 지연으로 제 1 기지국이 제 2 기지국 세컨더리 셀의 활성화 상태에 대한 정보를 빠르게 확인할 수 없을 수 있으므로, 전술한 비활성화 타이머는 제 1 기지국의 세컨더리 셀 비활성화 타이머(sCellDeactivationTimer-r10)와 다른 필드를 정의하여 구성하도록 할 수 있다. Specifically, the terminal maintains a cell deactivation timer associated with the second base station for the cell associated with the configured second base station. And deactivates the cell associated with the second base station associated with its expiry. The cell deactivation timer associated with the second base station may be configured by RRC signaling. Because the non-ideal backhaul delay between the master base station and the second base station may prevent the first base station from quickly checking the information on the activation state of the second base station secondary cell, the above deactivation timer is the second cell deactivation timer (sCellDeactivationTimer). Fields other than -r10) can be defined and configured.
단말은 각각의 TTI(Transmission Time Interval) 및 각각의 구성된 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀에 대해 이번 TTI에 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화하는 활성화 관련 지시 정보를 포함하는 MAC CE를 수신하면, TTI에 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화한다. 또 다른 방법으로 제 1 기지국과 제 2 기지국간의 비이상적 백홀 지연을 고려하여 단말은 각각의 TTI(Transmission Time Interval) 및 각각의 구성된 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀에 대해 이번 TTI에 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화하는 활성화 관련 지시 정보를 수신하면, 이번 TTI에서 제 1 기지국과 제 2 기지국간의 비이상적 백홀 지연시간이 지난 이후 TTI(또는 이번 TTI에서 제 1 기지국과 제 2 기지국간의 비이상적 백홀 지연시간의 두 배 시간이 지난 이후 TTI)에 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화한다. 상기한 백홀 지연시간은 제 1 기지국에 의해 상위계층 시그널링을 통해 구성될 수 있다.When the terminal receives the MAC CE including activation related indication information for activating a cell associated with the second base station in this TTI for each transmission time interval (TTI) and a cell associated with each configured second base station, 2 Activates the cell associated with the base station. Alternatively, in consideration of the non-ideal backhaul delay between the first base station and the second base station, the terminal may transmit a cell associated with the second base station to this TTI for a cell associated with each transmission time interval (TTI) and each configured second base station. Receiving activation related indication information for activating the TTI, after the non-ideal backhaul delay time between the first base station and the second base station in the TTI (or the non-ideal backhaul delay time between the first base station and the second base station in this TTI) After twice the time, activate the cell associated with the second base station (TTI). The backhaul delay time may be configured by higher layer signaling by the first base station.
보통의(normal) 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 오퍼레이션(예를 들어, 해당 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀에서 SRS 전송 또는 CQI/PMI/RI/PTI 측정 보고 또는 해당 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 및 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 위한 PDCCH 모니터링 등)을 수행한다. 그리고 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀과 연관된 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 비활성화 타이머를 시작한다. 위에서 설명한 바와 같이 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 비활성화 타이머가 만료되면, 해당 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀은 비활성화될 수 있다.Cell operations associated with a normal second base station (e.g., an SRS transmission or CQI / PMI / RI / PTI measurement report or a cell associated with that second base station in a cell associated with that second base station) PDCCH monitoring, etc. for the cell associated with the. And start the cell deactivation timer associated with the second base station associated with the cell associated with the second base station. As described above, when the cell deactivation timer associated with the second base station expires, the cell associated with the second base station may be deactivated.
만약, 단말이 비활성화 지시 정보를 포함하는 MAC CE를 수신하면, 단말은 TTI에 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 비활성화하고, 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 비활성화 타이머를 정지하고 해당 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀과 연관된 HARQ 버퍼를 버린다(flush).If the terminal receives the MAC CE including deactivation indication information, the terminal deactivates the cell associated with the second base station in the TTI, stops the cell deactivation timer associated with the second base station and is associated with the cell associated with the second base station. Flush the HARQ buffer.
또는 이번 TTI에 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 비활성화 타이머가 만료되면, 단말은 TTI에 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 비활성화하고, 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 비활성화 타이머를 정지하고 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀과 연관된 HARQ 버퍼를 버린다(flush).Or if the cell deactivation timer associated with the second base station expires at this TTI, the terminal deactivates the cell associated with the second base station in the TTI, stops the cell deactivation timer associated with the second base station, and the HARQ associated with the cell associated with the second base station. Flush the buffer.
또는 단말이 핸드오버 명령(handover command) 정보를 포함하는 상위계층 시그널링을 수신하면 하위계층에 구성된 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 비활성화 상태로 고려되도록 구성한다. Alternatively, when the terminal receives the higher layer signaling including the handover command information, the terminal is configured to consider the cell associated with the second base station configured in the lower layer as an inactive state.
즉, 단말이 제 1 기지국으로부터 이동성 제어 정보(Mobility Control Information)을 포함한 RRC연결 재구성(Connection Reconfiguration) 메시지를 수신하면, 단말은 하위 계층에 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 또는 SCell로 구성된 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 비활성화 상태로 고려되도록 구성한다. 단말은 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 활성화 지시 정보를 수신하기 전까지 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 비활성화된 상태로 유지할 수도 있다.That is, when the terminal receives an RRC connection reconfiguration message including mobility control information from the first base station, the terminal is associated with a second base station configured with a cell or SCell associated with the second base station in a lower layer. Configure the cell to be considered inactive. The terminal may keep the cell associated with the second base station in an inactive state until receiving the cell activation indication information associated with the second base station.
또는 스몰셀이 활성화된 상태에서 스몰셀에 대한 PDCCH가 업링크 그랜트(UL grant) 또는 다운링크 할당(DL assignment)을 표시하거나 또는 스몰셀을 스케쥴링하는 서빙셀에 대한 PDCCH가 업링크 그랜트(UL grant) 또는 다운링크 할당(DL assignment)를 표시하면, 스몰셀과 연관된 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 비활성화 타이머를 재시작할 수도 있다.Alternatively, when the small cell is activated, the PDCCH for the small cell indicates an uplink grant or downlink assignment, or the PDCCH for the serving cell for scheduling the small cell is an uplink grant. ) Or DL assignment, the cell deactivation timer associated with the second base station associated with the small cell may be restarted.
이상에서는 단말에 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀이 추가/수정되는 경우에 본 발명이 적용되는 경우를 도면을 참조하여 설명하였다.In the above, a case in which the present invention is applied to a case where a cell associated with a second base station is added / modified to a terminal has been described with reference to the drawings.
본 발명은 앞에서 설명한 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀이 추가/수정되는 경우뿐 아니라, 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 추가/수정과 함께 단말에 제 2 기지국을 통한 사용자 플레인 데이터 전송을 위한 데이터 무선 베어러(Data Radio Bearer, DRB)가 추가/수정되는 경우에도 적용될 수 있다. 전술한 제 2 기지국에 연관된 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 추가/수정 및 제 2 기지국을 통한 무선 베어러 추가/수정은 하나의 프로시져를 통해 제공될 수 있다. 즉, 제 1 기지국이 제 2 기지국을 통한 사용자 데이터 전송을 결정하면, 제 1 기지국과 제 2 기지국간 시그널링을 통해 제 2 기지국에 연관된 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 추가/수정 및/또는 제 2 기지국 무선베어러를 구성할 수 있다. 이하에서는 본 발명에 따른 제 1 기지국이 제 2 기지국을 통한 사용자 플레인 데이터 전송을 결정하여 데이터 무선 베어러를 추가/수정하는 절차를 설명한다.The present invention is not only a case where a cell associated with a second base station is added / modified as described above, but also a data radio bearer for user plane data transmission through a second base station to a terminal together with cell addition / modification associated with a second base station. This may also apply to cases where DRB) is added / modified. The above-described cell addition / modification associated with the second base station associated with the second base station and radio bearer addition / modification through the second base station may be provided through one procedure. That is, when the first base station determines user data transmission through the second base station, through the signaling between the first base station and the second base station, the cell addition / modification associated with the second base station associated with the second base station and / or the second base station radio Bearers can be configured. Hereinafter, a procedure of adding / modifying a data radio bearer by determining a user plane data transmission through a second base station by a first base station according to the present invention will be described.
제 1 기지국이 제 2 기지국을 통한 또는 제 1 기지국과 제 2 기지국을 통한 사용자 플레인 데이터 전송을 결정하면(예를 들어, 제 2 기지국에 DRBs를 추가/수정을 결정하면) 제 1 기지국은 제 2 기지국으로 사용자 플레인 데이터 전송을 위해 베어러 설정을 요청하기 위한 메시지를 보낸다. 또는 DRBs 설정을 위해 베어러 설정을 요청하기 위한 메시지를 보낸다. 제 2 기지국을 통한 사용자 플레인 데이터 전송을 위해 베어러 설정을 요청하기 위한 메시지(예를 들어 제 2 기지국 베어러 추가 /수정 요청 메시지 또는 제 2 기지국 추가/수정 요청 메시지)는 다음 중 적어도 하나 이상의 정보를 포함할 수 있다.If the first base station determines user plane data transmission through the second base station or through the first base station and the second base station (e.g., decides to add / modify DRBs to the second base station), then the first base station A message is sent to the base station to request bearer setup for user plane data transmission. Or, it sends a message for requesting bearer setup for DRBs setup. A message (eg, a second base station bearer add / modify request message or a second base station add / modify request message) for requesting bearer setup for user plane data transmission through a second base station includes at least one of the following information: can do.
■ 메시지 타입: 메시지의 프로시져 유형을 식별하기 위한 정보를 포함한다. 전술한 메시지는 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 추가/수정을 요청하기 위한 메시지와 동일한 메시지에 제 2 기지국 무선 베어러를 추가/수정을 포함하여 요청하기 위한 메시지일 수도 있다.■ Message Type: Contains information to identify the procedure type of the message. The above-described message may be a message for requesting addition / modification of a second base station radio bearer to the same message for requesting cell addition / modification associated with the second base station.
■ 제 1 기지국 단말 X2AP ID: 제 1 기지국에 의해 할당되는 식별자 정보를 포함한다.First base station terminal X2AP ID: Contains identifier information allocated by the first base station.
■ 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 ID: 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 E-UTRAN Cell Global Identifier (ECGI) 또는 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 PCI(Physical Cell ID) 정보를 포함한다.■ Cell ID associated with the second base station: Contains E-UTRAN Cell Global Identifier (ECGI) of the cell associated with the second base station or cell PCI (Physical Cell ID) information associated with the second base station.
■ 단말 컨택스트 정보■ terminal context information
◆ 단말 Security capabilities: 단말 내에 암호화와 무결성 보호를 위해 지원되는 알고리즘, 또는 단말 내에 암호화를 위해 지원되는 알고리즘, 또는 단말 내에 사용자 플레인 데이터의 암호화를 위해 지원되는 알고리즘에 대한 정보를 포함한다. 또 다른 방법으로 단말 Security capabilities 정보는 베어러 설정 요청 메시지에 포함되지 않고 제 1 기지국에서만 관리할 수도 있다.   ◆ Terminal Security capabilities: Contains information about the algorithms supported for encryption and integrity protection in the terminal, the algorithms supported for encryption in the terminal, or the algorithms supported for encryption of user plane data in the terminal. Alternatively, the terminal security capabilities information may be managed only at the first base station without being included in the bearer establishment request message.
◆AS Security Information 또는 AS Security Key: 제 2 기지국에서 사용자 플레인 데이터에 대한 암호화 키(KUPenc) 정보, 또는 제 2 기지국에서 사용자 플레인 데이터에 대한 암호화 키(KUPenc)를 유도하기 위한 기지국 키(K기지국) 정보를 포함한다. 전술한 값은 제 1 기지국의 KUPenc 또는 기지국 키(K기지국)과 동일한 값을 사용할 수 있다. 또 다른 방법으로 제 1 기지국에서 제 2 기지국을 통해 사용자 데이터를 전송하는 경우 제 2 기지국에서 PDCP를 제외한 RLC/MAC/PHY 기능만을 수행하는 경우 AS Security Information 또는 AS Security Key 정보를 포함하지 않을 수 있다.AS Security Information or AS Security Key: A base station key (K UPenc ) for deriving encryption key (K UPenc ) information for user plane data at a second base station or a user plane data at a second base station (K UPenc ). Base station) information. The above-described value may use the same value as K UPenc or the base station key (K base station) of the first base station. Alternatively, when the first base station transmits user data through the second base station, when the second base station performs only the RLC / MAC / PHY function except for the PDCP, the AS base station may not include the AS security information or the AS security key information. .
◆ 단말 Aggregate Maximum Bit Rate: 단말당 모든 Non-GBR 베어러들에 적용하는 최대 비트 전송율 집합으로 상향 또는 하향 방향으로 정의되며 MME에 의해 제 1 기지국으로 제공된 값이다. 또 다른 방법으로 단말-AMBR 정보는 베어러 설정 요청 메시지에 포함되지 않고 제 1 기지국에서만 관리할 수도 있다. (예를 들어, 제 1 기지국에서 제 2 기지국을 통해 사용자 플레인 데이터를 포워딩하는 경우에 적용될 수 있다.)   ◆ UE Aggregate Maximum Bit Rate: A maximum bit rate set to be applied to all Non-GBR bearers per UE, defined in the up or down direction, and provided to the first base station by the MME. Alternatively, the UE-AMBR information may be managed only by the first base station without being included in the bearer establishment request message. (For example, it may be applied when the user base station forwards user plane data through the second base station.)
◆ 단말 캐퍼빌리티(Capability) 정보: MME를 통해 수신된 단말 컨택스트 정보에 포함된 단말 캐퍼빌리티 정보 중 제 2 기지국을 통한 사용자 데이터 전송을 위한 무선자원을 구성하는데 필요한 단말 캐퍼빌리티 정보(예를 들어, 단일 송수신(single Tx/Rx) 또는 복수 송수신(multi Tx/Rx))를 포함한다.◆ Terminal Capability Information: Terminal capability information necessary for configuring radio resources for user data transmission through a second base station among terminal capability information included in the terminal context information received through the MME. , Single transmission / reception (single Tx / Rx) or multiple transmission / reception (multi Tx / Rx).
◆ 세컨더리 기지국을 통한 E-RABs(E-UTRAN Radio Access Bearers) 셋업 리스트(E-RABs To Be Setup List)   ◆ E-RARAN Radio Access Bearers (E-RABs) To Be Setup List
● E-RABs 셋업 아이템       ● E-RABs setup item
√ E-RAB ID: 단말에 대한 무선 액세스 베어러를 식별하기 위한 정보를 포함한다.         √ E-RAB ID: Contains information for identifying a radio access bearer for the terminal.
√ E-RAB Level QoS 파라미터: E-RAB에 적용되는 QoS(Quality of Service) 정보로 QCI, Allocation and Retention Priority, GBR QoS 정보를 포함한다.       √ E-RAB Level QoS Parameters: Quality of Service (QoS) information applied to the E-RAB and includes QCI, Allocation and Retention Priority, and GBR QoS information.
√ GTP Tunnel Endpoint: 제 1 기지국과 제 2 기지국 간의 인터페이스를 통해 사용자 플레인 데이터를 전송하는 경우, 제 1 기지국과 제 2 기지국 간의 사용자 플레인 데이터 전송을 위한 베어러의 끝점(endpoint)으로 제 1 기지국의 IP주소인 Transport Layer Address, GTP TEID(Tunnel Endpoint ID) 정보를 포함한다.        √ GTP Tunnel Endpoint: When transmitting user plane data through an interface between a first base station and a second base station, the IP of the first base station as an endpoint of a bearer for transmitting user plane data between the first base station and the second base station. Includes transport layer address and GTP TEID (Tunnel Endpoint ID) information.
또 다른 방법으로 S-GW와 제 2 기지국 간의 인터페이스를 통해 사용자 플레인 데이터를 전송하는 경우 S-GW와 제 2 기지국 간의 끝점으로 S-GWB의 IP주소인 Transport Layer Address, GTP TEID(Tunnel Endpoint ID)를 포함한다.Alternatively, in case of transmitting user plane data through the interface between the S-GW and the second base station, the transport layer address and the GTP TEID (Tunnel Endpoint ID), which are IP addresses of the S-GWB, as endpoints between the S-GW and the second base station. It includes.
제 1 기지국으로부터 사용자 플레인 데이터 전송을 위한 또는 DRBs설정을 위한 베어러 설정 요청 메시지를 수신한 제 2 기지국은 베어러 설정 요청에 응답하기 위한 메시지를 제 1 기지국으로 보낸다. 베어러 설정 요청에 응답하기 위한 메시지는 다음 중 적어도 하나 이상의 정보를 포함할 수 있다.Upon receiving the bearer establishment request message for user plane data transmission or DRBs establishment from the first base station, the second base station sends a message to the first base station in response to the bearer establishment request. The message for responding to the bearer establishment request may include at least one of the following information.
■ 메시지 타입: 메시지의 프로시져 유형을 식별하기 위한 정보를 포함한다. 전술한 메시지는 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 추가/수정을 요청에 응답하기 위한 메시지와 동일한 메시지에 제 2 기지국 무선 베어러를 추가/수정을 포함하여 요청하기 위한 메시지일 수도 있다.■ Message Type: Contains information to identify the procedure type of the message. The above-described message may be a message for requesting the addition / modification of a second base station radio bearer to the same message as the message for responding to the request for cell addition / modification associated with the second base station.
■ 제 1 기지국 단말 X2AP ID: 제 1 기지국에 의해 할당되는 식별자 정보를 포함한다.First base station terminal X2AP ID: Contains identifier information allocated by the first base station.
■ 제 2 기지국 단말 X2AP ID: 제 2 기지국에 의해 할당되는 식별자 정보를 포함한다.Second base station terminal X2AP ID: Contains identifier information allocated by the second base station.
■ 제 2 기지국을 통한 E-RABs(E-UTRAN Radio Access Bearers) 수락 리스트(E-RABs Admitted List)■ E-RARAN radio access bearers (E-RABs) accepted list (E-RABs Admitted List) through the second base station
◆ E-RABs 수락 아이템  ◆ E-RABs acceptance item
● E-RAB ID: 단말에 대한 무선 액세스 베어러를 식별하기 위한 정보를 포함한다.    E-RAB ID: includes information for identifying a radio access bearer for the terminal.
● GTP Tunnel Endpoint: 제 1 기지국과 제 2 기지국 간의 인터페이스를 통해 사용자 플레인 데이터 전송하는 경우, 제 1 기지국과 제 2 기지국 간의 사용자 플레인 데이터 전송을 위한 베어러의 끝점(endpoint)에 대한 정보를 포함한다.    GTP Tunnel Endpoint: When user plane data is transmitted through an interface between a first base station and a second base station, the GTP tunnel tunnel endpoint includes information about an endpoint of a bearer for transmitting user plane data between the first base station and the second base station.
또 다른 방법으로 S-GW와 제 2 기지국 간의 인터페이스를 통해 사용자 플레인 데이터를 전송하는 경우 S-GW와 제 2 기지국간의 끝점으로 제 2 기지국의 IP주소인 Transport Layer Address, GTP TEID(Tunnel Endpoint ID)를 포함한다.Alternatively, when user plane data is transmitted through the interface between the S-GW and the second base station, the transport layer address and the GTP TEID (Tunnel Endpoint ID), which are IP addresses of the second base station, as endpoints between the S-GW and the second base station. It includes.
● DRB ID: DRB 식별자에 대한 정보를 포함한다.    DRB ID: Contains information about the DRB identifier.
● PDCP-Config: PDCP 구성정보를 포함한다. 또 다른 방법으로 제 1 기지국과 제 2 기지국의 무선자원을 동시에 이용하는 무선베어러를 통해 제 1 기지국에서 제 2 기지국을 통해 사용자 데이터를 전송하고, 제 2 기지국에서 PDCP를 제외한 RLC/MAC/PHY 기능만을 수행하는 경우 전술한 PDCP-CONFIG 정보를 포함하지 않는다.    ● PDCP-Config: Contains PDCP configuration information. In another method, user data is transmitted from a first base station to a second base station through a radio bearer that simultaneously uses radio resources of the first base station and the second base station, and only the RLC / MAC / PHY functions except the PDCP are transmitted from the second base station. When performing the above-mentioned PDCP-CONFIG information is not included.
● RLC-Config: RLC 구성정보를 포함한다.    ● RLC-Config: Contains RLC configuration information.
● logicalChannelIdentity: 논리채널 식별자에 대한 정보를 포함한다.    ● logicalChannelIdentity: Contains information about logical channel identifier.
● logicalChannelConfig: 논리채널 구성정보에 대한 정보를 포함한다.    ● logicalChannelConfig: Contains information about logical channel configuration information.
◆ E-RABs 미수락 리스트  ◆ E-RABs unacceptable list
◆ 선택적으로 전용 RACH 프리앰블  ◆ Optional dedicated RACH preamble
제 1 기지국은 제 2 기지국과 사용자 플레인 데이터 전송을 위한 또는 DRBs 설정을 위한 베어러 구성 정보에 대한 시그널링 절차를 완료한 후(예를 들어, 제 2 기지국으로부터 전술한 베어러 설정 요청에 응답하기 위한 메시지를 수신한 후), RRC 연결 재구성(Connection Reconfiguration) 메시지에 상기 제 2 기지국으로부터 수신한 추가/수정할 DRBs 정보를 포함하여 단말에게 전송할 수 있다. 단말은 사용자 플레인 데이터 전송을 위해 제 2 기지국과 DRBs를 추가/수정하거나 또는 제 1 기지국의 DRBs를 제 2 기지국의 DRBs로 수정하거나 또는 제 1 기지국과 제 2 기지국의 무선자원을 동시에 이용하는 DRBs를 추가/수정하거나, 또는 제 1 기지국의 DRBs를 제 1 기지국과 제 2 기지국의 무선자원을 동시에 이용하는 DRBs로 추가/수정할 수 있다.After the first base station completes a signaling procedure for bearer configuration information for transmitting user plane data or establishing DRBs with the second base station (eg, a message for responding to the aforementioned bearer establishment request from the second base station) After reception), the RRC connection reconfiguration message may be transmitted to the UE by including DRBs information to be added / modified from the second base station. The terminal adds / modifies the second base station and the DRBs for user plane data transmission, modifies the DRBs of the first base station to the DRBs of the second base station, or adds the DRBs that simultaneously use radio resources of the first base station and the second base station. Or modify or add / modify DRBs of the first base station to DRBs that simultaneously use radio resources of the first base station and the second base station.
전술한 추가/수정할 DRBs 정보는 다음 중 적어도 하나 이상의 정보를 포함할 수 있다.The aforementioned DRBs information to be added / modified may include at least one or more of the following information.
■ EPS-Beareridentity: EPS 베어러 식별자로 E-RAB ID에 대한 정보를 포함한다.■ EPS-Beareridentity: An EPS bearer identifier that contains information about the E-RAB ID.
■ 셀 식별자: 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 PCI(Physical Cell ID), ARFCN(Absolute Radio Frequency Channel)에 대한 정보를 포함한다.■ Cell Identifier: Contains information about a Physical Cell ID (PCI) and an Absolute Radio Frequency Channel (ARFCN) of a cell associated with a second base station.
■ 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 인덱스 또는 SCell 인덱스 또는 제 2 기지국 인덱스/구분정보: 단말에 구성되는 DRB가 제 2 기지국을 통한 무선베어러임을 표시하기 위한 인덱스/ 구분정보 또는 단말에 구성되는 DRB가 제 1 기지국과 제 2 기지국의 무선자원을 동시에 이용하는 무선베어러임을 표시하기 위한 인덱스/구분정보를 나타낸다.■ Cell index or SCell index or the second base station index / classification information associated with the second base station: the index / classification information for indicating that the DRB configured in the terminal is a radio bearer through the second base station or the DRB configured in the terminal is the first Index / classification information for indicating that the radio bearer using the radio resources of the base station and the second base station at the same time.
■ DRB-ID: 제 2 기지국로부터 수신한 DRB-ID에 대한 정보를 포함한다.DRB-ID: Contains information on the DRB-ID received from the second base station.
■ PDCP-Config: 제 2 기지국로부터 수신한 PDCP-Config에 대한 정보를 포함한다.PDCP-Config: Contains information on PDCP-Config received from the second base station.
■ RLC-Config: 제 2 기지국로부터 수신한 RLC-Config에 대한 정보를 포함한다.■ RLC-Config: Contains information about the RLC-Config received from the second base station.
■ logicalChannelIdentity: 논리채널 식별자에 대한 정보를 포함한다.■ logicalChannelIdentity: Contains information about logical channel identifier.
■ logicalChannelConfig: 논리채널 구성정보에 대한 정보를 포함한다.■ logicalChannelConfig: Contains information about logical channel configuration information.
또 다른 방법으로 제 1 기지국은 제 2 기지국과 사용자 플레인 데이터 전송을 위한 또는 DRBs 설정을 위한 베어러 설정 시그널링 절차를 개시한 후(예를 들어, 제 2 기지국으로 전술한 베어러 설정 요청 메시지를 송신한 후), RRC 연결 재구성(Connection Reconfiguration) 메시지에 추가/수정할 DRBs 정보를 포함하여 단말로 전송할 수도 있다. 단말은 사용자 플레인 데이터 전송을 위해 제 2 기지국과 DRBs를 추가/수정하거나 또는 제 1 기지국의 DRBs를 제 2 기지국의 DRBs로 수정할 수도 있다.Alternatively, the first base station initiates a bearer setup signaling procedure for transmitting user plane data or establishing DRBs with the second base station (e.g., after transmitting the aforementioned bearer setup request message to the second base station). ), And may include the DRBs information to be added / modified in the RRC Connection Reconfiguration message to the terminal. The terminal may add / modify the second base station and the DRBs for user plane data transmission, or may modify the DRBs of the first base station to the DRBs of the second base station.
상기한 추가/수정할 DRBs 정보는 다음 중 적어도 하나 이상의 정보를 포함할 수 있다.The DRBs information to be added / modified may include at least one of the following information.
■ EPS-Beareridentity: EPS 베어러 식별자로 E-RAB ID 사용에 대한 정보를 포함한다.EPS-Beareridentity: Contains information about the use of E-RAB ID as EPS bearer identifier.
■ 셀 식별자: 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 PCI(Physical Cell ID), ARFCN(Absolute Radio Frequency Channel)에 대한 정보를 포함한다.■ Cell Identifier: Contains information about a Physical Cell ID (PCI) and an Absolute Radio Frequency Channel (ARFCN) of a cell associated with a second base station.
■ 제 2 기지국 인덱스: 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 인덱스 또는 SCell 인덱스 또는 제 2 기지국 인덱스/구분정보: 단말에 구성되는 DRB가 제 2 기지국을 통한 무선베어러임을 표시하기 위한 인덱스/ 구분정보 또는 단말에 구성되는 DRB가 제 1 기지국과 제 2 기지국의 무선자원을 동시에 이용하는 무선베어러임을 표시하기 위한 인덱스/구분정보를 나타낸다.■ Second base station index: cell index or SCell index or second base station index / classification information associated with the second base station: index / classification information for indicating that the DRB configured in the terminal is a radio bearer through the second base station or configured in the terminal It indicates the index / classification information for indicating that the DRB is a radio bearer using the radio resources of the first base station and the second base station at the same time.
■ DRB-ID: 제 1 기지국이 결정하여 제 2 기지국으로 전달한 DRB-ID에 대한 정보를 포함한다.DRB-ID: Contains information on the DRB-ID determined by the first base station and delivered to the second base station.
■ PDCP-Config: 제 1 기지국이 결정하여 제 2 기지국으로 전달한 PDCP-Config에 대한 정보를 포함한다.PDCP-Config: Contains information about PDCP-Config determined by the first base station and delivered to the second base station.
■ RLC-Config: 제 1 기지국이 결정하여 제 2 기지국으로 전달한 RLC-Config에 대한 정보를 포함한다.■ RLC-Config: Contains information about the RLC-Config determined by the first base station and delivered to the second base station.
■ logicalChannelIdentity: 논리채널 식별자에 대한 정보를 포함한다.■ logicalChannelIdentity: Contains information about logical channel identifier.
■ logicalChannelConfig: 논리채널 구성정보에 대한 정보를 포함한다.■ logicalChannelConfig: Contains information about logical channel configuration information.
또는 추가/수정할 DRB 정보 또는 해제할 DRB 정보에 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀과 매크로셀을 구별하기 위한 식별정보를 포함할 수 있다. 예를 들어 이전에 제 1 기지국을 통해 구성된 DRBs를 제 2 기지국릍 통해 추가/수정할 경우, 추가/수정할 DRB에 대한 정보가 제 2 기지국 식별자/인덱스/구분정보를 포함할 수 있다. Alternatively, the DRB information to be added / modified or the DRB information to be released may include identification information for distinguishing a cell and a macro cell associated with the second base station. For example, when adding / modifying DRBs previously configured through the first base station through the second base station, information on the DRB to be added / modified may include the second base station identifier / index / division information.
또한, 해제할 DRB에 대한 정보 (DRB-ToAddMod)에 매크로셀에서 해제할 DRB 정보를 매크로셀 식별자와 함께 포함할 수 있다. In addition, the DRB information to be released in the macrocell may be included in the information on the DRB to be released (DRB-ToAddMod) together with the macrocell identifier.
또 다른 방법으로 추가/수정할 DRB에 전술한 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 인덱스 또는 SCell 또는 제 2 기지국 인덱스/구분정보를 포함할 수 있다.Alternatively, the DRB to be added / modified may include a cell index or SCell or second base station index / division information associated with the second base station described above.
위에서 언급한 RRC 연결 재구성(Connection Reconfiguration) 메시지에 포함되는 파라미터들(예를 들어, PDCP 구성정보, RLC 구성정보, MAC 구성정보)은 MME로부터 수신된 이니셜 컨택스트 셋업 요청(Initial Context Setup Request) 메시지에 기초하여 설정될 수 있다.Parameters (eg, PDCP configuration information, RLC configuration information, and MAC configuration information) included in the above-mentioned RRC Connection Reconfiguration message are initial context setup request messages received from the MME. It can be set based on.
구체적으로 이니셜 컨택스트 셋업 요청(Initial Context Setup Request) 메시지 내의 정보(예를 들어, E-RABs list)를 베어러 설정을 요청하기 메시지를 통해 포워딩하여 이를 기반으로 제 2 기지국이 설정할 수 있다. 제 2 기지국은 설정된 파라미터 정보를 제 1 기지국으로 보내 RRC 연결 재구성(Connection Reconfiguration) 메시지에 포함할 수 있다.In more detail, information (for example, E-RABs list) in an initial context setup request message may be forwarded through a request message for setting up a bearer, and the second base station may be configured based on this information. The second base station may send the configured parameter information to the first base station to include in the RRC Connection Reconfiguration message.
또 다른 방법으로 RRC Connection Reconfiguration 메시지에 포함되는 상기 파라메터들(예를 들어, PDCP 구성정보, RLC 구성정보, MAC 구성정보)은 MME로부터 수신된 Initial Context Setup Request 메시지 내의 정보(예를 들어, E-RABs list)에 기반하여 제 1 기지국에 의해 결정될 수 있다.In another method, the parameters (eg, PDCP configuration information, RLC configuration information, and MAC configuration information) included in the RRC Connection Reconfiguration message may include information in the Initial Context Setup Request message received from the MME (eg, E- RABs list) may be determined by the first base station.
또 다른 방법으로 RRC 연결 재구성(Connection Reconfiguration) 메시지에 포함되는 파라미터들은 MME로부터 수신된 이니셜 컨택스트 셋업 요청(Initial Context Setup Request) 메시지 내의 정보와 제 2 기지국으로부터의 베어러 설정 요청에 응답하기 위한 메시지에 기초하여 제 1 기지국이 설정할 수도 있다.Alternatively, the parameters included in the RRC Connection Reconfiguration message may include information in the Initial Context Setup Request message received from the MME and a message for responding to the bearer setup request from the second base station. The first base station may be set based on this.
추가적으로 제 1 기지국은 단말이 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀에 동기화를 수행하고 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀에 랜덤 액세스 채널(Random Access Chennel, RACH)을 통해 액세스할 수 있도록 하기 위한 셀 식별정보, 셀의 무선자원 구성 정보를 포함하여 전송할 수 있다. In addition, the first base station is a cell identification information for allowing the terminal to synchronize to the cell associated with the second base station and access to the cell associated with the second base station through a random access channel (Random Access Chennel, RACH), radio of the cell It can be transmitted including the resource configuration information.
전술한 스몰 셀의 무선자원 구성 정보는 베어러 설정 요청에 응답하기 위한 메시지를 통해 수신한 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 시스템 정보, 랜덤 액세스 채널 프리앰블, 세컨더리 셀(스몰 셀)에서의 동작을 위해 단말 특이적 구성정보 등을 포함할 수 있다.The radio resource configuration information of the small cell described above is UE-specific for operation in a cell system information, a random access channel preamble, and a secondary cell (small cell) associated with a second base station received through a message for responding to a bearer establishment request. It may include configuration information.
위에서는 스몰 셀 액세스를 위한 관련 정보가 상위계층 시그널링을 통해서 전송되는 것을 예를 들어 설명하였으나, 상위계층 시그널링과는 별도의 단계로 전송될 수도 있다.In the above description, for example, the related information for small cell access is transmitted through higher layer signaling, but may be transmitted in a separate step from the higher layer signaling.
단말은 전술한 스몰 셀의 무선자원 구성정보를 포함한 상위계층 시그널링(예를 들어, RRC 연결 재구성(Connection Reconfiguration) 메시지)를 수신한 후, 제 2 기지국과 동기화를 수행한다. 만약, 전용 랜덤 액세스 채널 프리앰블 정보가 포함되어 있다면 "contention-free" 프로시저를 따라서 랜덤 액세스 프로시저를 수행할 수 있다. 또는 전용 랜덤 액세스 채널 프리앰블이 포함되지 않았다면 "contention-based" 프로시져를 따라 램덤 액세스 프로시저를 수행한다.The terminal receives higher layer signaling (eg, an RRC connection reconfiguration message) including the radio resource configuration information of the small cell, and then synchronizes with the second base station. If the dedicated random access channel preamble information is included, the random access procedure may be performed according to the "contention-free" procedure. Or, if the dedicated random access channel preamble is not included, the random access procedure is performed according to the "contention-based" procedure.
전술한 상위계층 시그널링(예를 들어, RRC Connection Reconfiguration 메시지)은 하나의 메시지에 추가/수정할 스몰 셀 정보, 추가/수정할 DRBs 정보, 동기화를 수행하고 랜덤 액세스를 하기 위한 정보를 함께 포함할 수도 있고, 개별적인 메시지에 전술한 하나 이상의 정보를 포함하여 각각 전송할 수도 있다.The above-described higher layer signaling (eg, an RRC connection reconfiguration message) may include small cell information to be added / modified, DRBs information to be added / modified, and information for performing synchronization and random access in one message. Each of the above-mentioned information may be included in a separate message and transmitted.
또한, 앞에서 설명한 바와 같이 제 1 기지국이 제 2 기지국을 통해 사용자 플레인 데이터를 전송하기 위해 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 추가, 수정 또는 제거하거나 제 2 기지국을 통해 DRBs를 추가, 수정 또는 제거하는 절차를 결정함에 있어서, 제 1 기지국은 MME로부터 수신된 이니셜 컨택스트 셋업 요청(Initial Context Setup Request) 메시지 내의 정보(예를 들어, E-RAB Level QoS 파라미터)를 이용하여 결정할 수 있다. 제 1 기지국을 통해 서비스할 DRB와 제 2 기지국을 통해 서비스할 DRB를 결정하여 제 2 기지국으로 상기한 사용자 플레인 데이터 전송을 위한 베어러 설정 시그널링을 개시할 수 있다. 즉, 제 1 기지국은 E-RAB별로 QoS 파라미터(QCI, Allocation and Retention Priority, GBR QoS)를 기반으로 제 1 기지국 부하, 측정 보고 정보 등을 고려하여 제 2 기지국을 통해 전송하고자 하는 E-RAB를 선택할 수 있다.In addition, as described above, the procedure of adding, modifying, or removing a cell associated with a second base station or adding, modifying, or removing DRBs through a second base station by a first base station for transmitting user plane data through the second base station is described. In determining, the first base station may determine using information (eg, an E-RAB Level QoS parameter) in an Initial Context Setup Request message received from the MME. The DRB to be serviced through the first base station and the DRB to be serviced through the second base station may be determined to initiate bearer setup signaling for the user plane data transmission to the second base station. That is, the first base station transmits the E-RAB to be transmitted through the second base station in consideration of the first base station load, measurement report information, etc. based on QoS parameters (QCI, Allocation and Retention Priority, GBR QoS) for each E-RAB. You can choose.
예를 들어 GBR 베어러 또는 특정 QCI 또는 특정한 Allocation and Retention Priority값을 가진 E-RAB는 제 1 기지국을 통해 전송하고 제 2 기지국으로 DRB설정을 요청하지 않을 수도 있다.For example, a GBR bearer or an E-RAB having a specific QCI or a specific Allocation and Retention Priority value may be transmitted through the first base station and may not request DRB establishment from the second base station.
제 1 기지국은 전술한 베어러 설정 응답 메시지에 미수락된 E-RABs가 있는 경우 제 1 기지국을 통해 DRBs를 설정하여 사용자 데이터를 전송할 수도 있다. When there are unaccepted E-RABs in the aforementioned bearer establishment response message, the first base station may set user DRBs by setting DRBs through the first base station.
제 1 기지국은 전술한 DRBs 추가/수정 절차를 단말에서 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀이 활성화되었을 때 또는 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 활성화와 함께 수행할 수 있다. 예를 들어 단말 측정 보고에 기반하여 제 1 기지국과 구분되는 제 2 기지국의 추가 무선자원을 통해 데이터를 전달하기 위해, 상기 제 1 기지국과 상기 제 2 기지국간의 시그널링을 통해 상기 제 1 기지국이 상기 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 추가/수정 정보 및 제 2 기지국 무선베어러 추가/수정 정보를 상위계층 시그널링을 통해 단말로 전달하면, 단말은 수신된 상위계층 시그널링에 따라, 먼저 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화 상태로 구성하고 제 2 기지국을 통한(또는 제 1 기지국과 제 2 기지국을 통한) DRBs를 추가/수정할 수도 있다. Release 11 이전의 단말의 경우, 세컨더리 셀이 추가/수정 정보 및 무선베어러 추가/수정 정보를 수신하면, 신속하게 통신을 수행할 수 있도록 먼저 무선베어러를 구성하고 난 후, 세컨더리 셀을 비활성화 상태로 구성했다. 이후 단말이 데이터 상태 등을 고려하여 세컨더리 셀을 활성화하여 세컨더리 셀을 이용했다. 하지만 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 추가/수정 정보 및 무선베어러 추가/수정 정보를 수신하는 경우에는 제 2 기지국을 통해 신속하게 통신을 수행할 수 있도록 먼저 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화 상태로 구성한 후, 제 2 기지국에 무선베어러를 구성하는 것이 효과적일 수 있다.The first base station may perform the above-described DRBs addition / modification procedure when the cell associated with the second base station is activated in the terminal or with the cell activation associated with the second base station. For example, in order to transmit data through additional radio resources of a second base station, which is distinguished from a first base station based on a terminal measurement report, the first base station is configured to transmit the data through signaling between the first base station and the second base station. When the cell addition / modification information associated with the 2 base station and the second base station radio bearer addition / modification information are delivered to the terminal through higher layer signaling, the terminal first activates a cell associated with the second base station according to the received higher layer signaling. And add / modify DRBs through the second base station (or through the first base station and the second base station). In case of the UE before release 11, when the secondary cell receives the addition / modification information and the radio bearer addition / modification information, the radio cell is configured first so that the secondary cell can be quickly communicated, and then the secondary cell is deactivated. did. After that, the terminal activates the secondary cell in consideration of the data state and used the secondary cell. However, when receiving the cell addition / modification information and the radio bearer addition / modification information associated with the second base station, first configure a cell associated with the second base station in an active state so that communication can be performed quickly through the second base station. It may be effective to configure the radio bearer in the second base station.
또 다른 방법으로 DRBs 추가/수정 절차가 실행되고 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 활성화/비활성화가 실행될 수도 있다. 예를 들어 DRBs 추가되었을 때 먼저 무선베어러를 구성한 후 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀은 비활성화된 상태로 구성되고 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 데이터 상태에 따라 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화할 수 있다. 또는 DRBs 추가되었을 때 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀은 활성화된 상태로 구성되고 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 데이터 상태 또는 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 비활성화 타이머에 따라 제 2 기지국에 연관된 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 비활성화할 수도 있다.Alternatively, the DRBs add / modify procedure may be executed and cell activation / deactivation associated with the second base station may be performed. For example, when DRBs are added, after first configuring the radio bearer, the cell associated with the second base station may be configured to be in an inactive state and activate a cell associated with the second base station according to the data state of the cell associated with the second base station. Or when a DRBs are added, the cell associated with the second base station is configured to be active and is configured to display a cell associated with the second base station associated with the second base station according to the data state of the cell associated with the second base station or the cell deactivation timer associated with the second base station. You can also disable it.
또 다른 방법으로 전술한 DRBs 추가/수정 절차에 관계없이 제 2 기지국에 연관된 특정 셀은 항상 활성화된 상태로 구성될 수도 있다. 예를 들어, 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 활성화 또는 비활성화 지시 정보를 전달하기 위한 제 2 기지국에 연관된 특정 셀은 셀 해제 되기 전까지 및/또는 핸드오버 메시지를 수신하기 전까지 활성화된 상태로 구성될 수 있다. 또는 제 2 기지국에 연관된 (하나의) 셀을 최초로 추가하는 경우, 해당 셀은 셀이 해제 되기 전까지 및/또는 핸드오버 메시지를 수신하기 전까지 활성화된 상태로 구성될 수 있다. Alternatively, the specific cell associated with the second base station may be configured to be always active regardless of the above-described DRBs addition / modification procedure. For example, the specific cell associated with the second base station for transmitting activation or deactivation indication information of the cell associated with the second base station may be configured to be activated until the cell is released and / or until the handover message is received. . Alternatively, when the first (one) cell associated with the second base station is added, the cell may be configured to be activated until the cell is released and / or until the handover message is received.
또 다른 방법으로 제 2 기지국에 포함되는 세컨더리 셀(스몰셀) 중의 하나의 세컨더리 셀에 대해서는 상기한 사용자 플레인 데이터 전송을 위한 무선베어러(DRBs)가 구성되고, 셀이 해제 되기 전까지 및/또는 핸드오버 메시지를 수신하기 전까지 상기한 제 2 기지국에 연관된 특정 셀은 항상 활성화된 상태로 구성될 수 있다. 단말은 사용자 플레인 데이터 전송을 위한 무선베어러(DRBs)가 구성된 제 2 기지국의 세컨더리 셀(스몰셀) 중 적어도 하나의 셀은 셀이 해제 되기 전까지 및/또는 핸드오버 메시지를 수신하기 전까지 항상 활성화된 상태로 구성할 수 있다. 예를 들어 비활성화 타이머 값을 매우 큰 값으로 구성하거나, 사용자 플레인 데이터 전송을 위한 무선베어러(DRBs)가 구성되는 새로운 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀이 구성되기 전 또는 제 2 기지국의 모든 세컨더리 셀이 제거되기 전에는 항상 활성화된 상태로 유지할 수 있다. 단말이 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 활성화 또는 비활성화 지시 정보를 전달하기 위해 활성화 상태로 유지할 제 2 기지국의 특정 셀을 구분하기 위해 상위 계층 시그널링 메시지는 세컨더리 셀 구성정보(RadioResourceConfigDedicatedSCell)에 제 2 기지국 무선베어러 구성정보를 포함하거나, 또는 이를 구분할 수 있는 제 2 기지국 세컨더리 셀인덱스를 포함하거나 또는 셀이 해제 되기 전까지 및/또는 핸드오버 메시지를 수신하기 전까지 활성화 상태로 유지하여 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 활성화 또는 비활성화 지시 정보를 전달할 제 2 기지국의 특정 셀 표시정보를 포함하여 제공할 수 있다. 또한 상기한 항상 활성화된 상태로 구성되는 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀이 아닌 제 2 기지국의 다른 세컨더리 셀(들)에 대해서는 사용자 플레인 데이터 전송을 위한 무선베어러(DRBs) 구성없이 세컨더리 셀이 추가되면(예를 들어 제 2 기지국 세컨더리 셀 추가 시 무선베어러 구성정보를 포함하지 않음), 단말이 이를 비활성화 상태로 구성하도록 하고 전술한 제 1 기지국 또는 제 2 기지국에 의한 활성화/비활성화가 가능하도록 할 수 있다.In another method, one of the secondary cells included in the second base station (small cell) is configured with radio bearers (DRBs) for transmitting the user plane data, and the handover and / or handover is performed. The specific cell associated with the second base station may be configured to be always activated until the message is received. The terminal is always active until at least one of the secondary cells (small cells) of the second base station configured with radio bearers (DRBs) for user plane data transmission is released until the cell is released and / or a handover message is received. It can be configured as. For example, the inactivity timer value may be configured to a very large value, or a cell associated with a new second base station in which radio bearers (DRBs) for user plane data are configured is configured, or all secondary cells of the second base station are removed. You can always keep it active before. In order to distinguish the specific cell of the second base station to be activated to transmit the activation or deactivation indication information of the cell associated with the second base station, the upper layer signaling message is assigned to the second base station radio bearer in the secondary cell configuration information (RadioResourceConfigDedicatedSCell). Activation of a cell associated with the second base station by including a second base station secondary cell index that may include or distinguish configuration information, or remains active until the cell is released and / or until a handover message is received; The deactivation indication information may be provided including specific cell indication information of the second base station. In addition, if a secondary cell is added to other secondary cell (s) of the second base station other than the cell associated with the second base station configured to be always activated, the secondary cell is added without configuring the radio bearers (DRBs) for user plane data transmission (eg, For example, when the second base station secondary cell is added, the radio bearer configuration information is not included), the terminal may be configured to be in an inactive state, and the activation / deactivation by the above-described first base station or the second base station may be possible.
이상에서 설명한 본 발명의 각 실시예에 따른 단말 및 제 1 기지국과 제 2 기지국의 동작을 각각 간략히 설명한다.The operation of the terminal, the first base station and the second base station according to each embodiment of the present invention described above will be briefly described.
본 발명의 일 실시예에 따른 단말이 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화 또는 비활성화하는 방법에 있어서, 제 1 기지국과 제 2 기지국간의 시그널링 이후 제 1 기지국을 통해 수신되는 상위계층 시그널링을 수신하는 단계와 제 2 기지국에 연관된 특정 셀을 활성화 상태로 구성하는 단계 및 제 2 기지국을 통한 무선베어러를 구성하는 단계를 포함한다.A method for activating or deactivating a cell associated with a second base station, by a terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention, the method comprising: receiving higher layer signaling received through the first base station after signaling between the first base station and the second base station; Configuring a specific cell associated with the second base station to an activated state and configuring a radio bearer via the second base station.
또한, 본 발명의 다른 실시예에 따른 단말은 제 2 기지국을 통해 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 중 활성화 상태로 구성된 특정 셀과 구별되는 셀을 활성화하거나 비활성화하도록 지시하는 정보를 포함하는 활성화 관련 지시 정보를 수신하는 단계 및 활성화 관련 지시 정보에 기초하여 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 중 활성화 상태로 구성된 특정 셀과 구별되는 셀이 활성화 또는 비활성화되도록 제어하는 단계를 더 포함할 수 있다.In addition, the terminal according to another embodiment of the present invention provides activation-related indication information including information for instructing to activate or deactivate a cell distinguished from a specific cell configured in an activated state among cells associated with the second base station through the second base station. The method may further include controlling to activate or deactivate a cell distinguished from a specific cell configured in an activated state among cells associated with the second base station based on the receiving step and the activation related indication information.
즉, 도 5 및 도 6을 참조하여 설명한 바와 같이 본 발명에 따른 단말은 제 1 기지국으로부터 수신되는 상위계층 시그널링에 기초하여 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 구성하되, 적어도 하나 이상의 특정 셀은 활성화 상태로 구성할 수 있다.That is, as described with reference to FIGS. 5 and 6, the terminal according to the present invention configures a cell associated with the second base station based on higher layer signaling received from the first base station, but at least one specific cell is activated. Can be configured.
또한, 제 2 기지국으로부터 활성화 관련 지시 정보를 수신하여 구성된 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 중 활성화 상태로 구성된 특정 셀과 구별되는 셀을 활성화 또는 비활성화되도록 제어할 수 있다. 구체적인 절차는 도 5 및 도 6을 참조하여 설명한 바와 같다.In addition, it is possible to control activation or deactivation of a cell distinguished from a specific cell configured in an activated state among cells associated with the configured second base station by receiving activation related indication information from the second base station. The detailed procedure is as described with reference to FIGS. 5 and 6.
또 다른 실시예로, 본 발명의 또 다른 실시예에 따른 단말이 서빙셀로 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 추가한 경우에 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화 또는 비활성화하는 방법에 있어서, 매크로셀을 제공하는 제 1 기지국 및 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 제공하는 제 2 기지국 중 어느 하나의 기지국으로부터 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화하거나 비활성화하도록 지시하는 정보를 포함하는 활성화 관련 지시 정보를 수신하는 단계를 포함한다.In another embodiment, in a method for activating or deactivating a cell associated with a second base station when a terminal adds a cell associated with a second base station as a serving cell, a macrocell is provided. Receiving activation related indication information including information indicating to activate or deactivate a cell associated with the second base station from any one of the base stations providing the cell associated with the first base station and the second base station; do.
전술한 바와 같이 단말은 제 1 기지국으로부터 MAC 시그널링 또는 상위계층 시그널링을 통해서 활성화 관련 지시 정보를 수신할 수 있다. 또한, 제 2 기지국으로부터 MAC 시그널링을 통해서 활성화 관련 지시 정보를 수신할 수도 있다.As described above, the terminal may receive activation related indication information from the first base station through MAC signaling or higher layer signaling. In addition, activation related indication information may be received from the second base station through MAC signaling.
또한, MAC 시그널링은 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 활성화 여부를 지시하는 필드가 포함된 MAC 제어요소 및/또는 MAC 헤더를 포함할 수도 있다.In addition, the MAC signaling may include a MAC control element and / or a MAC header including a field indicating whether the cell associated with the second base station is activated.
이후, 본 발명의 일 실시예에 따른 단말은 활성화 관련 지시 정보에 기초하여 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀이 활성화 또는 비활성화되도록 제어하는 단계를 포함한다.Thereafter, the terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention includes controlling the cell associated with the second base station to be activated or deactivated based on the activation related indication information.
전술한 바와 같이 단말은 활성화 관련 지시 정보에 포함된 정보에 기초하여 해당 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화하거나 비활성화할 수 있다.As described above, the terminal may activate or deactivate a cell associated with the corresponding second base station based on information included in the activation related indication information.
구체적으로는 도 7 내지 도 11을 참조하여 설명한 바와 같이 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화하고 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 비활성타이머를 시작할 수 있다. 또는 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 비활성화하고, 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 비활성화 타이머를 정지하며, HARQ를 삭제할 수도 있다.Specifically, as described with reference to FIGS. 7 to 11, the cell associated with the second base station may be activated and the cell inactivity timer associated with the second base station may be started. Or deactivate the cell associated with the second base station, stop the cell deactivation timer associated with the second base station, and delete the HARQ.
그 외 단말은 도 5 내지 도 17을 참조하여 설명한 본 발명의 실시에 필요한 단말의 동작을 수행할 수 있다.Other terminals may perform operations of the terminal required for the implementation of the present invention described with reference to FIGS. 5 to 17.
본 발명의 또 다른 실시예에 따른 제 1 기지국이 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화 또는 비활성화하는 방법에 있어서, 제 1 기지국과 제 2 기지국간의 시그널링 이후 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 추가수정 구성정보 및 제 2 기지국 무선베어러 추가수정 구성정보를 포함하는 상위계층 시그널링을 단말로 전송하는 단계 및 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 활성화 또는 비활성화 상태정보를 수신하는 단계를 포함한다.In a method for activating or deactivating a cell associated with a second base station, the first base station according to another embodiment of the present invention, after the signaling between the first base station and the second base station additional cell configuration information associated with the second base station And transmitting the higher layer signaling including the second base station radio bearer additional modification configuration information to the terminal and receiving activation or deactivation state information of a cell associated with the second base station.
즉, 제 1 기지국은 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 추가수정 구성정보 및 제 2 기지국 무선 베어러 추가수정 구성정보를 단말로 전송하고, 단말은 이에 기초하여 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 추가/수정할 수 있다. 또한, 제 2 기지국에 연관된 무선 베어러도 추가/수정할 수 있다.That is, the first base station transmits the cell addition modification configuration information associated with the second base station and the second base station radio bearer addition modification configuration information to the terminal, and the terminal may add / modify the cell associated with the second base station based thereon. In addition, a radio bearer associated with the second base station may also be added / modified.
또한, 제 1 기지국은 단말 또는 제 2 기지국으로부터 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 활성화 또는 비활성화에 대한 정보를 포함하는 상태 정보를 수신할 수 있다.Also, the first base station may receive state information including information on activation or deactivation of a cell associated with the second base station from the terminal or the second base station.
또 다른 실시예로, 본 발명에 따른 제 1 기지국이 단말에 서빙셀로 추가된 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 활성화 또는 비활성화를 제어하는 방법에 있어서, 활성화 관련 요청 정보, 단말 측정 보고 및 데이터 상태 정보 중 적어도 하나 이상의 정보에 기초하여 단말에 추가된 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 활성화 또는 비활성화를 결정하는 단계를 포함한다.In another embodiment, a method for controlling activation or deactivation of a cell associated with a second base station added as a serving cell to a terminal by a first base station according to the present invention, the activation related request information, terminal measurement report, and data state information Determining activation or deactivation of a cell associated with a second base station added to the terminal based on at least one of the information.
전술한 바와 같이 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 활성화 관련 요청 정보를 제 2 기지국으로부터 수신하여 결정할 수도 있고, 단말로부터 수신된 단말 측정 보고에 기초하여 결정할 수도 있다. 또한, 데이터 상태 정보에 기초하여 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 활성화 여부를 결정할 수도 있다.As described above, the cell activation related request information associated with the second base station may be received and determined from the second base station, or may be determined based on the terminal measurement report received from the terminal. In addition, it may be determined whether the cell associated with the second base station is activated based on the data state information.
또한, 본 발명에 따른 제 1 기지국은 전술한 바와 같이 활성화 관련 지시 정보를 전송하기 이전에, 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 제공하는 제 2 기지국으로 제 2 기지국이 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 활성화 또는 비활성화를 준비하도록 하기 위한 활성화 관련 준비 메시지를 전송하는 단계를 더 포함할 수 있다.In addition, before the first base station according to the present invention transmits the activation related indication information as described above, the second base station provides a cell associated with the second base station. The method may further include transmitting an activation related preparation message to prepare for deactivation.
또한, 본 발명에 따른 제 1 기지국은 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화하거나 비활성화하도록 지시하는 정보를 포함하는 활성화 관련 지시 정보를 상기 단말로 전송하는 단계를 포함한다.In addition, the first base station according to the present invention includes the step of transmitting the activation-related indication information including the information indicating to activate or deactivate the cell associated with the second base station.
구체적으로 앞서 설명한 바와 같이 제 1 기지국은 활성화 관련 지시 정보를 MAC 시그널링 또는 상위계층 시그널링을 통해서 전송할 수 있다.In detail, as described above, the first base station may transmit activation related indication information through MAC signaling or higher layer signaling.
또한, 본 발명에 따른 제 1 기지국은 활성화 관련 지시 정보를 전송하기 이전에, 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 제공하는 제 2 기지국으로 제 2 기지국이 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 활성화 또는 비활성화를 준비하도록 하기 위한 활성화 관련 준비 메시지를 전송하는 단계를 더 포함할 수 있다.Also, before transmitting the activation related indication information, the first base station according to the present invention allows the second base station to prepare for activation or deactivation of the cell associated with the second base station to the second base station providing the cell associated with the second base station. The method may further include transmitting an activation related preparation message for performing the step.
또한, 본 발명에 따른 제 1 기지국은 활성화 관련 지시 정보를 전송한 이후에, 단말의 활성화 상태 정보를 포함하는 메시지를 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 제공하는 제 2 기지국으로 전송하는 단계를 더 포함할 수도 있다.In addition, after the first base station according to the present invention transmits the activation-related indication information, further comprising the step of transmitting a message containing the activation status information of the terminal to the second base station providing a cell associated with the second base station It may be.
도한, 본 발명에 따른 제 1 기지국은 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 활성화 또는 비활성화를 결정하는 단계 이후에, 활성화 관련 지시 정보를 전송하도록 요청하는 활성화 관련 지시 정보 전송 요청 메시지를 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 제공하는 제 2 기지국으로 전송하는 단계를 더 포함할 수도 있다.In addition, after the first base station according to the present invention determines the activation or deactivation of the cell associated with the second base station, the cell associated with the second base station sends an activation related indication information request message to request the activation related indication information to be transmitted. The method may further include transmitting to a second base station that provides a.
이 경우, 활성화 관련 지시 정보는 제 2 기지국이 단말로 전송할 수 있다.In this case, the activation related indication information may be transmitted by the second base station to the terminal.
본 발명의 또 다른 실시예에 따른 제 2 기지국이 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화 또는 비활성화하는 방법에 있어서, 제 1 기지국과 상기 제 2 기지국간의 시그널링 이후 제 1 기지국을 통해 단말로 전송할 상위계층 시그널링을 생성하는 단계와 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 통해 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화하거나 비활성화하도록 지시하는 정보를 포함하는 활성화 관련 지시 정보를 단말로 전송하는 단계 및 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 활성화 또는 비활성화 상태정보를 제 1 기지국으로 전송하는 단계를 포함할 수 있다.In a method for activating or deactivating a cell associated with a second base station by a second base station according to another embodiment of the present invention, higher layer signaling to be transmitted to a terminal through a first base station after signaling between the first base station and the second base station Transmitting activation related indication information to the terminal and generating activation related instructions including information indicating to activate or deactivate a cell associated with the second base station through a cell associated with the second base station; And transmitting the deactivation status information to the first base station.
즉, 제 2 기지국은 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 추가수정 구성 정보 및 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 무선 베어러 추가수정 구성정보를 포함하는 상위계층 시그널링을 생성하고, 이를 제 1 기지국을 통해서 단말로 전송할 수 있다. 이 때 제 2 기지국은 생성된 상위계층 시그널링의 정보를 제 1 기지국으로 전달하고, 제 1 기지국은 전달받은 정보를 상위계층 시그널링을 통해서 단말로 전송할 수 있다.That is, the second base station generates higher layer signaling including additional modification configuration information of the cell associated with the second base station and radio bearer additional modification configuration information of the cell associated with the second base station, and transmits it to the terminal through the first base station. Can be. In this case, the second base station may transmit the generated higher layer signaling information to the first base station, and the first base station may transmit the received information to the terminal through higher layer signaling.
또한, 제 2 기지국은 단말에 구성된 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 활성화 또는 비활성화를 제어하기 위한 활성화 관련 지시 정보를 생성하여 단말로 전송한다.In addition, the second base station generates activation-related indication information for controlling the activation or deactivation of the cell associated with the second base station configured in the terminal and transmits it to the terminal.
이후, 제 2 기지국은 제 1 기지국으로 단말에 구성된 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 활성화 또는 비활성화의 상태 정보를 전송한다.Thereafter, the second base station transmits status information of activation or deactivation of the cell associated with the second base station configured in the terminal to the first base station.
또 다른 실시예로, 본 발명에 따른 제 2 기지국이 단말에 서빙셀로 추가된 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 활성화 또는 비활성화를 제어하는 방법에 있어서, 매크로 셀을 제공하는 제 1 기지국으로부터 활성화 관련 지시 정보 전송 요청 메시지를 수신하는 단계를 포함할 수 있다.In another embodiment, a method for controlling activation or deactivation of a cell associated with a second base station added as a serving cell to a terminal by a second base station according to the present invention, the activation-related indication from a first base station providing a macro cell And receiving an information transmission request message.
또한 본 발명에 따른 제 2 기지국은 활성화 관련 지시 정보 전송 요청 메시지에 기초하여 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화하거나 비활성화하도록 지시하는 정보를 포함하는 활성화 관련 지시 정보를 단말로 전송하는 단계를 포함할 수 있다.Also, the second base station according to the present invention may include transmitting activation related indication information including information indicating to activate or deactivate a cell associated with the second base station based on the activation related indication information transmission request message to the terminal. have.
이 경우, 제 2 기지국은 MAC 시그널링에 활성화 관련 지시 정보를 포함하여 전송할 수 있다.In this case, the second base station may transmit activation related indication information in MAC signaling.
또한, 본 발명에 따른 제 2 기지국은 활성화 관련 지시 정보를 전송한 이후에, 단말의 활성화 상태 정보를 포함하는 메시지를 제 1 기지국으로 전송하는 단계를 더 포함할 수도 있다.In addition, the second base station according to the present invention may further include transmitting a message including activation status information of the terminal to the first base station after transmitting the activation related indication information.
위에서 설명한 단말, 제 1 기지국 및 제 2 기지국은 도 5 내지 도 17에서 설명한 각각의 동작을 모두 수행할 수 있다.The terminal, the first base station, and the second base station described above may perform all of the operations described with reference to FIGS. 5 to 17.
이상에서 살펴본 본 발명에 대해서 도 18 및 도 19를 참조하여 기지국 및 단말의 구성을 중심으로 간략히 살펴본다.18 and 19 will be briefly described with reference to the configuration of the base station and the terminal.
도 5 내지 도 17을 참조하여 설명한 본 발명의 방법은 아래에서 설명할 기지국 및 단말에 의해서 모두 구현될 수 있다.The method of the present invention described with reference to FIGS. 5 to 17 may be implemented by both the base station and the terminal to be described below.
도 18은 본 발명의 또 다른 실시예에 따른 단말의 구성을 도시한 블록도이다.18 is a block diagram showing the configuration of a terminal according to another embodiment of the present invention.
도 18을 참조하면, 본 발명의 또 다른 실시예에 의한 사용자 단말(1800)은 수신부(1810), 제어부(1820) 및 송신부(1830)를 포함한다.Referring to FIG. 18, a user terminal 1800 according to another embodiment of the present invention includes a receiver 1810, a controller 1820, and a transmitter 1830.
수신부(1810)는 기지국으로부터 하향링크 제어정보 및 데이터, 메시지를 해당 채널을 통해 수신한다.The receiver 1810 receives downlink control information, data, and a message from a base station through a corresponding channel.
또한, 수신부(1810)는 제 1 기지국으로부터 상위계층 시그널링을 수신할 수 있으며, 상위계층 시그널링은 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 추가수정 구성정보를 포함할 수 있다. 전술한 바와 같이 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 추가수정 구성정보는 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 활성화 또는 비활성화 지시 정보를 전달하는 셀 정보 또는 활성화 상태로 유지할 셀 정보를 포함할 수 있다.In addition, the receiver 1810 may receive higher layer signaling from the first base station, and the higher layer signaling may include cell additional modification configuration information associated with the second base station. As described above, the cell addition modification configuration information associated with the second base station may include cell information for transmitting activation or deactivation indication information of a cell associated with the second base station or cell information to be kept in an activated state.
또한, 수신부(1810)는 제 2 기지국으로부터 활성화 관련 지시 정보를 수신한다.In addition, the receiver 1810 receives activation related indication information from the second base station.
또 다른 실시예에서, 수신부(1810)는 제 1 기지국 또는 제 2 기지국으로부터 활성화 관련 지시 정보를 포함하는 MAC 시그널링 또는 상위계층 시그널링을 수신할 수 있다. 또한, 수신부(1810)는 핸드오버 명령 정보를 포함하는 상위계층 시그널링을 수신할 수도 있다.In another embodiment, the receiver 1810 may receive MAC signaling or higher layer signaling including activation related indication information from the first base station or the second base station. In addition, the receiver 1810 may receive higher layer signaling including handover command information.
제어부(1820)는 전술한 본 발명을 수행하기에 필요한 단말의 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 활성화 또는 비활성화와 관련된 제어 동작을 수행하는 데에 있어서 필요한 전반적인 단말의 동작을 제어한다.The controller 1820 controls the overall operation of the terminal required to perform the control operation associated with cell activation or deactivation associated with the second base station of the terminal required to perform the present invention described above.
구체적으로 제어부(1820) 상위계층 시그널링에 기초하여 제 2 기지국에 연관된 특정 셀을 활성화 상태로 구성하고, 무선 베어러를 구성할 수 있다. 또한, 수신된 활성화 관련 지시 정보에 따라서 해당 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화 또는 비활성화되도록 제어할 수 있다. 또 다른 실시예에서, 제어부(1820)는 수신된 활성화 관련 지시 정보에 따라 해당 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화/비활성화하고, 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 활성화/비활성화 타이머를 정지하며, HARQ를 삭제할 수도 있다.In more detail, the controller 1820 may configure a specific cell associated with the second base station in an active state based on higher layer signaling and configure a radio bearer. In addition, the cell associated with the second base station may be activated or deactivated according to the received activation-related indication information. In another embodiment, the controller 1820 may activate / deactivate the cell associated with the second base station according to the received activation-related indication information, stop the cell activation / deactivation timer associated with the second base station, and delete the HARQ. have.
그 외에도 도 5 내지 도 17을 참조하여 설명한 단말의 전반적인 동작을 제어할 수 있다.In addition, the overall operation of the terminal described with reference to FIGS. 5 to 17 may be controlled.
송신부(1830)는 기지국에 상향링크 제어정보 및 데이터, 메시지를 해당 채널을 통해 전송한다.The transmitter 1830 transmits uplink control information, data, and a message to a base station through a corresponding channel.
또한, 송신부(1830)는 제 2 기지국과 통신을 수행하거나 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 활성화 또는 비활성화 상태 정보를 제 1 기지국으로 전송할 수도 있다.In addition, the transmitter 1830 may communicate with the second base station or transmit activation or deactivation state information of a cell associated with the second base station to the first base station.
도 19는 본 발명의 또 다른 실시예에 따른 기지국의 구성을 도시한 블록도이다.19 is a block diagram showing the configuration of a base station according to another embodiment of the present invention.
도 19를 참조하면, 본 발명의 또 다른 실시예에 의한 기지국(1900)은 제어부(1910), 송신부(1920) 및 수신부(1930)를 포함한다.Referring to FIG. 19, a base station 1900 according to another embodiment of the present invention includes a controller 1910, a transmitter 1920, and a receiver 1930.
우선 본 발명의 일 실시예에 따른 제 1 기지국에 대해서 살펴본다.First, a first base station according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described.
제어부(1910)는 전술한 본 발명을 수행하기에 필요한 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 활성화 여부를 결정하고 상위계층 시그널링 또는 활성화 관련 지시 정보를 전송하는 데에 따른 전반적인 기지국의 동작을 제어한다. The controller 1910 determines whether to activate the cell associated with the second base station required to perform the above-described present invention and controls the overall operation of the base station according to transmitting higher layer signaling or activation related indication information.
송신부(1920)와 수신부(1930)는 전술한 본 발명을 수행하기에 필요한 신호나 메시지, 데이터를 단말과 송수신하는데 사용된다. The transmitter 1920 and the receiver 1930 are used to transmit and receive signals, messages, and data necessary for carrying out the above-described present invention.
구체적으로 송신부(1920)는 단말로 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 추가수정 구성정보를 포함하는 상위계층 시그널링을 전송할 수 있다. In more detail, the transmitter 1920 may transmit higher layer signaling including cell additional modification configuration information associated with the second base station to the terminal.
또 다른 실시예에서는 활성화 관련 지시 정보를 송신할 수 있으며, 해당 정보는 MAC 시그널링 또는 상위계층 시그널링을 통해서 전송될 수 있다.In another embodiment, activation related indication information may be transmitted, and the information may be transmitted through MAC signaling or higher layer signaling.
또한, 수신부(1930)는 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 활성화 또는 비활성화 상태에 대한 정보를 포함하는 상태 정보를 단말 또는 제 2 기지국으로부터 수신할 수 있다.In addition, the receiver 1930 may receive state information including information on an activation or deactivation state of a cell associated with the second base station from the terminal or the second base station.
또 다른 실시예에서, 수신부(1930)는 제 2 기지국으로부터 활성화 관련 요청 메시지 또는 단말로부터 단말 측정 보고 등을 수신할 수도 있다. In another embodiment, the receiver 1930 may receive an activation related request message from the second base station or a terminal measurement report from the terminal.
그 외에도 도 5 내지 도 17을 참조하여 설명한 제 1 기지국의 동작에 따른 모든 역할을 수행할 수 있다.In addition, all the roles according to the operation of the first base station described with reference to FIGS. 5 to 17 may be performed.
다음으로 본 발명의 다른 실시예에 따른 제 2 기지국에 대해서 살펴본다. Next, a second base station according to another embodiment of the present invention will be described.
제 2 기지국의 제어부는 전술한 본 발명을 수행하기에 필요한 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 활성화 관련 지시 정보를 전송하는 데에 따른 전반적인 기지국의 동작을 제어할 수 있다.The control unit of the second base station may control the overall operation of the base station according to the transmission of the activation-related indication information of the cell associated with the second base station required to carry out the present invention described above.
또한, 제 2 기지국의 수신부는 제 1 기지국으로부터 활성화 관련 지시 정보 전송 요청 메시지를 수신할 수도 있다.Also, the receiving unit of the second base station may receive an activation related indication information transmission request message from the first base station.
또한, 제 2 기지국의 송신부는 단말로 활성화 관련 지시 정보를 전송하거나 제 1 기지국으로 단말의 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 활성화 상태 정보를 전송할 수도 있다.In addition, the transmitter of the second base station may transmit activation related indication information to the terminal or transmit cell activation state information associated with the second base station of the terminal to the first base station.
그 외 도 5 내지 도 17을 참조하여 설명한 제 2 기지국의 동작을 모두 수행할 수 있다.In addition, all operations of the second base station described with reference to FIGS. 5 to 17 may be performed.
이상에서 설명한 바와 같이 본 발명에 따르면, 제 1 기지국과 제 2 기지국 간에 비이상적인 백홀(ideal backhaul)이 구축된 환경에서 매크로 셀의 제어 하에 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 사용자 데이터 트래픽 전송을 위한 서빙 셀로 추가한다. 이후 사용자 데이터 트래픽 등에 따라 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화/비활성화할 수 있다. 또한, 제 2 기지국에 연관된 특정 셀로 구성된 SCell을 활성화 상태로 유지함으로써 단말 배터리 소모를 감소시키거나 활성화에 따른 지연없이 데이터 전송을 가능하게 하면서 사용자 데이터 트래픽을 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀로 오프로딩 할 수 있는 효과가 있다.As described above, according to the present invention, the cell associated with the second base station under the control of the macro cell to the serving cell for transmitting user data traffic in an environment in which an ideal backhaul is established between the first base station and the second base station. Add. Thereafter, the cell associated with the second base station may be activated / deactivated according to the user data traffic. In addition, by maintaining the SCell configured with a specific cell associated with the second base station in an active state, it is possible to offload user data traffic to a cell associated with the second base station while reducing terminal battery consumption or enabling data transmission without a delay caused by activation. It works.
즉, 본 발명을 적용할 경우, 단말이 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 세컨더리 셀로 추가하고, 추가된 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화 또는 비활성화하는 방법 및 장치를 제공하는 효과가 있다.That is, when the present invention is applied, there is an effect of providing a method and apparatus for a terminal to add a cell associated with a second base station as a secondary cell and to activate or deactivate a cell associated with the added second base station.
또한, 본 발명은 매크로 셀을 제공하는 제 1 기지국 또는 스몰 셀을 제공하는 제 2 기지국이 단말에 추가된 스몰 셀의 활성화 또는 비활성화를 제어하는 방법 및 장치를 제공함으로써, 단말의 전력 소모를 감소시킬 수 있으며 데이터 트래픽에 맞는 스몰 셀 온/오프 방법 및 장치를 제공하는 효과가 있다.The present invention also provides a method and apparatus for controlling activation or deactivation of a small cell added to a terminal by a first base station providing a macro cell or a second base station providing a small cell, thereby reducing power consumption of the terminal. And it is effective to provide a small cell on / off method and apparatus for data traffic.
이상의 설명은 본 발명의 기술 사상을 예시적으로 설명한 것에 불과한 것으로서, 본 발명이 속하는 기술 분야에서 통상의 지식을 가진 자라면 본 발명의 본질적인 특성에서 벗어나지 않는 범위에서 다양한 수정 및 변형이 가능할 것이다. 따라서, 본 발명에 개시된 실시예들은 본 발명의 기술 사상을 한정하기 위한 것이 아니라 설명하기 위한 것이고, 이러한 실시예에 의하여 본 발명의 기술 사상의 범위가 한정되는 것은 아니다. 본 발명의 보호 범위는 아래의 청구범위에 의하여 해석되어야 하며, 그와 동등한 범위 내에 있는 모든 기술 사상은 본 발명의 권리범위에 포함되는 것으로 해석되어야 할 것이다.The above description is merely illustrative of the technical idea of the present invention, and those skilled in the art to which the present invention pertains may make various modifications and changes without departing from the essential characteristics of the present invention. Therefore, the embodiments disclosed in the present invention are not intended to limit the technical idea of the present invention but to describe the present invention, and the scope of the technical idea of the present invention is not limited by these embodiments. The protection scope of the present invention should be interpreted by the following claims, and all technical ideas within the equivalent scope should be interpreted as being included in the scope of the present invention.
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONCROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATION
본 특허출원은 2013년 02월 13일 한국에 출원한 특허출원번호 제 10-2013-0015384 호 및 2013년 10월 30일 한국에 출원한 특허출원번호 제 10-2013-0129872 호 및 2013년 12월 04일 한국에 출원한 특허출원번호 제 10-2013-0149687 호에 대해 미국 특허법 119(a)조 (35 U.S.C § 119(a))에 따라 우선권을 주장하며, 그 모든 내용은 참고문헌으로 본 특허출원에 병합된다. 아울러, 본 특허출원은 미국 이외에 국가에 대해서도 위와 동일한 이유로 우선권을 주장하면 그 모든 내용은 참고문헌으로 본 특허출원에 병합된다.This patent application is filed with a patent application number 10-2013-0015384 filed in Korea on February 13, 2013 and a patent application number 10-2013-0129872 filed in Korea on October 30, 2013 and December 2013. Patent Application No. 10-2013-0149687, filed with Korea on April 04, claims priority pursuant to Article 119 (a) (35 USC § 119 (a)), all of which are incorporated by reference. Incorporated into the application. In addition, if this patent application claims priority for the same reason for countries other than the United States, all its contents are incorporated into this patent application by reference.

Claims (20)

  1. 단말이 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화 또는 비활성화하는 방법에 있어서,A method for enabling a terminal to activate or deactivate a cell associated with a second base station,
    제 1 기지국과 상기 제 2 기지국간의 시그널링 이후 상기 제 1 기지국을 통해 수신되는 상위계층 시그널링을 수신하는 단계;Receiving higher layer signaling received through the first base station after signaling between a first base station and the second base station;
    상기 제 2 기지국에 연관된 특정 셀을 활성화 상태로 구성하는 단계; 및Configuring a specific cell associated with the second base station to an activated state; And
    상기 제 2 기지국을 통한 무선베어러를 구성하는 단계를 포함하는 방법.Configuring a radio bearer via the second base station.
  2. 제 1 항에 있어서,The method of claim 1,
    상기 제 2 기지국을 통해 상기 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 중 상기 활성화 상태로 구성된 특정 셀과 구별되는 셀을 활성화하거나 비활성화하도록 지시하는 정보를 포함하는 활성화 관련 지시 정보를 수신하는 단계; 및 Receiving activation related indication information including information instructing to activate or deactivate a cell distinguished from a specific cell configured to the activated state among cells associated with the second base station through the second base station; And
    상기 활성화 관련 지시 정보에 기초하여 상기 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 중 상기 활성화 상태로 구성된 특정 셀과 구별되는 셀이 활성화 또는 비활성화되도록 제어하는 단계를 더 포함하는 방법.And controlling a cell distinguished from a specific cell configured in the activated state from among cells associated with the second base station to be activated or deactivated based on the activation related indication information.
  3. 제 2항에 있어서,The method of claim 2,
    상기 활성화 관련 지시 정보는,The activation related indication information,
    매체접속제어(Media Access Control, MAC) 시그널링에 포함되어 수신되며,Media access control (MAC) signaling included in the reception,
    상기 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 중 상기 활성화 상태로 구성된 특정 셀과 구별되는 셀의 활성화 여부를 지시하는 필드가 포함된 MAC 제어요소 및 MAC 헤더 중 적어도 어느 하나를 포함하는 방법.And at least one of a MAC control element and a MAC header including a field indicating whether to activate a cell distinguished from a specific cell configured to the activated state among cells associated with the second base station.
  4. 제 1항에 있어서,The method of claim 1,
    상기 제 1 기지국과 상기 제 2 기지국간 시그널링은,Signaling between the first base station and the second base station,
    상기 제 1 기지국에 연관된 셀과 상기 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 구분하여 셀인덱스 정보를 구성하는 것을 특징으로 하는 방법.And classifying a cell associated with the first base station and a cell associated with the second base station to configure cell index information.
  5. 제 1항에 있어서,The method of claim 1,
    상기 제 2 기지국에 연관된 특정 셀을 활성화 상태로 구성하는 단계는Configuring the specific cell associated with the second base station to an active state
    상기 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 중 적어도 하나의 셀에 대해서 활성화 상태로 구성하는 것을 특징으로 하는 방법.At least one of the cells associated with the second base station is configured to be in an activated state.
  6. 제 1항에 있어서,The method of claim 1,
    상기 상위계층 시그널링은 상기 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 추가수정 구성정보를 포함하며,The higher layer signaling includes cell addition modification configuration information associated with the second base station;
    상기 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 추가수정 구성정보는 상기 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 활성화 또는 비활성화 지시 정보를 전달할 셀정보 또는 활성화 상태로 유지할 셀정보를 포함하는 것을 특징으로 하는 방법.The cell addition modification configuration information associated with the second base station includes cell information to transmit activation or deactivation indication information of a cell associated with the second base station or cell information to be kept in an activated state.
  7. 제 1 기지국이 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화 또는 비활성화하는 방법에 있어서,A method for activating or deactivating a cell associated with a second base station by a first base station, the method comprising:
    상기 제 1 기지국과 상기 제 2 기지국간의 시그널링 이후 상기 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 추가수정 구성정보 및 제 2 기지국 무선베어러 추가수정 구성정보를 포함하는 상위계층 시그널링을 단말로 전송하는 단계; 및After signaling between the first base station and the second base station, transmitting higher layer signaling including cell additional modification configuration information associated with the second base station and second base station radio bearer additional modification configuration information to the terminal; And
    상기 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 활성화 또는 비활성화 상태정보를 수신하는 단계를 포함하는 방법.Receiving activation or deactivation status information of a cell associated with the second base station.
  8. 제 7항에 있어서,The method of claim 7, wherein
    상기 제 1 기지국과 상기 제 2 기지국간 시그널링은,Signaling between the first base station and the second base station,
    상기 제 1 기지국에 연관된 셀과 상기 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 구분하여 셀인덱스 정보를 구성하는 것을 특징으로 하는 방법.And classifying a cell associated with the first base station and a cell associated with the second base station to configure cell index information.
  9. 제 2 기지국이 상기 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화 또는 비활성화하는 방법에 있어서,A method for activating or deactivating a cell associated with a second base station by a second base station,
    제 1 기지국과 상기 제 2 기지국간의 시그널링 과정에서 상기 제 1 기지국을 통해 단말로 전송할 상위계층 시그널링을 생성하는 단계;Generating higher layer signaling to be transmitted to a terminal through the first base station in a signaling process between a first base station and the second base station;
    상기 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 통해 상기 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 중 활성화 상태로 구성되는 특정 셀과 구별되는 셀을 활성화하거나 비활성화하도록 지시하는 정보를 포함하는 활성화 관련 지시 정보를 단말로 전송하는 단계; 및 Transmitting activation related indication information to the terminal through information associated with the second base station, the information related to activating or deactivating a cell distinguished from a specific cell configured in an activated state among cells associated with the second base station; And
    상기 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 활성화 또는 비활성화 상태정보를 상기 제 1 기지국으로 전송하는 단계를 포함하는 방법.Transmitting activation or deactivation status information of a cell associated with the second base station to the first base station.
  10. 제 9항에 있어서,The method of claim 9,
    상기 제 1 기지국과 상기 제 2 기지국간 시그널링은The signaling between the first base station and the second base station is
    상기 제 1 기지국에 연관된 셀과 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 구분하여 셀인덱스 정보를 구성하는 것을 특징으로 하는 방법.And classifying a cell associated with the first base station and a cell associated with a second base station to configure cell index information.
  11. 제 9항에 있어서,The method of claim 9,
    상기 활성화 관련 지시 정보는,The activation related indication information,
    매체접속제어(Media Access Control, MAC) 시그널링에 포함되어 전송되며,Included in the Media Access Control (MAC) signaling and transmitted,
    상기 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 중 상기 활성화 상태로 구성된 특정 셀과 구별되는 셀의 활성화 여부를 지시하는 필드가 포함된 MAC 제어요소 및 MAC 헤더 중 적어도 어느 하나를 포함하는 방법.And at least one of a MAC control element and a MAC header including a field indicating whether to activate a cell distinguished from a specific cell configured to the activated state among cells associated with the second base station.
  12. 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화 또는 비활성화하는 단말에 있어서,A terminal for activating or deactivating a cell associated with a second base station,
    제 1 기지국과 상기 제 2 기지국간의 시그널링 이후 상기 제 1 기지국을 통해 수신되는 상위계층 시그널링을 수신하는 수신부;A receiver configured to receive higher layer signaling received through the first base station after signaling between a first base station and the second base station;
    상기 제 2 기지국에 연관된 특정 셀을 활성화 상태로 구성하는 제어부; 및A controller configured to configure a specific cell associated with the second base station in an activated state; And
    상기 제 2 기지국을 통한 무선 베어러를 구성하는 제어부를 포함하는 단말.And a control unit configured to configure a radio bearer through the second base station.
  13. 제 12항에 있어서,The method of claim 12,
    상기 수신부는,The receiving unit,
    상기 제 2 기지국을 통해 상기 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 중 상기 활성화 상태로 구성된 특정 셀과 구별되는 셀을 활성화하거나 비활성화하도록 지시하는 정보를 포함하는 활성화 관련 지시 정보를 더 수신하고,Further receiving activation related indication information including information instructing to activate or deactivate a cell distinguished from a specific cell configured to the activated state among cells associated with the second base station through the second base station,
    상기 제어부는,The control unit,
    상기 활성화 관련 지시 정보에 기초하여 상기 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 중 상기 활성화 상태로 구성된 특정 셀과 구별되는 셀이 활성화 또는 비활성화되도록 더 제어하는 단말.The terminal further controls to activate or deactivate a cell distinguished from a specific cell configured to the activated state among cells associated with the second base station based on the activation related indication information.
  14. 제 13항에 있어서,The method of claim 13,
    상기 활성화 관련 지시 정보는,The activation related indication information,
    매체접속제어(Media Access Control, MAC) 시그널링에 포함되어 수신되며,Media access control (MAC) signaling included in the reception,
    상기 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 중 상기 활성화 상태로 구성된 특정 셀과 구별되는 셀의 활성화 여부를 지시하는 필드가 포함된 MAC 제어요소 및 MAC 헤더 중 적어도 어느 하나를 포함하는 단말.And at least one of a MAC control element and a MAC header including a field indicating whether to activate a cell distinguished from a specific cell configured to the activated state among cells associated with the second base station.
  15. 제 12항에 있어서,The method of claim 12,
    상기 제 1 기지국과 상기 제 2 기지국간 시그널링은,Signaling between the first base station and the second base station,
    상기 제 1 기지국에 연관된 셀과 상기 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 구분하여 셀인덱스 정보를 구성하는 것을 특징으로 하는 단말.And distinguishing a cell associated with the first base station and a cell associated with the second base station to configure cell index information.
  16. 제 12항에 있어서,The method of claim 12,
    상기 상위계층 시그널링은 상기 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 추가수정 구성정보를 포함하며,The higher layer signaling includes cell addition modification configuration information associated with the second base station;
    상기 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 추가수정 구성정보는 상기 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 활성화 또는 비활성화 지시 정보를 전달하는 셀정보 또는 활성화 상태로 유지할 셀정보를 포함하는 것을 특징으로 하는 단말.The cell addition modification configuration information associated with the second base station includes cell information for transmitting activation or deactivation indication information of a cell associated with the second base station or cell information to be kept in an activated state.
  17. 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화 또는 비활성화하는 제 1 기지국에 있어서,A first base station for activating or deactivating a cell associated with a second base station,
    상기 제 1 기지국과 상기 제 2 기지국간의 시그널링 이후 상기 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 추가수정 구성정보 및 제 2 기지국 무선베어러 추가수정 구성정보를 포함하는 상위계층 시그널링을 생성하는 제어부;A controller configured to generate higher layer signaling including cell additional modification configuration information associated with the second base station and second base station radio bearer additional configuration information after signaling between the first base station and the second base station;
    상기 상위계층 시그널링을 단말로 전송하는 송신부; 및A transmitter for transmitting the higher layer signaling to a terminal; And
    상기 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 활성화 또는 비활성화 상태 정보를 수신하는 수신부를 포함하는 기지국.And a receiver configured to receive activation or deactivation status information of a cell associated with the second base station.
  18. 제 17항에 있어서,The method of claim 17,
    상기 제 1 기지국과 상기 제 2 기지국간 시그널링은,Signaling between the first base station and the second base station,
    상기 제 1 기지국에 연관된 셀과 상기 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 구분하여 셀인덱스 정보를 구성하는 것을 특징으로 하는 기지국.And a cell index information configured to distinguish a cell associated with the first base station and a cell associated with the second base station.
  19. 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 활성화 또는 비활성화하는 제 2 기지국에 있어서,A second base station for activating or deactivating a cell associated with a second base station,
    제 1 기지국과 상기 제 2 기지국간의 시그널링 과정에서 상기 제 1 기지국을 통해 단말로 전송할 상위계층 시그널링을 생성하는 제어부;A controller configured to generate higher layer signaling to be transmitted to a terminal through the first base station in a signaling process between a first base station and the second base station;
    상기 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 통해 상기 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀 중 활성화 상태로 구성된 특정 셀과 구별되는 셀을 활성화하거나 비활성화하도록 지시하는 정보를 포함하는 활성화 관련 지시 정보를 단말로 전송하는 송신부; 및A transmitter for transmitting activation related indication information including information indicating to activate or deactivate a cell distinguished from a specific cell configured in an activated state among cells associated with the second base station through a cell associated with the second base station; And
    상기 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀의 활성화 또는 비활성화 상태정보를 상기 제 1 기지국으로 전송하는 송신부를 포함하는 기지국.And a transmitter for transmitting the activation or deactivation status information of the cell associated with the second base station to the first base station.
  20. 제 19항에 있어서,The method of claim 19,
    상기 제 1 기지국과 상기 제 2 기지국간 시그널링은,Signaling between the first base station and the second base station,
    상기 제 1 기지국에 연관된 셀과 상기 제 2 기지국에 연관된 셀을 구분하여 셀인덱스 정보를 구성하는 것을 특징으로 하는 기지국.And a cell index information configured to distinguish a cell associated with the first base station and a cell associated with the second base station.
PCT/KR2014/000996 2013-02-13 2014-02-05 Method for activating or deactivating small cell and apparatus therefor WO2014126356A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US14/765,904 US10278126B2 (en) 2013-02-13 2014-02-05 Method for activating or deactivating small cell and apparatus therefor
CN201480008810.XA CN105075314B (en) 2013-02-13 2014-02-05 Activate or deactivate the method and device thereof of cell

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
KR10-2013-0015384 2013-02-13
KR20130015384 2013-02-13
KR1020130129872A KR20140102112A (en) 2013-02-13 2013-10-30 Methods and apparatuses for activating or deactivating small cells
KR10-2013-0129872 2013-10-30
KR1020130149687A KR101625552B1 (en) 2013-02-13 2013-12-04 Methods and apparatuses for activating or deactivating small cells
KR10-2013-0149687 2013-12-04

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2014126356A1 true WO2014126356A1 (en) 2014-08-21

Family

ID=51354321

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/KR2014/000996 WO2014126356A1 (en) 2013-02-13 2014-02-05 Method for activating or deactivating small cell and apparatus therefor

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2014126356A1 (en)

Cited By (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN107148789A (en) * 2014-11-06 2017-09-08 夏普株式会社 Terminal installation, base station apparatus and method
CN110300438A (en) * 2014-10-23 2019-10-01 华为技术有限公司 Radio resource control RRC message treatment method, device and system
CN110945905A (en) * 2017-07-28 2020-03-31 高通股份有限公司 Secondary cell configuration signaling and activation fields
WO2020114372A1 (en) * 2018-12-04 2020-06-11 Qualcomm Incorporated Uplink activity in secondary cell group suspension
US20220286957A1 (en) * 2021-03-08 2022-09-08 Qualcomm Incorporated Network-supported power management for base stations
US12028804B2 (en) * 2021-03-08 2024-07-02 Qualcomm Incorporated Network-supported power management for base stations

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR20110041768A (en) * 2009-10-16 2011-04-22 주식회사 팬택 Small sized base-station and method for controlling operation thereof
KR20110102936A (en) * 2008-12-30 2011-09-19 콸콤 인코포레이티드 Centralized control of peer-to-peer communication
US20110243108A1 (en) * 2008-12-10 2011-10-06 Sung Ho Park Method for enabling a terminal to efficiently detect and search for a femto base station
KR20110111374A (en) * 2008-12-17 2011-10-11 주식회사 아이벡스피티홀딩스 Method for operating femtocell in wireless communication system
KR20120136481A (en) * 2011-06-09 2012-12-20 주식회사 팬택 Apparatus and method for performing uplink synchronization in multiple component carrier system

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20110243108A1 (en) * 2008-12-10 2011-10-06 Sung Ho Park Method for enabling a terminal to efficiently detect and search for a femto base station
KR20110111374A (en) * 2008-12-17 2011-10-11 주식회사 아이벡스피티홀딩스 Method for operating femtocell in wireless communication system
KR20110102936A (en) * 2008-12-30 2011-09-19 콸콤 인코포레이티드 Centralized control of peer-to-peer communication
KR20110041768A (en) * 2009-10-16 2011-04-22 주식회사 팬택 Small sized base-station and method for controlling operation thereof
KR20120136481A (en) * 2011-06-09 2012-12-20 주식회사 팬택 Apparatus and method for performing uplink synchronization in multiple component carrier system

Cited By (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110300438A (en) * 2014-10-23 2019-10-01 华为技术有限公司 Radio resource control RRC message treatment method, device and system
US11076443B2 (en) 2014-10-23 2021-07-27 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Radio resource control RRC message processing method, apparatus, and system
US11758609B2 (en) 2014-10-23 2023-09-12 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Radio resource control RRC message processing method, apparatus, and system
CN107148789A (en) * 2014-11-06 2017-09-08 夏普株式会社 Terminal installation, base station apparatus and method
CN107148789B (en) * 2014-11-06 2023-04-25 夏普株式会社 Terminal device, base station device, and method
CN110945905A (en) * 2017-07-28 2020-03-31 高通股份有限公司 Secondary cell configuration signaling and activation fields
CN110945905B (en) * 2017-07-28 2022-04-15 高通股份有限公司 Secondary cell configuration signaling and activation fields
US11483119B2 (en) 2017-07-28 2022-10-25 Qualcomm Incorporated Secondary cell configuration signaling and activation field
WO2020114372A1 (en) * 2018-12-04 2020-06-11 Qualcomm Incorporated Uplink activity in secondary cell group suspension
US20220286957A1 (en) * 2021-03-08 2022-09-08 Qualcomm Incorporated Network-supported power management for base stations
US12028804B2 (en) * 2021-03-08 2024-07-02 Qualcomm Incorporated Network-supported power management for base stations

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2019160342A1 (en) Method and apparatus for supporting rach-less mobility with pre-allocated beams in wireless communication system
WO2020204501A1 (en) Method for supporting access to closed network, ue, base station and readable storage medium
WO2019160282A1 (en) Method for processing uplink user data in relay node, and device for same
WO2015064972A1 (en) Method and apparatus for configuring dual connection in mobile communication network
WO2018030819A1 (en) Method and apparatus for supporting movement of user equipment in wireless communications
WO2017126919A1 (en) Radio link failure processing method and apparatus therefor
WO2011099825A2 (en) Apparatus and method for establishing uplink synchronization in a wireless communication system
WO2018194326A1 (en) Method for performing terminal-based handover and device therefor
WO2012148195A2 (en) Apparatus and method for reporting radio link failure
WO2021066511A1 (en) Capability coordination for mobility with daps
WO2015020356A1 (en) Method for transmitting buffer status report in device-to-device communication, and device thereof
WO2018164499A1 (en) Buffer state report transmission method and device therefor
WO2015020475A1 (en) Apparatus and method for perfoming switching operation between macro cell and small cell in mobile communication system
WO2018004278A1 (en) Method and device for transmitting or receiving data in dual connectivity state
WO2014157888A1 (en) Method for handover in environment connected to multiple base stations and apparatus therefor
WO2018056718A1 (en) Method and apparatus for changing connection state of terminal
WO2015046780A1 (en) Method for transmitting uplink data and apparatus for same
WO2019212249A1 (en) Method for data processing through relay node and apparatus thereof
WO2014148746A1 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting small amount of data
WO2016159634A1 (en) Method for reconfiguring wireless bearer and device thereof
WO2018016895A1 (en) Method for performing mobility process of nb-iot terminal, and apparatus therefor
WO2014163419A1 (en) Method for processing radio link failure and device therefor
WO2014126356A1 (en) Method for activating or deactivating small cell and apparatus therefor
WO2014133271A1 (en) Method for transmitting buffer status report of terminal in small cell environment and device therefor
WO2015053553A1 (en) Method for transmitting and receiving random access response, and apparatus therefor

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 201480008810.X

Country of ref document: CN

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 14751331

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 14765904

Country of ref document: US

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

32PN Ep: public notification in the ep bulletin as address of the adressee cannot be established

Free format text: NOTING OF LOSS OF RIGHTS PURSUANT TO RULE 112(1) EPC (EPO FORM 1205A DATED 25/11/2015)

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 14751331

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1